As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 16, 2020

File No. 000-56126

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM 10

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

Maryland

 

84-3665200

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or registration)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     

1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315,
Mission Woods, KS

 

 

66205

(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

(816) 994-3200

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

  

with copies to:

 

Harry S. Pangas, Esq.

Dechert LLP

1900 K Street NW

Washington, DC 20006

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

 

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
(Title of class)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer   Smaller reporting company
      Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
Explanatory Note ii
     
Forward-Looking Statements iii
     
Item 1. Business 1
     
Item 1A. Risk Factors 30
     
Item 2. Financial Information 57
     
Item 3. Properties 61
     
Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 61
     
Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers 61
     
Item 6. Executive Compensation 65
     
Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 66
     
Item 8. Legal Proceedings 69
     
Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 69
     
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 71
     
Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered 71
     
Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers 78
     
Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 79
     
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 79
     
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits 79

 

 -i-

 

 

Explanatory Note

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. is filing this registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), on a voluntary basis in order to permit it to file an election to be regulated as a business development company (a “BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and to provide current public information to the investment community and comply with applicable requirements for the possible future quotation or listing of its securities on a national securities exchange or other public trading market. There can be no guarantee that a public offering will take place and investors should not rely on a public offering for liquidity; investors may not have access to the amount they invested until the completion of a public offering or the liquidation of the Company.

 

Unless indicated otherwise in this Registration Statement or the context requires otherwise, the terms:

  

“we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.;

 

“Palmer Square” or “PSCM” refers collectively to Palmer Square Capital Management LLC and its subsidiaries and other affiliated entities;

 

“Investment Advisor” refers to Palmer Square BDC Advisor LLC, a majority-owned subsidiary of Palmer Square and our investment adviser;

 

“Administrator” refers to the Investment Advisor, in its capacity as our administrator; and

 

“stockholders” refers to holders of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Upon the effective date of this Registration Statement, we will be subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act, including the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act, which will require us to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K. We will also be required to comply with all other obligations of the Exchange Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

In connection with an investment in the Company, please note the following:

 

The Company’s shares of common stock may not be sold without the written consent of the Adviser.

 

The Company’s shares of common stock are not currently listed on an exchange, and it is uncertain whether they will be listed or whether a secondary market will develop.

 

Repurchases of shares of common stock by the Company, if any, are expected to be limited.

 

An investment in the Company may not be suitable for investors who may need the money they invest in a specified time frame.

 

Our distributions may be funded from offering proceeds or borrowings, which may constitute a return of capital and reduce the amount of capital available to us for investment. Any capital returned to you through distributions will be distributed after payment of fees and expenses.

 

 -ii-

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors. Undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our company, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including:

 

our future operating results;

 

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets;

 

the ability of the Investment Advisor to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

the ability of the Investment Advisor and its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

risk associated with possible disruptions in our operations or the economy generally;

 

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of the companies in which we invest;

 

the ability of the companies in which we invest to achieve their objectives;

 

the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest;

 

our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a BDC and as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

 

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;

 

the adequacy, availability and pricing of our financing sources and working capital;

 

actual or potential conflicts of interest with the Investment Advisor and its affiliates;

 

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

the economic downturn, interest rate volatility, loss of key personnel, and the illiquid nature of our investments; and

 

the risks, uncertainties and other factors we identify under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

 

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of the assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this Registration Statement should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this Registration Statement. Moreover, we assume no duty and do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements.

 

 -iii-

 

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

The Company

 

We are a financial services company that primarily lends to and invests in corporate debt securities of privately held companies. We will be an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company and intend to elect to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act prior to the effective date of this Registration Statement. In addition, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code as of the Initial Closing (as defined below), and we expect to qualify as a RIC annually thereafter. As a BDC and a RIC, we must comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation” and “Item 1. Business — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.

 

Our investment objective is to maximize total return, comprised of current income and capital appreciation. However, no assurance can be given that our investment objective will be achieved, and investment results may vary substantially on a monthly, quarterly, annual and other periodic basis. The Company’s current investment focus is guided by two strategies that facilitate our investment opportunities and core competencies: (1) investing in corporate debt securities and, to a lesser extent, (2) investing in collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) structured credit that typically owns corporate debt securities, including the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. The instruments in which we invest may not be rated by any rating agency, but the Investment Advisor believes that if such instruments were rated, they would be below investment grade, which is an indication of having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Investments that are rated below investment grade are sometimes referred to as “high yield bonds,” “junk bonds” or “leveraged loans” (i.e., loans to companies with existing debt). Therefore, our investments may result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or loss of principal. Our corporate debt securities and CLO debt investments typically have maturities of three to ten years. To a limited extent, we may enter into derivatives transactions, which may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates or to earn income and enhance our total returns. We may receive or purchase warrants or rights to acquire equity or other securities in connection with making a debt investment in a company. We may also invest in other strategies and opportunities from time to time that we view as attractive as outlined below in “Item 1. Business – Investment Objective”. We will continue to evaluate other investment strategies in the ordinary course of business with no specific top-down allocation to any single investment strategy.

 

We were formed as a Maryland corporation in August 2019. We conducted and expect to conduct additional private offerings of our common stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). At the closing of any private offering, each investor will make a capital commitment (a “Capital Commitment”) to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to a subscription agreement (a “Subscription Agreement”) entered into with us. Investors will be required to fund drawdowns (“Drawdowns”) to purchase shares of our common stock up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitments each time we deliver a notice to the investors (a “Drawdown Notice”). As set forth in the Subscription Agreement, if an investor fails to pay all or a portion of the Drawdown, and such default remains uncured for a period of ten days (such investor, a “Defaulting Investor”), the Company will be permitted to pursue any remedies against the Defaulting Investor available under the Subscription Agreement or at law or at equity, including prohibiting the Defaulting Investor from purchasing additional shares of common stock, offering up to 100% of the Defaulting Investor’s shares of common stock to the other investors for purchase at a price equal to the lesser of the then-current net asset value of such shares of common stock or the highest price reasonably obtainable by the Company therefor, or transferring up to 50% of the Defaulting Investor’s shares of common stock to the other investors. See “Item 1. Business—The Private Offering.” We anticipate commencing our loan origination and investment activities contemporaneously on the first date on which shares of common stock are purchased pursuant to a Drawdown Notice (the “Initial Closing”). We may, in our sole discretion, permit one or more additional closings of the private offering from time to time as determined by the Company. See “Item 1. Business —Term.”

 

The Investment Advisor

 

The Investment Advisor serves as our investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between us and the Investment Advisor (the “Advisory Agreement”) and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. Subject to the supervision of our Board of Directors (the “Board”), a majority of which is made up of directors that are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act (“Independent Directors”), our Investment Advisor manages our day-to-day operations and provides us with investment advisory and management services and certain administrative services. Our Investment Advisor is a majority-owned subsidiary of Palmer Square, which is a privately-held firm specializing in global alternative (non-traditional) investments with a total return orientation.

 

The investment team (the “Investment Team”) of our Investment Advisor is responsible for identifying investment opportunities, conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments, structuring our investments and monitoring and servicing our investments. As of December 31, 2019, the Investment Team was comprised of 17 investment professionals, all of whom dedicate a substantial portion of their time to the Company. In addition, the team has four dedicated operations professionals, two of whom have over 13 years of experience. In addition, the Investment Advisor believes that it has best-in-class support personnel, including expertise in risk management, legal, accounting, tax, information technology and compliance, among others. We expect to benefit from the support provided by these personnel in our operations.

 

The Investment Team employs a blend of top-down and bottom-up analysis. The senior members of the Investment Team have been actively involved in the alternative credit investing market for an average of 20 years and have built strong relationships with private equity sponsors, banks and financial intermediaries.

 

The Investment Advisor has an investment committee (the “Investment Committee”) comprised of four members that is responsible for approving all of our investments and is responsible for the day to day management of the portfolio. The Investment Committee is chaired by Angie K. Long, and the other members of the Investment Committee are Christopher D. Long, Matthew L. Bloomfield and Jeffrey D. Fox. The extensive experience of the investment professionals serving on our Investment Committee includes expertise in privately originated and publicly traded leveraged credit, stressed and distressed debt, bankruptcy, mergers and acquisitions and private equity. This diverse skill set provides a range of perspectives in the evaluation of each investment opportunity. 

 

1

 

 

The Investment Advisor has entered into a Resource Sharing Agreement (the “Resource Sharing Agreement”) with Palmer Square, pursuant to which Palmer Square will provide the Investment Advisor with access to the resources of Palmer Square, including the Investment Team, so as to enable the Investment Advisor to fulfill its obligations under the Advisory Agreement. Through the Resource Sharing Agreement, the Investment Advisor intends to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Palmer Square’s investment professionals.

 

The Investment Advisor, in its capacity as Administrator, provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate pursuant to an administration agreement between us and the Administrator (the “Administration Agreement”). The Administrator has also entered into an agreement (the “Sub-Administration Agreement”) to delegate certain administrative functions to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (the “Sub-Administrator”). See “Item 1. Business—Administration Agreement” below for a discussion of the fees and expenses we are required to reimburse to the Administrator in connection with the services it provides to us under the Administration Agreement.

 

Palmer Square Capital Management

 

Palmer Square is a Delaware limited liability company formed in 2009 and had approximately $10.3 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2019. Palmer Square manages portfolios of both credit and structured credit as well as diverse hedge fund strategies designed with the intent to achieve high risk-adjusted returns over market cycles. We believe Palmer Square’s experience in analyzing companies and investment structures provides a sustainable competitive advantage over other firms. Palmer Square is 100% management owned and led by Christopher D. Long and Angie K. Long. The firm is an SEC registered investment adviser.

 

Market Opportunity

 

The Investment Team believes that existing market conditions have combined to create an attractive investment environment for us, including the following:

 

Risk Adjusted Returns. The universe of broadly-syndicated fixed and floating rate loans and corporate debt provides an opportunity set that the Investment Team believes offers an attractive, risk-adjusted return. Specifically, the Investment Team believes it can mitigate risk and achieve the investment goals by: (i) seeking the best relative value, which may equate to buying new loans or other corporate debt issuances at a discount or purchasing in the secondary market, and (ii) seeking to buy loans or other corporate debt issuances that the Investment Team believes have strong fundamentals and low default risk capable of withstanding significant downward pricing pressure.

 

Size of Corporate Debt Market. The corporate debt market segment that the Investment Team will focus on is industry diverse and large, and includes small to large private U.S. companies. Given the size of this corporate debt market, we believe the investment opportunity is perennial and cycle agnostic. In addition, we believe that private equity sponsors have a large pool of uninvested private equity capital. With the U.S. economy on stable footing, the Investment Team believes private equity firms are poised to deploy meaningful amounts of capital, thus creating ongoing investment opportunities for private lenders.

 

Regulatory Environment and Opportunity for Alternative Lenders. As it pertains to middle market companies (which we define as companies in the United States with annual revenues between $10 million and $2.5 billion), recent changes in the regulatory capital charges imposed on the banking sector for unrated or illiquid assets have caused banks to reduce their lending activities to private middle market companies. Stakeholders in banks, including their shareholders, lenders and regulators, continue to exert pressure to contain the amount of these types of assets held on bank balance sheets. Examples of this include continued investor focus on the amount of assets whose fair value cannot be determined by using observable measures, or “Level 3 assets,” held on bank balance sheets. As a result, the Investment Team believes that many banks have been forced to reduce their lending to middle market companies, creating an opportunity for alternative lenders such as us to fill the void.

 

CLO Equity and Debt. The Investment Team believes that CLO equity and debt has been a tremendous source of returns for investors historically, and has the potential to offer investors high cash on cash returns with low credit risk and low correlation to traditional assets classes. Given that CLOs are floating rate instruments designed to mitigate interest rate sensitivity, investors may not directly suffer the same adverse effects that other asset classes may experience due to rising interest rates. The Investment Team has a strong track record of investing in CLO equity and debt, and believes that the strong risk-adjusted returns in CLOs continue to offer attractive relative value.

 

Investment Objective

 

The Company’s investment objective is to maximize total return, comprised of current income and capital appreciation. However, no assurance can be given that the Company’s investment objective will be achieved, and investment results may vary substantially on a monthly, quarterly and annual basis. The Investment Advisor believes that the Company’s investment objective can be achieved by primarily investing in first and second lien secured loans, and to a lesser extent CLO structured credit that typically owns corporate debt securities. First and second lien secured loans generally are senior debt instruments that rank ahead of unsecured debt of a given portfolio company. These loans also have the benefit of security interests on the assets of the portfolio company, which may rank ahead of or be junior to other security interests. A significant portion of the loans in which the Company may invest or get exposure to through its investments in structured securities may be deemed “Covenant-Lite Loans,” which means the loans contain fewer or no maintenance covenants than other loans and do not include terms which allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default if certain criteria are breached. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Investments—Covenant-Lite Loans” below.

 

2

 

 

We will seek to maximize returns and minimize risk for our investors by applying detailed, fundamental credit analysis to make and monitor our portfolio investments. While the structure of our investments may vary, the Company can invest in senior secured debt, senior unsecured debt, subordinated secured debt, subordinated unsecured debt, convertible debt, convertible preferred equity, preferred equity, common equity, warrants and other instruments, many of which generate current yield. While our primary focus is to seek current income through investment in the debt of eligible privately-held companies, we may invest up to 30% of the portfolio in other purchases (either in the primary or secondary markets), including, for example, investments in the securities of non-U.S. issuers and the equity and junior debt tranches of investment pools such as CLOs. Structurally, CLOs are entities that are formed to hold a portfolio of senior secured loans made to companies whose debt is generally rated below investment grade or, in limited circumstances, unrated. The senior secured loans within a CLO are limited to senior secured loans which meet specified credit and diversity criteria and are subject to concentration limitations in order to create an investment portfolio that is diverse by senior secured loan, borrower, and industry, with limitations on the number of non-U.S. borrowers.

 

In addition, to a lesser extent, portfolio investments may also include, but are not limited to, corporate structured credit, cash and synthetic CLOs, CLO warehouses, collateralized debt obligations (each, a “CDO”), swaps, asset backed securities, corporate bonds, corporate bank loans, preferred stock, municipal bonds or loans and convertible securities. The Company seeks to invest in credit and other assets that the Investment Advisor believes have strong structural protections, limited downside, and low long-term beta to the broader credit and equity markets.

 

While not our primary investment objective, our investments may include other equity investments, such as warrants, options to buy a minority interest in a portfolio company, or contractual payment rights or rights to receive a proportional interest in the operating cash flow or net income of such company. When determined by the Investment Advisor to be in our best interest, we may acquire a controlling interest in a portfolio company. Any warrants we receive with our debt securities may require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest.

 

Our Investment Advisor may sell all or a portion of a position of the Company’s portfolio holdings when, in its opinion, one or more of the following occurs, among other reasons: (1) the deterioration of an issuer’s fundamentals; (2) changes in business strategy or key personnel; (3) rating agency downgrades or a decline in credit quality metrics; or (4) the Investment Advisor finds more attractive investment opportunities for the Company.

 

We intend to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally do not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification requirements and distribution requirements. More specifically, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses.

 

The Investment Advisor has the ability to invest in both illiquid and less liquid securities. The Investment Advisor may employ leverage, including through borrowing funds or issuing senior securities, and use derivatives, both for hedging purposes and to earn income and enhance total returns. The Investment Advisor may employ techniques to hedge investment risk, including without limitation, the use of forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors. The Investment Advisor may use derivatives to earn income and enhance total returns by investing in derivatives securities and monitoring such investments to ensure that each holding is maintaining its investment potential.

 

3

 

 

Investment Approach

 

The Investment Advisor employs a blend of top-down and bottom-up analysis. The top-down approach has three components: (1) macro analysis whereby the Investment Advisor’s investment team undertakes frequent dialogues regarding macro items including the economic outlook, financial and credit markets, new and secondary issues, regulatory changes, M&A environment, and valuation levels; (2) cross-asset relative value analysis which consists of analyzing various asset classes across the credit spectrum for strong relative value opportunities (e.g., analysis of valuation metrics across loans, bonds, convertibles, CLOs and mortgage credits to identify and monitor optimal risk / reward opportunities); and (3) active monitoring by the Investment Team of the major sectors within the credit universe. With regard to the bottom-up approach, the Investment Team undertakes frequent dialogue discussing key analyses including items such as determining an issuer’s ability to service debt, measuring past performance and understanding the approach of the management team and their ability to meet goals, deal structure model analysis, document analysis and other financial modeling and scenario testing. Finally, the bottom-up approach includes trade refinement. For example, within the credit spectrum, the team also seeks to evaluate many trade specifics including, without limitation, liquidity, position size, upside/downside, and relative versus absolute value.

 

We believe our vast experience in analyzing and investing in corporate and structured credit provides us with a strong competitive advantage over other lenders with more limited experience investing in these markets. The Investment Advisor has deep expertise in evaluating, underwriting, monitoring and trading senior secured first lien, second lien term loans and other corporate debt securities. In addition, the Investment Advisor also has deep expertise in evaluating the investment merits and structural considerations of CLO debt and equity investments.

 

Our capital is generally used by our corporate borrowers to finance organic growth, acquisitions, recapitalizations and working capital. Our investment decisions are based on extensive analysis of potential portfolio companies’ business operations supported by an in-depth understanding of the quality of their recurring revenues and cash flow, variability of costs and the inherent value of their assets, including proprietary intangible assets and intellectual property. In making our CLO investments, we consider the indenture structure for that vehicle, its operating characteristics and compliance with its various indenture provisions, the collateral manager and its experience managing CLOs, as well as its corporate loan-based collateral pool.

 

We seek to maximize total returns to our investors, including both current yield and capital appreciation, by applying rigorous credit analysis and asset-based and cash-flow based lending techniques to make and monitor our investments. We are constantly pursuing multiple investment opportunities, including primary and secondary purchases of particular securities.

 

The Investment Advisor believes it can mitigate risk by: (i) seeking the best relative value, which may equate to buying new loans and CLO debt and equity in the primary market at a discount or purchasing in the secondary market, and (ii) seeking to buy loans and CLO debt and equity that the Investment Advisor believes have strong fundamentals and low default risk capable of withstanding significant downward pricing pressure.

 

Investment Process – Senior Secured Loans

 

The Investment Advisor’s senior secured loan investment strategy has been consistent throughout multiple credit environments and is predicated on the view that a conservative approach to investing in first lien and second lien senior secured loans is the optimal strategy over the course of a credit cycle. Given the idiosyncratic nature of secured loans, it is critical that we focus on downside protection and overall credit quality when evaluating each and every loan borrower.

 

There are a multitude of factors that the Investment Advisor’s investment team evaluates during the due diligence phase when we underwrite a loan; company-specific risk, industry risk, balance sheet risk, cash flow generation, liquidity of the loan, in addition to other factors. The aggregate output of this information provides a building block for deeper financial analysis, including base-case financial projections, and more importantly, downside-case financial projections. Once the initial research process is completed, the Investment Team can then make a highly informed decision on the quality of a particular loan and whether or not it meets our strict criteria for investment.

 

Corporate credit analysts at the Investment Advisor are each responsible for coverage of specific industries. Our view is that in order to appropriately analyze and underwrite senior secured loans, each analyst has to be an expert in their respective industry verticals. The Investment Advisor’s corporate credit analysts average over 11 years of experience in broadly syndicated and middle-market credit, and thus have a strong grasp on their respective industries and credit underwriting in general. As it relates to the due diligence process, each analyst draws not only on their personal analytical skillset, but also utilize their networks within the industry. This can include calls and visits with existing company management teams, former industry CEOs, industry experts, private equity sponsors and industry investment bankers. The aggregate of this initial information gathering then lays the groundwork for fundamental financial analysis and detailed financial modeling, whereby the credit analyst constructs a base case and downside case set of projections.

 

4

 

 

At the conclusion of the due diligence process, the credit analyst presents a formal investment memorandum to the entire Investment Advisor’s investment team, which includes the Investment Committee (which averages over 20 years of credit investing experience) and all industry credit analysts. We view this a bit unique across credit investment firms, but believe that given the vast experience of all of our credit analysts, this more fulsome and collaborative process generates better questions and answers and ultimately leads to better investment decisions. Ultimately the Investment Committee will need to have a unanimous vote in order to approve any of our investments, working in collaboration with our Chief Investment Officer and the Investment Advisor’s loan portfolio manager to size the position appropriately for the risk.

 

Of equal importance, the monitoring phase of each loan investment is critical to the ultimate success of the loan position. Detailed quarterly writeups and model updates are done for each credit after they report earnings. However, the monitoring process is not just a quarterly event as credit analysts are digesting daily information and news regarding our borrowers, their industries and their competitors.

 

Our seasoned Investment Committee and credit analysts have significant experience investing in both broadly syndicated and middle-market corporate debt. The Investment Advisor’s detailed and consistent investment process make it uniquely qualified to achieve the Company’s objective of maximizing total return while minimizing risk.

 

Investment Process – CLO Debt and Equity

 

The Investment Advisor’s CLO debt and equity investment strategy has also been consistent throughout multiple credit environments and is focused on three main areas: structure and documentation of the CLO, the underlying portfolio of the CLO, and the collateral manager of the CLO.

 

The structures of CLOs have become more robust since the pre-financial crisis era, with subordination of each rated tranche essentially improving by one rating category (i.e., a current BBB-rated tranche may have similar credit support from a subordination perspective as a pre-financial crisis A-rated tranche). CLO equity leverage is also lower from the pre-financial crisis era, with the equity tranche now representing about 9-10% of current structures versus about 7% in pre-crisis structures. The Investment Advisor believes that no two CLO structures are identical, thus it is critical to analyze the nuances of each structure and the underlying documentation. For example, CLOs with higher overcollateralization cushions can help protect CLO equity from future cash diversion in a stressed scenario. From a documentation standpoint, while post-financial crisis documents are more standardized, it is critical to understand the nuances of each CLO, such as optional redemption rights, collateral quality limitations, reinvestment language optionality, and the ability flush excess par to the equity holders.

 

A second critical aspect of the CLO investment process is the Investment Advisor’s focus on the overall portfolio characteristics and underlying loans within a CLO. From a top-down perspective we focus on the weighted-average rating factor (“WARF”), diversity, spread, loan bid depth, facility size, rating distribution and price distribution of the entire portfolio. For example, two portfolios with a weighted-average price of $98.00 may have very different overall portfolio characteristics, such as a higher concentration in lower-rated loans, which could lead to issues during a downgrade cycle. In addition, given our strong corporate credit investment team, we focus on the individual names of the underlying portfolio, with great focus on any loans we perceive to have heightened credit risk.

 

The collateral manager of the CLO is the third aspect the Investment Advisor spends a significant amount of its due diligence effort analyzing. The Investment Advisor tracks data compiled from third-party sources such as Intex, Moody’s Analytics and Bloomberg, as well as proprietary internal systems to create a detailed analysis of the CLO collateral manager universe. This process leads to rankings of collateral managers based on all of the criteria mentioned above (i.e., WARF, spread, price, liquidity, etc.). In addition to the analytical and statistical process, the Investment Advisor also performs due diligence on collateral managers via in-person meetings and via telephone calls. Our goal is to meet the collateral managers we invest in at least twice per year in person.

 

5

 

 

Managerial Assistance

 

As a BDC, we must offer, and must provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to certain of our eligible portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Administrator or an affiliate thereof will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request such assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse the Administrator or an affiliate of the Administrator for its allocated costs in providing such assistance.

 

Competition

 

Our primary competitors in providing debt financing include public and private funds, other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy as a RIC.

 

We expect to use the expertise of the investment professionals of the Investment Advisor to which we will have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we expect that the relationships of the Investment Advisor will enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive private and middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business and Structure—Operation in a Highly Competitive Market for Investment Opportunities.”

 

Capital Resources and Borrowings

 

We anticipate cash to be generated from the Private Offering (as defined below) and other future offerings of securities (including a Qualified IPO (as defined below)), and cash flows from operations, including interest earned from the temporary investment of cash in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Additionally, we will be permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after each such issuance. Furthermore, while any indebtedness and senior securities remain outstanding, we may be required to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. In connection with borrowings, our lenders may require us to pledge assets, investor commitments to fund capital calls and/or the proceeds of those capital calls. In addition, the lenders may ask us to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on our operations.

 

We expect to enter into one or more agreements for a credit facility and/or subscription facility (each, a “Credit Facility”). Each Credit Facility will provide for borrowings to make additional investments and for other general corporate purposes. It is anticipated that a Credit Facility will bear interest at floating rates at to be determined spreads over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and will be secured by the Company’s assets, and/or the Company may be required to pledge Capital Commitments to the lender. We cannot assure stockholders that we will be able to enter into a Credit Facility.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if our Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then stockholders who do not “opt out” of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock, rather than receiving cash dividends and distributions. Please see “Item 9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters—Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for disclosure regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

6

 

 

Administration

 

We do not currently have any employees. Each officer of the Company will also be an employee of the Investment Advisor or its affiliates. See “Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers.”

 

Our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by the Investment Advisor. Pursuant to its Resource Sharing Agreement with Palmer Square, the Investment Advisor will have access to the individuals who comprise our Investment Advisor’s Investment Committee and Investment Team. The Advisor may hire additional investment professionals to provide services to us, based upon its needs. See above “Item 1. Business — The Investment Advisor.”

 

Advisory Agreement

 

Subject to the overall supervision of our Board and in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Investment Advisor will manage our day-to-day operations and provide investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, our Investment Advisor:

 

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make;

 

performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make;

 

determines the securities and other assets that we will purchase, retain or sell; and

 

provides us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds.

 

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, we will pay the Investment Advisor a fee for its investment advisory and management services consisting of two components—a base management fee and, subsequent to the listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange (a “Listing”), an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by our stockholders.

 

Base Management Fee

 

The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of the average of the weighted average (based on the number of shares outstanding each day in the quarter) of our total net assets at the end of each of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. For our first quarter, the base management fee is calculated based on the weighted average of our total net assets as of such quarter-end. The base management fee for any partial quarter will be pro-rated based on the number of days actually elapsed in that quarter relative to the total number of days in such quarter. As used herein, “total net assets” means our total assets minus our total liabilities.

 

The Investment Advisor, however, has agreed to waive its right to receive management fees in excess of 1.75% of the total net assets during any period prior to a Listing. If a Listing does not occur, such fee waiver will remain in place through liquidation of the Company. The Investment Advisor will not be permitted to recoup any waived amounts at any time and the waiver may only be modified or terminated prior to a Listing with the approval of the Board.

 

7

 

 

Incentive Fee

 

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Advisor will not be entitled to an incentive fee prior to a Listing. Following a Listing, the Investment Advisor will be entitled to an incentive fee (the “Income Incentive Fee”) based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the then most recently completed calendar quarter, as adjusted downward (but not upward) if over the most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters aggregate net realized losses on the Company’s investments exceed the Company’s aggregate net investment income over the same period, excluding the most recently completed quarter, as described in more detail below. In this regard, if the Company’s net realized losses over the most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters are greater than the Company’s net investment income over the same period, excluding the most recently completed quarter, then the pre-incentive fee net income used in the calculation of the Income Incentive Fee would be subject to a downward adjustment. The amount of the adjustment would be equal to the amount by which such net realized losses exceed such net investment income. On the other hand, if the Company’s net investment income over the most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters is equal to or greater than the Company’s net realized losses over the same period, excluding the most recently completed quarter, then no adjustment to pre-incentive fee net investment income would be made. The Income Incentive Fee will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears commencing with the first calendar quarter following a Listing. The Company will pay the Investment Advisor an Income Incentive Fee with respect to its “adjusted net investment income” in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

no Income Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” does not exceed an amount equal to a “hurdle rate” of 1.5% per quarter (6% annualized) of the Company’s total net assets at the end of that quarter (the “Hurdle Amount”);

 

100% of the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” with respect to that portion of such “adjusted net investment income,” if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Amount but is less than or equal to an amount (the “Catch-Up Amount”) determined on a quarterly basis by multiplying 1.6875% by the Company’s total net asset value for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The Catch-Up Amount is intended to provide the Investment Advisor with an incentive fee of 12.5% on all of the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” when the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” reaches the Catch-Up Amount in any calendar quarter; and

 

for any calendar quarter in which the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” exceeds the Catch-Up Amount, the Income Incentive Fee shall equal 12.5% of the amount of the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” for the calendar quarter.

 

“Adjusted net investment income” means the Company’s “pre-incentive fee net investment income” during the then most recently completed calendar quarter minus the difference, if positive, between (i) the Company’s “net realized losses” over the then most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of calendar quarters that have occurred since the Listing) and (ii) the Company’s “net investment income” over the three preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of calendar quarters that have occurred since the Listing). No adjustment (downward or upward) will be made to “pre-incentive fee net investment income” if the difference between clause (i) minus clause (ii) is zero or negative.

 

“Pre-incentive fee net investment income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Income Incentive Fee). “Pre-incentive fee net investment income” includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, original issue discount (“OID”), debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that we have not yet received in cash.

 

“Net realized losses” in respect of a particular period means the difference, if positive, between (i) the aggregate realized capital losses on the Company’s investments in such period and (ii) the aggregate realized capital gains on the Company’s investments in such period. “Net investment income” in respect of the particular period means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the particular period, minus operating expenses for the particular (including the base management fee, the Income Incentive Fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock). “Net investment income” includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, OID, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that we have not yet received in cash.

 

8

 

 

The Incentive Fee amount, or the calculations pertaining thereto, as appropriate, will be pro-rated for any period less than a full calendar quarter.

 

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on “adjusted net investment income” that will be in place subsequent to a Listing:

 

 

 

Example 1—Income Incentive Fee:

Assumptions

 

Hurdle rate(1) = 1.5%

 

Base management fee(2) = 0.50%

 

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.20%

 

 

(1) Represents a quarter of the 6.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2) Represents a quarter of the 2.0% annualized base management fee.
(3) Excludes offering expenses.

 

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

 

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.55%

 

Net realized losses (realized capital losses – realized capital gains) = 0.00%(4)

 

Adjusted net investment income (pre-incentive fee net investment income – ([if positive] (net realized losses - net investment income))) = 0.55%(5)

 

9

 

 

Adjusted net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate, therefore there is no Income Incentive Fee.

 

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.30%

 

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 1.60%

 

Net realized losses (realized capital losses – realized capital gains) = 0.00%(4)

 

Adjusted net investment income (pre-incentive fee net investment income – ([if positive] (net realized losses - net investment income))) = 1.60%(5)

 

Adjusted net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an Income Incentive Fee.

 

Income Incentive Fee

 

= 100% × “Catch-Up” + the greater of 0% AND (12.5% × (adjusted net investment income – 1.6875%)

= (100% × (1.6000% - 1.5000%)) + 0%

= 100% × 0.1000%

= 0.1000%

 

Alternative 3

Additional Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.70%

 

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.00%

 

Net realized losses (realized capital losses – realized capital gains) = 0.00%(4)

 

Adjusted net investment income (pre-incentive fee net investment income – ([if positive] (net realized losses - net investment income))) = 2.00%(5)

 

Adjusted net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an Income Incentive Fee.

 

Income Incentive Fee

 

= 100% × “Catch-Up” + the greater of 0% AND (12.5% × (adjusted net investment income - 1.6875%)

= (100% × (1.6875% - 1.5000%)) + (12.5% × (2.0000% - 1.6875%))

= 0.1875% + (12.5% × 0.3125%)

= 0.1875% + 0.0039%

= 0.1914%

 

10

 

 

Alternative 4

Additional Assumptions

 

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.30%

 

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income - (base management fee + other expenses)) = 1.60%

 

Net realized losses (realized capital losses – realized capital gains) = 9.00%(4)

 

Adjusted net investment income (pre-incentive fee net investment income – ([if positive] (net realized losses - net investment income)))(5) (6)

 

= 1.60% - (9.00% - 8.00%)

= 1.60% - 1.00%

= 0.60%

 

Adjusted net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate, therefore there is no Income Incentive Fee.

 

 

(4) The calculation of “realized capital losses” and “realized capital gains” are amounts over the four calendar quarters immediately preceding the payment date.
(5) If the amount of net realized losses over the most recently completed and three calendar quarters preceding the payment date exceeds the amount of net investment income over the same period, excluding the most recently completed quarter, then the amount of adjusted net investment income is reduced by that amount. Otherwise, the amount of adjusted net investment income is not changed.

(6) The example assumes 8.00% net investment income over the three calendar quarters preceding the most recently completed quarter.

 

Payment of Our Expenses

 

All professionals of the Investment Advisor, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, will be provided and paid for by the Investment Advisor and not by us. We will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions. See “Item 2. Financial Information —Discussion of Management’s Expected Operating Plans —Expenses.”

 

Duration and Termination

 

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our Independent Directors. The Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Investment Advisor and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Advisory Agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice.

 

The Advisory Agreement provides that, absent criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Advisor and its professionals and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of our Investment Advisor’s services under the Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.

 

Administration Agreement

 

We have entered into the Administration Agreement with our Administrator, who will provide us with office space, office services and equipment. The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator will furnish us with office facilities and equipment and will provide us with clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will perform, or oversee the performance of, our required administrative services, which will include being responsible for the financial and other records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC. In addition, the Administrator will assist us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to our stockholders, and generally oversee the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will also provide managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance.

 

Under the Administration Agreement, we will reimburse the Administrator based upon our allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead (including rent) in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our officers (including our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer), and any of their respective staff who provide services to us, operations staff who provide services to us, and internal audit staff, if any, to the extent internal audit performs a role in our Sarbanes Oxley internal control assessment. In addition, if requested to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, the Administrator will be reimbursed based on the services provided. The Administration Agreement has an initial term of two years and may be renewed with the approval of our Board. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any incremental profit to the Administrator.

 

11

 

 

In addition, our Administrator has, pursuant to the Sub-Administration Agreement, engaged the Sub-Administrator to act on behalf of our Administrator in the performance of certain other administrative services for us. We have also engaged U.S. Bank, National Association or its affiliates (“US Bank”) directly to serve as our custodian, transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar.

 

The Private Offering

 

We entered into and expect to enter into additional Subscription Agreements with a number of investors for the private placement of the Company’s common stock (the “Private Offering”). Each investor made or will make a capital commitment to purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreement. Investors will be required to make capital contributions to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock each time the Company delivers a drawdown notice, which will be delivered at least 10 days prior to the initial required funding date and 10 days prior to any subsequent required funding date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed their respective capital commitments. All purchases will generally be made pro rata, in accordance with the investors’ capital commitments, at a per-share price as determined by the Board (including any committee thereof) as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter or such other date determined by the Board prior to the date of the applicable drawdown notice. The per-share price shall be at least equal to the net asset value per share, as calculated within no more than 48 hours of share issuance, in accordance with the limitations under Section 23 of the 1940 Act. The Board may set the per-share price above the net asset value per share based on a variety of factors, including, without limitation, the total amount of the Company’s organizational, offering and other expenses.

 

The Company reserves the right to conduct additional offerings of securities in the future in addition to the Private Offering. In the event that the Company enters into a Subscription Agreement with one or more investors after the initial drawdown, each such investor will be required to make purchases of shares of common stock (each, a “Catch-up Purchase”) on one or more dates to be determined by the Company. The aggregate purchase price of the Catch-up Purchases will be equal to an amount necessary to ensure that, upon payment of the aggregate purchase price, such investor will have contributed the same percentage of its capital commitment to the Company as all investors whose subscriptions were accepted at previous closings. Catch-up Purchases will be made at a per-share price as determined by the Company’s Board (including any committee thereof) as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter or such other date as determined by the Board prior to the date of the applicable drawdown notice. The per-share price shall be at least equal to the net asset value per share of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the limitations under Section 23 of the 1940 Act. The Board may set the per-share price above the net asset value per share based on a variety of factors, including without limitation the total amount of the Company’s organizational, Private Offering and other expenses.

 

In addition to all legal remedies available to the Company, failure by an investor to purchase additional common stock when requested by the Company will (following a cure period of ten business days) result in such Defaulting Investor being subject to certain default provisions set forth in that investor’s Subscription Agreement, which may include causing the Defaulting Investor to offer up to 100% of the Defaulting Investor’s shares of common stock to the other investors for purchase at a price equal to the lesser of the then-current net asset value of such shares of common stock or the highest price reasonably obtainable by the Company therefor, or causing the Defaulting Investor to transfer up to 50% of the Defaulting Investor’s shares of common stock to the other investors. Defaulting Investors may also forfeit their right to participate in purchasing additional shares on any future drawdown date or otherwise participate in any future investments in the Company.

 

As part of certain Credit Facilities, the right to make capital calls of stockholders may be pledged as collateral to the lender, which will be able to call for capital contributions upon the occurrence of an event of default under such Credit Facility. To the extent such an event of default does occur, stockholders could therefore be required to fund any shortfall up to their remaining capital commitments, without regard to the underlying value of their investment.

 

Term

 

We may draw down capital commitments to make investments at any time during the period from the Initial Closing through the five-year anniversary of the Initial Closing (the “Commitment Period”). After the end of the Commitment Period, investors in the Private Offering will be released from any further obligation to purchase additional shares of common stock, except to the extent necessary to (a) pay Company expenses, including management fees, any amounts that may become due under any borrowings or other financings or similar obligations and any other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in each case to the extent they relate to the Commitment Period, (b) complete investments in any transactions for which there are binding written agreements as of the end of the Commitment Period (including investments that are funded in phases), (c) fund follow-on investments made in existing portfolio companies that, in the aggregate, do not exceed 10% of total commitments, (d) fund obligations under any Company guarantee or indemnity made during the Commitment Period and/or (e) fund any defaulted commitments. The Commitment Period shall terminate earlier upon a Liquidity Event (as defined below) and investors will be released from any further obligation to purchase additional shares of common stock. Additional closings of the Private Offering are expected to occur from time to time as determined by the Company. The Company reserves the right to conduct new or additional offerings of securities in the future, in addition to the Private Offering.

 

12

 

 

If a Liquidity Event has not occurred by the expiration of the Commitment Period, the Board will use its best efforts to wind down and/or liquidate and dissolve the Company.

 

Prior to a Liquidity Event, no investor who participated in the Private Offering will be permitted to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of its shares or capital commitment unless the Company provides its prior written consent and the transfer is otherwise made in accordance with applicable law. Upon the closing of a Liquidity Event, investors in the Private Offering will be subject to certain lock-up and manner-of-sale provisions set forth in the Subscription Agreement. Following a Liquidity Event, investors in the Private Offering will also be restricted from selling or disposing of their shares of common stock by applicable securities laws or contractually by a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of a Qualified IPO or similar institutions in connection with a Liquidity Event.

 

A “Liquidity Event” means, at the discretion of the Board: (a) (1) a Listing or (2) an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock that results in an unaffiliated public float of at least the lower of (i) $75 million and (ii) 15% of the aggregate capital commitments received prior to the date of such initial public offering (a “Qualified IPO”), or (b) with the requisite approval of our stockholders as required by applicable law, a corporate control transaction, which may include a strategic sale of the Company or all or substantially all of our assets to, or a merger with, another entity, or another type of corporate control event (which may include a transaction with an affiliated entity, including an affiliated 1940 Act fund) for consideration in cash or publicly listed securities of such entity or a combination of cash and such publicly listed securities.

 

Regulation

 

We intend to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. A BDC must be organized in the United States for the purpose of investing in or lending to primarily private companies and making significant managerial assistance available to them.

 

We may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC unless authorized by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, as required by the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company.

 

As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a BDC must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. A majority of our directors must be persons who are not interested persons, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Additionally, we will be required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect the BDC. Furthermore, as a BDC, we will be prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

 

We are generally required to meet an asset coverage ratio, defined under the 1940 Act as the ratio of our total assets (less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities) to our outstanding senior securities, of at least 150% after each issuance of senior securities.

 

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our directors who are not interested persons, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. As a BDC, we will generally be limited in our ability to invest in any portfolio company in which our Investment Advisor or any of its affiliates currently has an investment or to make any co-investments with our Investment Advisor or its affiliates without an exemptive order from the SEC, subject to certain exceptions.

 

13

 

 

We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of investment companies in the aggregate. The portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies ordinarily will subject our stockholders to additional expenses. Our investment portfolio is also subject to diversification requirements by virtue of our intention to be a RIC for U.S. tax purposes and our intention to continue to operate in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RICs.

 

In addition, investment companies registered under the 1940 Act and private funds that are excluded from the definition of “investment company” pursuant to either Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act may not acquire directly or through a controlled entity more than 3% of our total outstanding voting stock (measured at the time of the acquisition), unless the funds comply with an exemption under the 1940 Act. As a result, certain of our investors may hold a smaller position in our shares than if they were not subject to these restrictions.

 

We will generally not be able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if our Board determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. We will comply with the conditions set forth in Section 63(2) of the 1940 Act when selling our common stock at a price below net asset value. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our common stock at a price below net asset value in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.

 

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

 

Qualifying Assets

 

We may invest up to 30% of our portfolio opportunistically in “non-qualifying assets”, which will be driven primarily through opportunities sourced through the Investment Advisor. However, under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the BDC’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

 

1. Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

a. is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

b. is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

c. satisfies any of the following:

 

i. does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

 

ii. has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

 

14

 

 

iii. is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

 

iv. is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million.

 

2. Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

3. Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

4. Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

5. Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

6. Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

 

If at any time less than 70% of our gross assets are comprised of qualifying assets, including as a result of an increase in the value of any non-qualifying assets or decrease in the value of any qualifying assets, we would generally not be permitted to acquire any additional non-qualifying assets until such time as 70% of our then current gross assets were comprised of qualifying assets. We would not be required, however, to dispose of any non-qualifying assets in such circumstances.

 

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

 

A BDC must have been organized under the laws of, and have its principal place of business in, any state or states within the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors or officers, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. We may also receive fees for these services. The Administrator may provide, or arrange for the provision of, such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance, subject to reimbursement of any fees or expenses incurred on our behalf by the Administrator in accordance with our Administration Agreement.

 

Temporary Investments

 

We generally expect to call capital for investment purposes only at the time we identify an investment opportunity. Until such time as we invest the proceeds of such capital calls in portfolio companies and while new investments are pending, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as “temporary investments,” so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our gross assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we may not meet the diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Investment Advisor will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

 

15

 

 

Senior Securities

 

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We and the Investment Advisor have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain transactions by our personnel.

 

Compliance Policies and Procedures

 

We and our Investment Advisor have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to detect and prevent violation of the federal securities laws and will be required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation and designate a Chief Compliance Officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures. Scott A. Betz currently serves as our Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements will affect us. For example:

 

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

 

pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

 

  pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and (once we cease to be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) or, if later, for the year following our first annual report to be filed with the SEC) must obtain an audit of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

 

16

 

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and we are eligible to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We could remain an emerging growth company until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the consummation of an initial public offering, if any, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1,070,000,000 or more, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year in which we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million, measured as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months), or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

We will delegate our proxy voting responsibility to our Investment Advisor. As a fiduciary, the Investment Advisor has a duty to monitor corporate events and to vote proxies, as well as a duty to cast votes in the best interest of the Company and not to subrogate Company interests to its own interests. To meet its fiduciary obligations, the Investment Advisor seeks to ensure that it votes proxies in the best interest of the Company, and addresses how the Investment Advisor will resolve any conflict of interest that may arise when voting proxies. The Investment Advisor’s proxy voting policy attempts to generalize a complex subject and the Investment Advisor may, from time to time, determine that it is in the best interests of the Company to depart from specific policies described therein.

 

Privacy Principles

 

The Company looks to protect nonpublic personal data. The Company’s privacy policy summarized below is intended to be compliant with the federal and state regulations as applied to the Company.

 

From time to time nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may be collected as required for legitimate business purposes. The following are sources of information collected:

 

1. Subscription Agreements, investor questionnaires and other forms, which may include a stockholder’s name, address, social security number and personally identifiable financial information;

 

2. Account history, including information about a stockholder’s shares, such as capital contributions, share purchases and sales and distributions from the Company;

 

3. Transactions with the Company, including information the Company receives and maintains relating to securities transactions with and through the Company; and

 

4. Correspondence, written, telephonic or electronic, between stockholders and the Company, the Investment Advisor, any of the Investment Advisor’s affiliates or any of the Company’s service providers.

 

In addition to the sources listed above, the Company and the Investment Advisor and its affiliates may also collect this information from their respective internet web sites, if applicable.

 

The Company may share all of the information that we collect, as described above, with our Investment Advisor and its affiliates in order to service stockholder accounts or provide stockholders with information about other products and services offered by the Company or the Investment Advisor or its affiliates that may be of interest to them.

 

17

 

 

In addition, the Company may disclose all of the information that it collects about stockholders to certain third parties who are not affiliated with the Company or the Investment Advisor or its affiliates under one or more of the following circumstances:

 

1. As Authorized – if a stockholder requests or authorizes disclosure of the information.

 

2. As Required by Law – for example, to cooperate with regulators or law enforcement authorities.

 

3. As Permitted by Law – for example, sharing information with companies that maintain, process or service Company or stockholder accounts or financial products and services or who effect, administer or enforce Company or stockholder transactions is permitted. Among other activities, the Company and its Investment Advisor and its affiliates may share information with persons acting in a representative or fiduciary capacity on the Company’s or a stockholder’s behalf. The Company believes that sharing of information for these purposes is essential to providing stockholders with necessary or useful services with respect to their accounts.

 

The Company and the Investment Advisor and its affiliates restrict access to nonpublic personal information about stockholders internally to those of their respective employees and agents who need to know the information to enable them to provide services to the stockholders. The Company and the Investment Advisor and its affiliates maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to guard stockholder’s nonpublic personal information.

 

Reporting Obligations

 

Upon the effectiveness of our Form 10 under the Exchange Act, we will be required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the Exchange Act.

 

Stockholders and the public may also read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may also obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. The SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains such information.

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following discussion is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and an investment in shares of our common stock. The discussion is based upon the Code, the regulations of the U.S. Department of the Treasury promulgated thereunder, which we refer to as the “Treasury regulations,” the legislative history of the Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the “IRS” (including administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS expressed in private letter rulings which are binding on the IRS only with respect to the particular taxpayers that requested and received those rulings) and judicial decisions, each as of the date of this Registration Statement and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this summary, and this summary is not binding on the IRS. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert, and a court will not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences discussed below.

 

You should note that this summary does not purport to be a complete description of all the tax aspects affecting us or our stockholders. For example, this summary does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of stockholders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities and their owners, Non-U.S. stockholders (as defined below) engaged in a trade or business in the United States or entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty, persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as residents of the United States, U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons holding our common stock in connection with a hedging, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to use a market-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that our stockholders hold shares of our common stock as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift taxation, U.S. state or local taxation or non-U.S. taxation. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invest in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.

 

18

 

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

     

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including, for this purpose, the District of Columbia;

     

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) have the authority to control all substantive decisions of the trust; or

     

a trust or an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder or a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

If a partnership, or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. A prospective stockholder that is a partnership holding shares of our common stock, and each partner in such a partnership, should consult his, her or its own tax adviser with respect to the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

 

Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to each stockholder of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. You should consult your own tax adviser regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock to you, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable income tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

 

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

 

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income or gains that we timely distribute as dividends to our stockholders. Rather, dividends we distribute generally will be taxable to our stockholders, and any net operating losses, foreign tax credits and other of our tax attributes generally will not pass through to our stockholders, subject to special rules for certain items such as net capital gains and qualified dividend income we recognize. See “—Taxation of U.S. Stockholdersand “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders,” below.

 

To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, to qualify as a RIC, we must timely distribute dividends to our stockholders of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of the sum of our (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses and other taxable income (other than any net capital gain), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) net tax-exempt interest income (which is the excess of our gross tax-exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions), (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”). We intend to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income. Generally, if we fail to meet this Annual Distribution Requirement for any taxable year, we will fail to qualify as a RIC for such taxable year. To the extent we meet the Annual Distribution Requirement for a taxable year, but retain our net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, we are subject to U.S. federal income tax on such retained capital gains and investment company taxable income. We may choose to retain our net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, including the 4% U.S. federal excise tax described below.

 

19

 

 

Taxation as a RIC

 

If we qualify as a RIC and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain (generally, net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) that we timely distribute (or are deemed to timely distribute) as dividends to our stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

 

We generally will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income or gains in respect of any calendar year unless we distribute dividends in a timely manner to our stockholders of an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) generally for the one-year period ending October 31 in such calendar year and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gain net income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). Any distribution declared by us during October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following calendar year, will be treated as if it had been paid by us, as well as received by our U.S. stockholders, on December 31 of the calendar year in which the distribution was declared. We will not be subject to the U.S. federal excise tax on amounts on which we are required to pay U.S. federal income tax (such as retained net capital gains). Depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a taxable year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following taxable year and pay the applicable U.S. federal excise tax.

 

We may incur the 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax in the future on a portion of our income and capital gains. While we intend to distribute income and capital gains to minimize exposure to 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax, we may not be able to, or may choose not to, distribute amounts sufficient to avoid the imposition of the tax entirely. In that event, we generally will be liable for 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement. We generally will endeavor in each taxable year to avoid any material U.S. federal excise tax on our earnings.

 

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

 

qualify and have in effect an election to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

 

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” or “QPTP,” hereinafter the “90% Income Test”; and

 

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

 

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

 

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in (a) the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (b) the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests”).

 

20

 

 

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its investment company taxable income (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses). If our expenses in a given taxable year exceed our investment company taxable income, we may experience a net operating loss for that taxable year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent taxable years and such net operating losses do not pass through to its stockholders. In addition, deductible expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. A RIC may not use any net capital losses (that is, the excess of realized capital losses over realized capital gains) to offset its investment company taxable income, but may carry forward such net capital losses, and use them to offset future capital gains, indefinitely. Due to these limits on deductibility of expenses and net capital losses, we may for tax purposes have aggregate taxable income for several years that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our stockholders even if such taxable income is greater than the net income we actually earn during those taxable years. Such required distributions may be made from our cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. We may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we realize net capital gains from such transactions, stockholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution than they would have received in the absence of such transactions.

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in our taxable income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable U.S. federal income tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, that have increasing interest rates or are issued with warrants), we must include in our taxable income in each taxable year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether we receive cash representing such income in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in our taxable income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as accruals on a contingent payment debt instrument or deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Further, we may elect to amortize market discount on debt investments and currently include such amounts in our taxable income, instead of upon their sale or other disposition, as any failure to make such election would limit our ability to deduct interest expense for tax purposes. Because such OID or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the taxable year of accrual, we may be required to make distributions to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and/or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, even though we will have not received any corresponding cash payments. Accordingly, to enable us to make distributions to our stockholders that will be sufficient to enable us to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may need to sell some of our assets at times and/or at prices that we would not consider advantageous, we may need to raise additional equity or debt capital or we may need to forego new investment opportunities or otherwise take actions that are disadvantageous to our business (or be unable to take actions that are advantageous to our business). If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources to enable us to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify for the U.S. federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs and, thus, become subject to a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any applicable state and local taxes).

 

Because we expect to use debt financing, we may be prevented by financial covenants contained in our debt financing agreements from making distributions to our stockholders in certain circumstances. In addition, under the 1940 Act, we are generally not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. Limits on our distributions to our stockholders may prevent us from satisfying the Annual Distribution Requirement and, therefore, may jeopardize our qualification for taxation as a RIC, or may cause us to be subject to the 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax.

 

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we may borrow funds and sell assets in order to make distributions to our stockholders that are sufficient for us to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. However, our ability to dispose of assets may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of some of our investments and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous. Alternatively, although we currently do not intend to do so, to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may declare a taxable dividend payable in our stock or cash at the election of each stockholder. In such case, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in our common stock will generally be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of our stock. See “—Taxation of U.S. Stockholders” below for a discussion of the tax consequences to stockholders upon receipt of such dividends.

 

21

 

 

Distributions we make to our stockholders may be made from our cash assets or by liquidation of our investments, if necessary. We may recognize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we recognize net capital gains from such transactions, you may receive a larger capital gain distribution than you would have received in the absence of such transactions.

 

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

 

If we failed to satisfy the 90% Income Test for any taxable year or the Diversification Tests for any quarter of a taxable year, we might nevertheless continue to qualify as a RIC for such taxable year if certain relief provisions of the Code applied (which might, among other things, require us to pay certain corporate-level U.S. federal taxes or to dispose of certain assets). If we failed to qualify for treatment as a RIC and such relief provisions did not apply to us, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate U.S. federal income tax rates (and we also would be subject to any applicable state and local taxes), regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. We would not be able to deduct distributions to our stockholders, nor would distributions to our stockholders be required to be made for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any distributions we make generally would be taxable to our U.S. stockholders as ordinary dividend income and, subject to certain limitations under the Code, would be eligible for the 20% maximum rate generally applicable to individuals and other non-corporate U.S. stockholders, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, U.S. stockholders that are corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. In order to requalify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, we would be required to distribute all of our previously undistributed earnings attributable to the period we failed to qualify as a RIC by the end of the first year that we intend to requalify as a RIC. If we fail to requalify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, we may be subject to regular corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next five years.

 

Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as such under Subchapter M of the Code for at least one taxable year prior to disqualification and that re-qualify as a RIC no later than the second consecutive taxable year following the non-qualifying taxable year, we could be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any unrealized net built-in gains in the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to qualify as a RIC that are recognized during the five-taxable year period after our requalification as a RIC, unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on such net built-in gains at the time of our requalification as a RIC. We may decide to be taxed as a regular corporation even if we would otherwise qualify as a RIC if we determine that treatment as a corporation for a particular taxable year would be in our best interests.

 

Our Investments — General

 

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (2) convert lower-taxed long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (3) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (4) cause us to recognize income or gain without receipt of a corresponding cash payment, (5) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (6) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (7) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions, but there can be no assurance that we will be eligible for any such tax elections or that any adverse effects of these provisions will be mitigated.

 

We may invest a portion of our net assets in below investment grade instruments. Investments in these types of instruments may present special tax issues for us. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when we may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless instruments, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. We intend to address these and other issues to the extent necessary in order to seek to ensure that we distribute sufficient income to avoid any material U.S. federal income or the 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax.

 

22

 

 

A portfolio company in which we invest may face financial difficulties that require us to work-out, modify or otherwise restructure our investment in the portfolio company. Any such transaction could, depending upon the specific terms of the transaction, result in unusable capital losses and future non-cash income. Any such transaction could also result in our receiving assets that give rise to non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test or otherwise would not count toward satisfying the Diversification Tests. Furthermore, some of the income that we might otherwise earn, such as fees for providing managerial assistance, certain fees earned with respect to our investments, income recognized in a work-out or restructuring of a portfolio investment, or income recognized from an equity investment in an operating partnership, may not satisfy the 90% Income Test. To manage the risk that such income might disqualify us as a RIC for failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, one or more subsidiary entities treated as U.S. corporations for entity-level income tax purposes may be employed to earn such income and (if applicable) hold the related asset. Such subsidiary entities will be required to pay entity-level income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce the yield to our stockholders on such fees and income.

 

Gain or loss recognized by us from warrants or other securities acquired by us, as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants, generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term depending on how long we held a particular warrant or security.

 

A portfolio company in which we invest may face financial difficulties that require us to work-out, modify or otherwise restructure our investment in the portfolio company. Any such transaction could, depending upon the specific terms of the transaction, result in unusable capital losses and future non-cash income. Any such transaction could also result in our receiving assets that give rise to non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test or otherwise would not count toward satisfying the Diversification Tests.

 

Our investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. income, withholding and other taxes. In that case, our yield on those securities would be decreased. Stockholders generally will not be entitled to claim a U.S. foreign tax credit or deduction with respect to non-U.S. taxes paid by us.

 

If we acquire shares in a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”), we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the disposition of, such shares even if we distribute such income as a taxable dividend to our stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain. If we invest in the shares of a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF. Alternatively, we may be able to elect to mark our shares in a PFIC at the end of each taxable year to market; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases in such value included in our income. Our ability to make either election will depend on factors beyond our control, and are subject to restrictions which may limit the availability of the benefit of these elections. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a taxable year income in excess of any distributions we receive from PFICs and any proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that taxable year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of determining whether we satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement. See “—Taxation as a RIC” above.

 

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income, expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency-denominated forward, futures and option contracts, as well as certain other financial instruments, and the disposition of debt obligations denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

 

23

 

 

Some of the income that we might otherwise earn, such as fees for providing managerial assistance, certain fees earned with respect to our investments, income recognized in a work-out or restructuring of a portfolio investment, or income recognized from an equity investment in an operating partnership, may not satisfy the 90% Income Test. To manage the risk that such income might disqualify us as a RIC for failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, one or more subsidiary entities treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be employed to earn such income and (if applicable) hold the related asset. Such subsidiary entities will be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce the yield to our stockholders on such fees and income.

 

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC for each taxable year.

 

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

 

The following discussion only applies to U.S. stockholders. Prospective stockholders that are not U.S. stockholders should refer to “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” below.

 

Distributions

 

Distributions by us (including distributions where stockholders can elect to receive cash or stock) generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of our investment company taxable income will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or stock. To the extent that such distributions paid by us to non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a reduced maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%. In this regard, it is anticipated that our distributions generally will not be attributable to dividends received by us and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends. Distributions of our net capital gain (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to U.S. stockholders as long-term capital gains (currently taxable at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% in the case of non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals)), regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

 

Stockholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock purchased in the market should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Stockholders receiving dividends in newly issued shares of our common stock will be treated as receiving a distribution equal to the value of the shares received, and should have a cost basis of such amount.

 

We may decide to retain some or all of our net capital gain for reinvestment, but designate the retained net capital gain as a “deemed distribution”. In that case, among other consequences, (i) we will pay tax on the retained amount, (ii) each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and (iii) the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. Because we expect to pay tax on any retained net capital gains at the regular corporate U.S. federal income tax rate, and because that rate is in excess of the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate currently payable by individuals (and other non-corporate U.S. stockholders) on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individuals (and other non-corporate U.S. stockholders) will be treated as having paid will exceed the tax they owe on the capital gain distribution. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its common stock. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution”.

 

24

 

 

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, under certain circumstances, we may elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, U.S. stockholders will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following calendar year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which the dividend was declared.

 

Although we currently do not intend to do so, we have the ability to declare a large portion of a dividend in shares of our stock. As long as a portion of such dividend is paid in cash and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in our common stock will generally be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of our stock. This may result in our U.S. stockholders having to pay tax on such dividends, even if no cash is received.

 

We will be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” (within the meaning of Section 67 of the Code) if either (i) shares of our common stock and our preferred stock collectively are held by at least 500 persons at all times during a taxable year, (ii) shares of our common stock are treated as regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) shares of our common stock are continuously offered pursuant to a public offering (within the meaning of Section 4 of the Securities Act). We cannot assure you that we will be treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for all taxable years. If we are not treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for any calendar year, for purposes of computing the taxable income of U.S. stockholders that are individuals, trusts or estates, (i) our earnings will be computed without taking into account such U.S. stockholders’ allocable shares of the management and incentive fees paid to our Investment Advisor and certain of our other expenses, (ii) each such U.S. stockholder will be treated as having received or accrued a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses for the calendar year, (iii) each such U.S. stockholder will be treated as having paid or incurred such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses for the calendar year, and (iv) each such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions by such U.S. stockholder. For taxable years beginning before 2026, miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are not deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate. For taxable years beginning in 2026 or later, miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. stockholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under Section 68 of the Code.

 

Our U.S. stockholders will receive, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such calendar year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each calendar year’s distributions from us generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of any dividends that are Qualifying Dividends eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.

 

Dispositions

 

A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our common stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain or loss arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year; otherwise, any such gain or loss will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition.

 

25

 

 

In general, non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in shares of our common stock. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) incurring net capital losses (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) for a taxable year generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each taxable year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. stockholder (including an individual) in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent taxable years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a taxable year, but may carry back such capital losses for three taxable years or carry forward such capital losses for five taxable years.

 

The Code and the related U.S. Treasury Regulations require us to annually report the adjusted cost basis information of covered securities, which generally include shares of a RIC, to the IRS and to taxpayers. Stockholders should contact their financial intermediaries with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for their accounts.

 

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

 

An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from us and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of our shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.

 

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations

 

Under applicable Treasury regulations, if a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to our common stock of $2 million or more for a non-corporate U.S. stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S. stockholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the U.S. stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct U.S. stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, U.S. stockholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to U.S. stockholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Significant monetary penalties apply to a failure to comply with this reporting requirement. States may also have a similar reporting requirement. U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these Treasury regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

Backup Withholding

 

The relevant withholding agent may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”), at a current rate of 24%, from any taxable distribution to a U.S. stockholder (other than a “C” corporation, a financial institution, or a stockholder that otherwise qualifies for an exemption) (1) that fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies the withholding agent that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

 

26

 

 

U.S. Taxation of Tax-Exempt U.S. Stockholders

 

A U.S. stockholder that is a tax-exempt organization for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation may nevertheless be subject to taxation to the extent that it is considered to derive unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). The direct conduct by a tax-exempt U.S. stockholder of the activities we propose to conduct could give rise to UBTI. However, a BDC is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its business activities generally will not be attributed to its stockholders for purposes of determining their treatment under current law. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. stockholder generally should not be subject to U.S. taxation solely as a result of the stockholder’s ownership of shares of common stock and receipt of dividends with respect to such shares. Moreover, under current law, if we incur indebtedness, such indebtedness will not be attributed to a tax-exempt U.S. stockholder. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. stockholder should not be treated as earning income from “debt-financed property” and dividends we pay should not be treated as “unrelated debt-financed income” solely as a result of indebtedness that we incur. Proposals periodically are made to change the treatment of “blocker” investment vehicles interposed between tax-exempt investors and non-qualifying investments. In the event that any such proposals were to be adopted and applied to BDCs, the treatment of dividends payable to tax- exempt investors could be adversely affected. In addition, special rules would apply if we were to invest in certain real estate investment trusts or other taxable mortgage pools, which we do not currently plan to do, that could result in a tax- exempt U.S. stockholder recognizing income that would be treated as UBTI.

 

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

 

The following discussion applies only to Non-U.S. stockholders. Whether an investment in shares of our common stock is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that stockholder’s particular circumstances. An investment in shares of our common stock by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences to such Non-U.S. stockholder. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax advisers before investing in our common stock.

 

Distributions; Dispositions

 

Subject to the discussion below, distributions of our investment company taxable income to a Non-U.S. stockholder that are not effectively connected with the Non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. If the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder (and, if a treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. stockholder), we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.

 

Certain properly reported dividends are generally exempt from withholding of U.S. federal income tax where paid in respect of a RIC’s (i) “qualified net interest income” (generally, its U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the RIC is at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the RIC’s net short-term capital gain, other than short-term capital gains recognized on the disposition of U.S. real property interests, over the RIC’s long-term capital loss), as well as if certain other requirements are satisfied. Nevertheless, no assurance can be given as to whether any of our distributions will be eligible for this exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax or, if eligible, will be reported as such by us. Furthermore, in the case of shares of our stock held through an intermediary, the intermediary may have withheld U.S. federal income tax even if we reported the payment as an interest-related dividend or short-term capital gain dividend. Since our common stock will be subject to significant transfer restrictions, and an investment in our common stock will generally be illiquid, non-U.S. stockholders whose distributions on our common stock are subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax may not be able to transfer their shares of our common stock easily or quickly or at all.

 

27

 

 

Distributions of our investment company taxable income to a Non-U.S. stockholder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. stockholder), generally will not be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions (to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. stockholders generally.

 

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains, other than any net capital gains recognized on the disposition of U.S. real property interests, to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or any withholding of such tax, unless (a) the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. stockholder), in which case the distributions or gains will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at the rates and in the manner applicable to U.S. stockholders generally or (b) the Non-U.S. stockholder is an individual who has been present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and satisfies certain other conditions, in which case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the distributions or gains, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses, generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, even though the Non-U.S. stockholder is not considered a resident alien under the Code.

 

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return, even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return.

 

For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, both distributions (actual or deemed) and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable income tax treaty).

 

Under the dividend reinvestment plan, our stockholders who have not “opted out” of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distributions. If the distribution is a distribution of our investment company taxable income and is not properly reported by us as a short-term capital gains dividend or interest-related dividend (assuming an extension of the exemption discussed above), the amount distributed (to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits) will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax as described above and only the net after-tax amount will be reinvested in our common stock. If the distribution is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder (and, if a treaty applies, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), generally the full amount of the distribution will be reinvested in the plan and will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the ordinary income rates applicable to U.S. persons. The Non-U.S. stockholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common stock purchased through the plan equal to the amount reinvested. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the Non-U.S. stockholder’s account.

 

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, any distributions by us would be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We would not be eligible to report any such dividends as interest-related dividends, short-term capital gain dividends, or capital gain dividends. As a result, any such dividend paid to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder (and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States) would be subject to the 30% (or reduced applicable treaty rate) withholding tax discussed above regardless of the source of the income giving rise to such distribution. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a gain from the sale of the Non-U.S. stockholder’s shares subject to taxation as discussed above. For the consequences to the Company for failing to qualify as a RIC, see “Failure to Qualify as a RIC” above.

 

28

 

 

Backup Withholding

 

U.S. stockholders. Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with dividends on the common stock and proceeds received from a sale or other disposition of the common stock to a U.S. stockholder unless the U.S. stockholder is an exempt recipient. U.S. stockholders may also be subject to backup withholding on these payments in respect of the common stock unless such U.S. stockholder provides its taxpayer identification number and otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules or provides proof of an applicable exemption.

 

Non-U.S. stockholders. Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with payment of dividends on the common stock to Non-U.S. stockholders. Unless a Non-U.S. stockholder complies with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person, information returns may also be filed with the IRS in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the common stock. A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual may be subject to information reporting and backup-withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

 

Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against a U.S. stockholder’s or Non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

Under the Code and recently issued Treasury regulations, the applicable withholding agent generally will be required to withhold 30% of the dividends on our common stock paid to (i) a non-U.S. financial institution (whether such financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary) unless such non-U.S. financial institution agrees to verify, report and disclose its U.S. accountholders and meets certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial non-U.S. entity (whether such entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary) unless such entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements. If payment of this withholding tax is made, Non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or a reduction in, withholding of U.S. federal income taxes with respect to such dividends or proceeds will be required to seek a credit or refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect to any amounts withheld.

 

FATCA

 

Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either: (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any enabling legislation or regulations. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, FATCA also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not FFIs unless such foreign entities certify that they do not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provide the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. stockholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their shares, Non-U.S. stockholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their shares and proceeds from the sale of their shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

 

Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income and withholding tax consequences, and state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences, of an investment in shares of our common stock.

 

29

 

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this Registration Statement and other reports and documents filed by us with the SEC. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risk factors presented below are those we believe to be the principal risk factors associated with our Company given our investment objectives, investment policies and capital structure.

 

Risks Relating to our Business and Structure

 

No Operating History

 

We will begin operations upon the Initial Closing and have no operating history. There can be no assurance that the results achieved by the past investments of Palmer Square will be achieved for the Company. Past performance should not be relied upon as an indication of future results. Moreover, the Company is subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that it will not achieve its investment objectives and that the value of your investment could decline substantially or that the investor will suffer a complete loss of its investment in the Company.

 

In addition, neither Palmer Square nor the Investment Advisor has ever managed a BDC. The 1940 Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs that generally do not apply to other investment vehicles managed by Palmer Square. BDCs are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. None of the Company, the Investment Advisor or Palmer Square has any experience operating or advising under these constraints, which may hinder the Company’s ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve its investment objective.

 

Inability to Meet Investment Objective or Investment Strategy

 

The Company is intended for long-term investors who can accept the risks associated with investing in potentially illiquid, privately negotiated (i) senior first lien, stretch senior, senior second lien, unitranche, (ii) mezzanine debt and other junior investments and (iii) secondary purchases of assets or portfolios that primarily consist of middle-market corporate debt. Our success depends on the Investment Advisor’s ability to identify and select appropriate investment opportunities, as well as the Company’s ability to acquire those investments. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve its investment or performance objectives or that the Investment Advisor will be successful in identifying a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to fully deploy the Company’s committed capital. The possibility of partial or total loss of the Company’s capital exists, and prospective investors should not subscribe unless they can readily bear the consequences of a complete loss of their investment.

 

Dependence Upon Key Personnel of Palmer Square and the Investment Advisor

 

The success of the Company is highly dependent on the financial and managerial expertise of the Investment Advisor and, in turn, Palmer Square. Although Palmer Square has attempted to foster a team approach to investing, the loss of key individuals employed by Palmer Square could have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Company. The individuals may not necessarily continue to remain employed by Palmer Square during the entire term of the Company. If these individuals do not maintain their existing relationships with Palmer Square and Palmer Square does not develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities available to us, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the senior professionals of Palmer Square have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities. Therefore, we can offer no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us. In addition, a number of members of the professional staff of Palmer Square are investors in, and are actively involved in managing the investment decisions of, other funds advised by Palmer Square. Accordingly, the members of the professional staff of the Investment Advisor will have demands on their time for the investment, monitoring and other functions of other funds advised by Palmer Square.

 

30

 

 

The employees of the Investment Advisor and other Palmer Square investment professionals expect to devote such time and attention to the conduct of the Company’s business as such business shall reasonably require. However, there can be no assurance, for example, that the members of the Investment Advisor or such investment professionals will devote any minimum number of hours each week to the affairs of the Company or that they will continue to be employed by Palmer Square. Subject to certain remedies, in the event that certain employees of the Investment Advisor cease to be actively involved with the Company, we will be required to rely on the ability of Palmer Square to identify and retain other investment professionals to conduct the Company’s business.

 

Under a Resource Sharing Agreement entered into between Palmer Square and the Investment Advisor, Palmer Square has agreed to provide the Investment Advisor with the resources necessary to fulfill its obligations under the Advisory Agreement. The Resource Sharing Agreement provides that Palmer Square will make available to the Investment Advisor experienced investment professionals and access to the resources of Palmer Square for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. We cannot assure you that Palmer Square will fulfill its obligations under the agreement.

 

Dependence on Strong Referral Relationships

 

We depend upon our Investment Advisor to maintain its relationships with private equity sponsors, placement agents, investment banks, management groups and other financial institutions, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If our Investment Advisor fails to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom our Investment Advisor has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

 

No Guarantee to Replicate Historical Results Achieved by Palmer Square

 

Our primary focus in making investments may differ from those of existing investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles that are or have been managed by members of the Investment Advisor’s Investment Committee or by Palmer Square. There can be no guarantee that we will replicate the historical results achieved by members of the Investment Advisor’s Investment Committee or by Palmer Square, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by them in prior periods. Additionally, all or a portion of the prior results may have been achieved in particular market conditions which may never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty may have an adverse impact on our future performance.

 

Expedited Investment Decisions

 

Investment analyses and decisions by the Investment Advisor may frequently be required to be undertaken on an expedited basis to take advantage of investment opportunities. In these cases, the information available to the Investment Advisor at the time of making an investment decision may be limited. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the Investment Advisor will have knowledge of all circumstances that may adversely affect an investment. In addition, the Investment Advisor expects to rely upon independent consultants and other sources in connection with its evaluation of proposed investments, and no assurance can be given as to the accuracy or completeness of the information provided by such independent consultants or other sources, or as to the Company’s right of recourse against them in the event errors or omissions do occur.

 

Ability to Manage Our Business Effectively

 

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business and to grow our investments and earnings. This will depend, in turn, on our Investment Advisor’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor portfolio companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis will depend upon our Investment Advisor’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. Our Investment Advisor’s investment professionals will have substantial responsibilities in connection with the management of other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

31

 

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest

 

As a result of our arrangements with the Investment Advisor and the Investment Advisor’s Investment Committee, there may be times when the Investment Advisor or such persons have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest.

 

Conflicts Related to Other Obligations

 

The employees of our Investment Advisor serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by it and/or its affiliates. Similarly, the Investment Advisor and its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives.

 

In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. There is a potential that we will compete with these clients, and other entities managed the Investment Advisor and its affiliates, for capital and investment opportunities. As a result, the Investment Advisor and, as applicable, the members of the Investment Committee may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and the investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by the Investment Advisor and its affiliates. Our Investment Advisor intends to allocate investment opportunities among eligible investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, we can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

 

Possession of Material Non-Public Information by Principals and Employees of the Investment Advisor

 

Principals and other employees of our Investment Advisor, including members of the Investment Advisor’s Investment Committee, may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, portfolio companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

 

Third Party Involvement

 

We may invest alongside third parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities. Such investments may involve risks not present in investments where a third party is not involved, including the possibility that such third party may at any time have economic or business interests or goals which are inconsistent with those of the Company, or may be in a position to take action contrary to the investment objective of the Company. In addition, the Company may in certain circumstances be liable for actions of such third party.

 

Incentive Fee Structure Relating to the Investment Advisor

 

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and, subsequent to a Listing, incentive fees to the Investment Advisor. We have entered into an Advisory Agreement with the Investment Advisor. Under the incentive fee structure which will be in place subsequent to a Listing, our adjusted net investment income for purposes thereof will be computed and paid on income that may include interest income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. This fee structure may give rise to a conflict of interest for the Investment Advisor to the extent that it encourages the Investment Advisor to favor debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. The Investment Advisor may have an incentive to invest in deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the incentive fee even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because, under our Advisory Agreement, the Investment Advisor is not obligated to reimburse us for incentive fees it receives even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred income that was previously accrued.

 

32

 

 

Conflict of Interest Created by Valuation Process for Certain Portfolio Holdings

 

We expect to make many of our portfolio investments in the form of loans and securities that are not publicly traded and for which no market based price quotation is available. As a result, our Board will determine the fair value of these loans and securities in good faith as described elsewhere in this Registration Statement. In connection with that determination, investment professionals our Investment Advisor may provide our Board with valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. The participation of the Investment Advisor’s investment professionals in our valuation process could result in a conflict of interest as the Investment Advisor’s management fee is based, in part, on the value of our total net assets.

 

Restricted Ability to Enter Into Transactions with Affiliates

 

The 1940 Act prohibits or restricts our ability to engage in certain principal transactions and joint transactions with certain “First Tier” affiliates and “Second Tier” affiliates. For example, we are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates (each is a “First Tier” affiliate), or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. We consider the Investment Advisor and its affiliates, including Palmer Square, to be “First Tier” affiliates for such purposes. We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain principal transactions and joint transactions with a “Second Tier” affiliate without the prior approval of our Independent Directors. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be a “Second Tier” affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate without the prior approval of our Independent Directors.

 

We may, however, invest alongside Palmer Square’s investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with our investment strategy as well as applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that the Investment Advisor and Palmer Square, acting on our behalf and on behalf of such investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles, negotiate no term other than price.

 

In situations where co-investment with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by the Investment Advisor and its affiliates, including Palmer Square, is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interests and those of these other clients, the Investment Advisor and Palmer Square will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. These restrictions will limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

 

We, the Investment Advisor and Palmer Square intend to submit an application for exemptive relief from the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our Board determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by Palmer Square in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed by the Investment Advisor and its affiliates, including Palmer Square, may afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification. Accordingly, our application for exemptive relief will seek an exemptive order permitting us to invest with these investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles managed in the same portfolio companies under circumstances in which such investments would otherwise not be permitted by the 1940 Act. We expect that such exemptive relief permitting co-investments, if granted, would apply only if our Independent Directors review and approve each co-investment. There can be no assurance if and when the SEC will grant such relief.

 

33

 

 

Operation in a Highly Competitive Market for Investment Opportunities

 

The business of investing in assets meeting our investment objective is highly competitive. Competition for investment opportunities includes a growing number of nontraditional participants, such as hedge funds, senior private debt funds, including business development companies, and other private investors, as well as more traditional lending institutions and competitors. Some of these competitors may have access to greater amounts of capital and to capital that may be committed for longer periods of time or may have different return thresholds than the Company, and thus these competitors may have advantages not shared by the Company. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to qualify and maintain our RIC status. Increased competition for, or a diminishment in the available supply of, investments suitable for the Company could result in lower returns on such investments. Moreover, the identification of attractive investment opportunities is difficult and involves a high degree of uncertainty. The Company may incur significant expenses in connection with identifying investment opportunities and investigating other potential investments which are ultimately not consummated, including expenses relating to due diligence, transportation, legal expenses and the fees of other third party advisors.

 

With respect to the investments we make, we will not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we will offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. In the secondary market for acquiring existing loans, we expect to compete generally on the basis of pricing terms. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss.

 

Possibility of Corporate-Level Income Tax

 

In order to qualify and be subject to tax as a RIC under the Code, we must be a BDC at all times during each taxable year and meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. If we do not maintain our status as a BDC, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute dividends in respect of each taxable year of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, to our stockholders. We will be subject, to the extent we use debt financing, to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to enable us to be subject to tax as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to be subject to tax as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify to be subject to tax as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to satisfy these requirements. Because most of our investments will be in private or thinly traded public companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify to be subject to tax as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to our stockholders and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders.

 

Possibility of the Need to Raise Additional Capital

 

We may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments once we have fully invested the net proceeds of this Private Offering. We intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to qualify and maintain our RIC status. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. An inability on our part to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which would have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

 

34

 

 

Required Distributions and the Recognition of Income

 

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accretion of OID. This may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements, will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

 

Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement in a given taxable year to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, as dividends to our stockholders in order to be subject to tax as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to be subject to tax as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

Potential Adverse Tax Consequences as a Result of Not Being Treated as a “Publicly Offered Regulated Investment Company”

 

We cannot assure you that we will be treated as a publicly offered regulated investment company for all years. Unless and until we are treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment company” (within the meaning of Section 67 of the Code) by reason of either (i) shares of our common stock and our preferred stock (if any) collectively are held by at least 500 persons at all times during a taxable year, (ii) shares of our common stock are treated as regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) shares of our common stock are continuously offered pursuant to a public offering (within the meaning of Section 4 of the Securities Act). For a calendar year, each U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate will be treated as having received a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of the management fees paid to our Investment Advisor and certain of our other expenses for the calendar year, and these fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions of such U.S. stockholder. For taxable years beginning before 2026, miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are not deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate. For taxable years beginning in 2026 or later, miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are deductible by a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or estate only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. stockholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under Section 68 of the Code.

 

Withholding of U.S. Federal Income Tax on Dividends for Non-U.S. Stockholders

 

Distributions by a BDC generally are treated as dividends for U.S. tax purposes, and will be subject to U.S. income or withholding tax unless the stockholder receiving the dividend qualifies for an exemption from U.S. tax, or the distribution is subject to one of the special look-through rules described below. Distributions paid out of net capital gains can qualify for a reduced rate of taxation in the hands of an individual U.S. stockholder, and an exemption from U.S. tax in the hands of a non-U.S. stockholder.

 

However, if reported by a RIC, dividend distributions by the RIC derived from certain interest income (such distributions, “interest-related dividends”) and certain net short-term capital gains (such distributions, “short-term capital gain dividends”) generally are exempt from U.S. withholding tax otherwise imposed on non-U.S. stockholders. Interest-related dividends are dividends that are attributable to “qualified net interest income” (i.e., “qualified interest income,” which generally consists of certain interest and OID on obligations “in registered form” as well as interest on bank deposits earned by a RIC, less allocable deductions) from sources within the United States. Short-term capital gain dividends are dividends that are attributable to net short-term capital gains, other than short-term capital gains recognized on the disposition of U.S. real property interests, earned by a RIC. However, no assurance can be given as to whether any of our distributions will be eligible for this exemption from U.S. withholding tax or, if eligible, will be reported as such by us. Furthermore, in the case of shares of our stock held through an intermediary, the intermediary may have withheld U.S. federal income tax even if we reported the payment as an interest-related dividend or short-term capital gain dividend. Since our common stock will be subject to significant transfer restrictions, and an investment in our common stock will generally be illiquid, non-U.S. stockholders whose distributions on our common stock are subject to U.S. withholding tax may not be able to transfer their shares of our common stock easily or quickly or at all.

 

35

 

 

A failure of any portion of our distributions to qualify for the exemption for interest-related dividends or short-term capital gain dividends would not affect the treatment of non-U.S. stockholders that qualify for an exemption from U.S. withholding tax on dividends by reason of their special status (for example, foreign government-related entities and certain pension funds resident in favorable treaty jurisdictions).

 

PIK Interest Payments

 

Certain of our debt investments may contain provisions providing for the payment of PIK interest. Because PIK interest results in an increase in the size of the loan balance of the underlying loan, the receipt by us of PIK interest will have the effect of increasing our assets under management. As a result, because the base management fee that we pay to the Investment Advisor is based on the value of our total net assets, the receipt by us of PIK interest will result in an increase in the amount of the base management fee payable by us. In addition, any such increase in a loan balance due to the receipt of PIK interest will cause such loan to accrue interest on the higher loan balance, which will result in an increase in our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees that are payable by us to the Investment Advisor after a Listing.

 

Regulations Governing Our Operation as a BDC

 

We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. We are generally able to issue senior securities such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% of gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. In other words, under the 1940 Act, we are able to borrow $2 for investment purposes for every $1 of investor equity. As a result, we will be able to incur indebtedness in the future and investors in the Company may face increased investment risk.

 

Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss.

 

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our Board determines that such sale is in our best interests, and if our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our Board, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you may experience dilution.

 

Potential Default or Other Issues Under a Credit Facility

 

We intend to enter into one or more Credit Facilities. The closing of a Credit Facility is contingent on a number of conditions including, without limitation, the negotiation and execution of definitive documents relating to such Credit Facility. If we are successful in securing a Credit Facility, we intend to use borrowings under such Credit Facility to make additional investments and for other general corporate purposes. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to close a Credit Facility or obtain other financing or the timing thereof.

 

36

 

 

In the event we default under a Credit Facility or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under such Credit Facility or such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under the relevant Credit Facility or such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As part of certain Credit Facilities, the right to make capital calls of stockholders may be pledged as collateral to the lender, which will be able to call for capital contributions upon the occurrence of an event of default under such Credit Facility. To the extent such an event of default does occur, stockholders could therefore be required to fund any shortfall up to their remaining capital commitments, without regard to the underlying value of their investment.

 

Financing Investments With Borrowed Money

 

The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. We intend to borrow from, and may in the future issue debt securities to, banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Lenders of these funds will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we may enter into with lenders. In addition, under the terms of a Credit Facility and any borrowing facility or other debt instrument we may enter into, we are likely to be required to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make dividend payments on our common stock. Our ability to service any debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses.

 

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 150%. If this ratio declines below 150%, we will not be able to incur additional debt when it is otherwise advantageous for us to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Investment Advisor’s and our Board’s assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

 

37

 

 

In addition, a Credit Facility will, and our future debt facilities may, impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code.

 

Changes in Interest Rates May Affect Our Cost of Capital and Net Investment Income

 

To the extent we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

 

In addition, a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees payable to the Investment Advisor after a Listing.

 

Risks Associated with the Discontinuation of LIBOR

 

In July 2017, the head of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority announced the phase out of the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. To identify a successor rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR, the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”), a U.S. based group convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, was formed. Similarly, financial regulators in the UK, the European Union, Japan, and Switzerland formed working groups with the aim of recommending alternatives to LIBOR denominated in their local currencies. The ARRC is comprised of a diverse set of private-sector entities and a wide array of official-sector entities, banking regulators, and other financial sector regulators. The ARRC has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred alternative rate for LIBOR. SOFR is a measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight, collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based on directly observable U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions. Although SOFR appears to be the preferred replacement rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR, it is unclear if other benchmarks may emerge or if other rates will be adopted outside of the U.S.

 

The expected discontinuation of LIBOR could have a material impact on our business. We expect that the dollar amount of our debt investments and borrowings that will be linked to LIBOR with maturity dates after the anticipated discontinuation date of 2021 will be material. We anticipate operational challenges in connection with the transition away from LIBOR including, but not limited to, amending loan agreements with borrowers on investments that may have not included fallback language and adding effective fallback language to new agreements in the event that LIBOR is discontinued before maturity. Beyond these challenges, we anticipate there may be additional risks to our processes and information systems that will need to be identified and evaluated by us. Due to the uncertainty of the replacement for LIBOR, the potential effect of any such event on our business and results of operations cannot yet be determined. In addition, any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR, which could have an adverse impact on the market value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit we may hold or may be due to us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Uncertainty as to the Value of Certain Portfolio Investments

 

We expect that many of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our investments. Most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 assets under Topic 820 of the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification, as amended, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”). This means that our portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. We expect that inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments will require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We expect to retain the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of each portfolio investment that constitutes a material portion of our portfolio and that does not have a readily available market quotation at least once annually. The types of factors that the Board may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly-traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities. In addition, the method of calculating the management fee may result in conflicts of interest between the Investment Advisor, on the one hand, and the stockholders of the Company on the other hand, with respect to valuation of investments.

 

We will adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our Board’s determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

 

38

 

 

Potential Fluctuations in our Net Asset Value

 

Our net asset value may fluctuate over time and, consequently, you may pay a different price per share at subsequent closings than some other investors paid at earlier closings. The price per share of a subsequent closing may be above net asset value per share to take into account the amortization of organizational and offering expenses. Consequently, investors in subsequent closings may receive a different number shares for the same capital contribution that earlier investors made depending on the net asset value at the relevant time.

 

Potential Adverse Effects of New or Modified Laws or Regulations

 

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, and new laws, regulations and interpretations may also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this Registration Statement and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of the Investment Advisor to other types of investments in which it may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

 

Potential Changes in Investment Objective, Operating Policies or Strategies Without Prior Notice or Stockholder Approval

 

Our Board has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

 

Potential Deterrence of Takeover Attempts

 

The Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), our articles of amendment and restatement (the “Articles of Incorporation”) and our bylaws (the “Bylaws”) contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of the Company or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Subtitle 6 of Title 3 of the MGCL (the “Business Combination Act”), subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Our Board has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our Board, including approval by a majority of our disinterested directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our Board does not approve a business combination, the Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Our Bylaws exempt from Subtitle 7 of Title 3 of the MGCL (the “Control Share Act”) acquisitions of our stock by any person. If we amend our Bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Control Share Act, the Control Share Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such a transaction. However, we will amend our Bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if our Board determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.

 

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our Articles of Incorporation classifying our Board in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and authorizing our Board to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, to amend our Articles of Incorporation without stockholder approval and to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions we have adopted in our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

Potential Resignation of the Investment Advisor and/or the Administrator

 

The Investment Advisor has the right under the Advisory Agreement to resign as our Investment Advisor at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. Similarly, the Administrator has the right under the Administration Agreement to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Investment Advisor or the Administrator were to resign, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or administrator, as applicable, or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment or administrative activities, as applicable, is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Investment Advisor, or the Administrator, as applicable. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

39

 

 

Dependence on Information Systems and Potential Systems Failures

 

Our business is highly dependent on the communications and information systems of our Investment Advisor. In addition, certain of these systems are provided to our Investment Advisor by third-party service providers. Any failure or interruption of such systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any such third-party service provider, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

 

Risks Associated with Cybersecurity and Cyber Incidents

 

Our business relies on secure information technology systems. These systems are subject to potential attacks, including through adverse events that threaten the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources (i.e., cyber incidents). These attacks could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption and result in disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to our business relationships, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided by the Investment Advisor and third-party service providers. We, along with our Investment Advisor, have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of the risk of a cyber incident, may be ineffective and do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident. In addition, the costs related to cyber or other security threats or disruptions may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means. Furthermore, cybersecurity has become a top priority for regulators around the world, and some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data. If we fail to comply with the relevant laws and regulations, we could suffer financial losses, a disruption of our businesses, liability to investors, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

 

Risks Related to our Investments

 

Potential Impact of Economic Recessions or Downturns

 

Many of the portfolio companies in which we expect to make investments are likely to be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, the number of our non-performing assets is likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and debt securities and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.

 

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans and debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, a significant portion of the loans in which we may invest may be Covenant-Lite Loans. Generally, Covenant-Lite Loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we invest in Covenant-Lite Loans, we may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

 

Potential Material and Adverse Effects of Market Conditions on Debt and Equity Capital Markets

 

From 2007 through 2009, the global capital markets experienced a period of disruption resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on risk-free securities and a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. We and the portfolio companies in which we may invest may be adversely affected by deteriorations in the financial markets and economic conditions throughout the world, some of which may magnify the risks described herein and may have other adverse effects. Deteriorating market conditions could result in increasing volatility and illiquidity in the global credit, debt and equity markets generally. The duration and ultimate effect of market conditions cannot be forecast, nor is it known whether or the degree to which such conditions may remain stable or worsen. Deteriorating market conditions and uncertainty regarding economic markets generally could result in declines in the market values of potential investments or declines in the market values of investments after they are made or acquired by the Company. Such declines may be exacerbated by other events, such as the failure of significant financial institutions or hedge funds, dislocations in other investment markets or other extrinsic events. In addition, such declines could lead to weakened investment opportunities for the Company, could prevent the Company from successfully meeting its investment objectives and/or could require the Company to dispose of investments at a loss while such unfavorable market conditions prevail. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans and debt securities we originate and/or fund and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

40

 

 

General Market and Credit Risks of Debt Securities

 

Debt portfolios are subject to credit and interest rate risk. “Credit risk” refers to the likelihood that an issuer will default in the payment of principal and/or interest on an instrument. Financial strength and solvency of an issuer are the primary factors influencing credit risk. In addition, subordination, lack or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancement for a debt instrument may affect its credit risk. Credit risk may change over the life of an instrument, and securities which are rated by rating agencies are often reviewed and may be subject to downgrade. “Interest rate risk” refers to the risks associated with market changes in interest rates. Factors that may affect market interest rates include, without limitation, inflation, slow or stagnant economic growth or recession, unemployment, money supply and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board and central banks throughout the world, international disorders and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets. Interest rate changes may affect the value of a debt instrument indirectly (especially in the case of fixed rate securities) and directly (especially in the case of instruments whose rates are adjustable). In general, rising interest rates will negatively impact the price of a fixed rate debt instrument and falling interest rates will have a positive effect on price. Adjustable rate instruments may also react to interest rate changes in a similar manner although generally to a lesser degree (depending, however, on the characteristics of the reset terms, including, among other factors, the index chosen, frequency of reset and reset caps or floors). Interest rate sensitivity is generally more pronounced and less predictable in instruments with uncertain payment or prepayment schedules. The Company expects that it will periodically experience imbalances in the interest rate sensitivities of its assets and liabilities and the relationships of various interest rates to each other. In a changing interest rate environment, the Company may not be able to manage this risk effectively, which in turn could adversely affect the Company’s performance.

 

Investments in Leveraged Portfolio Companies

 

Portfolio companies may issue certain types of debt, such as senior loans, mezzanine or high yield in connection with leveraged acquisitions or recapitalizations in which the portfolio company incurs a substantially higher amount of indebtedness than the level at which it had previously operated. Leverage may have important consequences to these portfolio companies and the Company as an investor. For example, the substantial indebtedness of a portfolio company could (i) limit its ability to borrow money for its working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, strategic initiatives or other purposes; (ii) require it to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to the repayment of its indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available to it for other purposes; (iii) make it more highly leveraged than some of its competitors, which may place it at a competitive disadvantage; or (iv) subject it to restrictive financial and operating covenants, which may preclude it from favorable business activities or the financing of future operations or other capital needs.

 

A leveraged portfolio company’s income and net assets will tend to increase or decrease at a greater rate than if borrowed money were not used. In addition, a portfolio company with a leveraged capital structure will be subject to increased exposure to adverse economic factors, such as a significant rise in interest rates, a severe downturn in the economy or deterioration in the condition of that portfolio company or its industry. If a portfolio company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow to meet all of its obligations, it may take alternative measures (e.g., reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital, or seek to restructure, extend or refinance indebtedness). These actions may negatively affect our investment in such a portfolio company.

 

Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also may have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.

 

Volatility of Loans and Debt Securities of Leveraged Companies

 

Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect the company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the portfolio company may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

 

41

 

 

Investments in Middle-Market Portfolio Companies

 

We may invest a portion of our investable capital in small and/or less well-established companies. While smaller companies may have potential for rapid growth, they often involve higher risks because they lack the management experience, financial resources, product diversification and competitive strength of larger corporations, all of which may contribute to illiquidity, which may, in turn adversely affect the price and timing of liquidation of our investments. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we will rely on the ability of the Investment Advisor’s investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Additionally, middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons. Therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on one or more of the portfolio companies we invest in and, in turn, on us. Middle-market companies also may be parties to litigation and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. In addition, our executive officers, directors and the Investment Advisor may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in portfolio companies.

 

Lack of Liquidity in Investments

 

The lack of an established, liquid secondary market for some of our investments may have an adverse effect on the market value of our investments and on our ability to dispose of them. Additionally, our investments may be subject to certain transfer restrictions that may also contribute to illiquidity. Further, our assets that are typically traded in a liquid market may become illiquid if the applicable trading market tightens. Therefore, no assurance can be given that, if the Company is determined to dispose of a particular investment held by the Company, it could dispose of such investment at the prevailing market price.

 

In addition, we may, from time to time, possess material, non-public information, including information received due to its participation on creditors’ committees, about a borrower or issuer or the Company may be an affiliate of a borrower or an issuer. Such information or affiliation may limit the ability of the Company to buy and sell investments.

 

Risks of Secured Loans

 

While we may invest in secured loans, it may nonetheless be exposed to losses resulting from default and foreclosure. Therefore, the value of the underlying collateral, the creditworthiness of the borrower and the priority of the lien are each of great importance. We cannot guarantee the adequacy of the protection of the Company’s interests, including the validity or enforceability of the loan and the maintenance of the anticipated priority and perfection of the applicable security interests. Furthermore, the Company cannot assure that claims may not be asserted that might interfere with enforcement of the Company’s rights. In addition, in the event of any default under a secured loan held directly by the Company, the Company will bear a risk of loss of principal to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the collateral and the principal and accrued interest of the secured loan, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s cash flow from operations.

 

In the event of a foreclosure, we may assume direct ownership of the underlying asset. The liquidation proceeds upon sale of such asset may not satisfy the entire outstanding balance of principal and interest on the loan, resulting in a loss to us. Any costs or delays involved in the effectuation of a foreclosure of the loan or a liquidation of the underlying property will further reduce the proceeds and thus increase the loss.

 

42

 

 

Mezzanine Debt and Other Junior Securities

 

The mezzanine debt and other junior investments in which we may invest are typically contractually or structurally subordinate to senior indebtedness of the applicable company, or effectively subordinated as a result of being unsecured debt and therefore subject to the prior repayment of secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets pledged as security. In some cases, the subordinated debt held by the Company may be subject to the prior repayment of different classes of senior debt that may be in priority ahead of the debt held by the Company. In the event of financial difficulty on the part of a portfolio company, such class or classes of senior indebtedness ranking prior to the debt held by us, and interest thereon and related expenses, must first be repaid in full before any recovery may be had on the Company’s mezzanine debt or other subordinated investments. Subordinated investments are characterized by greater credit risks than those associated with the senior or senior secured obligations of the same issuer. In addition, under certain circumstances the holders of the senior indebtedness will have the right to block the payment of interest and principal on the Company’s mezzanine debt or other junior investment and to prevent us from pursuing its remedies on account of such non-payment against the issuer. Further, in the event of any debt restructuring or workout of the indebtedness of any issuer, the holders of the senior indebtedness will likely control the creditor side of such negotiations.

 

Many issuers of mezzanine debt or other junior securities are highly leveraged, and their relatively high debt-to-equity ratios create increased risks that their operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations. In addition, many issuers of mezzanine debt or other junior securities may be in poor financial condition, experiencing poor operating results, having substantial capital needs or negative net worth or be facing special competitive or product obsolescence problems, and may include companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganizations or liquidation proceedings. Adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer, general economic conditions, or both, may impair the ability of such issuer to make payments on the subordinated securities and result in defaults on such securities more quickly than in the case of the senior obligations of such issuer. Mezzanine debt and other junior securities may not be publicly traded, and therefore it may be difficult to obtain information as to the true condition of the issuers. Finally, the market values of certain of mezzanine debt and other junior securities may reflect individual corporate developments.

 

Investments in mezzanine debt and other junior securities may also be in the form of zero-coupon or deferred interest bonds, which are bonds which are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. These investments typically experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in the interest rates than bonds that provide for regular payments of interest.

 

Covenant-Lite Loans

 

A significant number of high yield loans in the market, in particular the broadly syndicated loan market, may consist of Covenant-Lite Loans. A significant portion of the loans in which the Company may invest or get exposure to through its investments in CDOs or other types of structured securities may be deemed to be Covenant-Lite Loans and it is possible that such loans may comprise a majority of the Company’s portfolio. Such loans do not require the borrower to maintain debt service or other financial ratios and do not include terms which allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default if certain criteria are breached. Ownership of Covenant-Lite Loans may expose the Company to different risks, including with respect to liquidity, price volatility, ability to restructure loans, credit risks and less protective loan documentation, than is the case with loans that contain financial maintenance covenants.

 

Potential Early Redemption of Some Investments

 

The terms of loans acquired or originated by the Company may be subject to early prepayment options or similar provisions which, in each case, could result in the Company realizing repayments of such loans earlier than expected, sometimes with no or a nominal prepayment premium. This may happen when there is a decline in interest rates, when the portfolio company’s improved credit or operating or financial performance allows the refinancing of certain classes of debt with lower cost debt or when the general credit market conditions improve. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our ability to pay, or the amount of, dividends on our common stock, which could result in a decline in the market price of our shares. The Company’s inability to reinvest such proceeds may materially affect the overall performance.

 

Limited Amortization Requirements

 

We may invest in debt that has limited mandatory amortization and interim repayment requirements. A low level of amortization of any debt, over the life of the investment, may increase the risk that a portfolio company will not be able to repay or refinance the debt held by the Company when it comes due at its final stated maturity.

 

43

 

 

High Yield Debt

 

We may invest in high yield debt, a substantial portion of which may be rated below investment-grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations or is unrated but of comparable credit quality to obligations rated below investment-grade, and has greater credit and liquidity risk than more highly rated debt obligations. High yield debt is generally unsecured and may be subordinate to other obligations of the obligor. The lower rating of high yield debt reflect a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions (including, for example, a substantial period of rising interest rates or declining earnings) or both may impair the ability of the obligor to make payment of principal and interest. Many issuers of high yield debt are highly leveraged, and their relatively high debt-to-equity ratios create increased risks that their operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations. In addition, many issuers of high yield debt may be in poor financial condition, experiencing poor operating results, having substantial capital needs or negative net worth or be facing special competitive or product obsolescence problems, and may include companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganizations or liquidation proceedings. Certain of these securities may not be publicly traded, and therefore it may be difficult to obtain information as to the true condition of the issuers. Overall declines in the below investment-grade bond and other markets may adversely affect such issuers by inhibiting their ability to refinance their debt at maturity. High yield debt is often less liquid than higher rated securities, and the market for high yield debt has recently experienced periods of volatility. The market values of certain of this high yield debt may reflect individual corporate developments.

 

High yield debt generally experiences greater default rates than is the case for investment-grade securities. We may also invest in equity securities issued by entities with unrated or below investment-grade debt.

 

High yield debt may also be in the form of zero-coupon or deferred interest bonds, which are bonds that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. These investments typically experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in the interest rates than bonds that provide for regular payments of interest.

 

Bank Loans

 

We may invest a portion of our investments in loans originated by banks and other financial institutions. The loans invested in by us may include term loans and revolving loans, may pay interest at a fixed or floating rate and may be senior or subordinated. Purchasers of bank loans are predominantly commercial banks, investment funds and investment banks. As secondary market trading volumes for bank loans increase, new bank loans are frequently adopting standardized documentation to facilitate loan trading, which should improve market liquidity. There can be no assurance, however, that future levels of supply and demand in bank loan trading will provide an adequate degree of liquidity, that the current period of illiquidity will not persist or worsen and that the market will not experience periods of significant illiquidity in the future. In addition, the Company may make investments in stressed or distressed bank loans, which are often less liquid than performing bank loans.

 

Compared to securities and to certain other types of financial assets, purchases and sales of loans take relatively longer to settle. This extended settlement process can (i) increase the counterparty credit risk borne by the Company; (ii) leave the Company unable to timely vote, or otherwise act with respect to, loans it has agreed to purchase; (iii) delay the Company from realizing the proceeds of a sale of a loan; (iv) inhibit the Company’s ability to re-sell a loan that it has agreed to purchase if conditions change (leaving us more exposed to price fluctuations); (v) prevent the Company from timely collecting principal and interest payments; and (vi) expose the Company to adverse tax or regulatory consequences. To the extent the extended loan settlement process gives rise to short-term liquidity needs, we may hold cash, sell investments or temporarily borrow from banks or other lenders.

 

In certain circumstances, loans may not be deemed to be securities, and in the event of fraud or misrepresentation by a borrower or an arranger, lenders will not have the protection of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws, as would be the case for bonds or stocks. Instead, in such cases, lenders generally rely on the contractual provisions in the loan agreement itself, and common-law fraud protections under applicable state law.

 

44

 

 

We may acquire interests in bank loans either directly (by way of sale or assignment) or indirectly (by way of participation). The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, its rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution. Participation interests in a portion of a debt obligation typically result in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, and not with the borrower. In purchasing participations, we generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and we may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, we will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. The bank loans acquired by us are likely to be below investment-grade.

 

CLO Investments

 

We may invest in debt and equity interests of CLO vehicles. Generally, there may be less information available to us regarding the underlying debt investments held by such CLOs than if we had invested directly in the debt of the underlying companies. As a result, our stockholders may not know the details of the underlying securities of the CLO vehicles in which we may invest.

 

As a BDC, we may not acquire equity and junior debt investments in CLO vehicles unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are “qualifying assets.” CLO vehicles that we expect to invest in are typically very highly levered, and therefore, the junior debt and equity tranches that we expect to invest in are subject to a higher degree of risk of total loss. In particular, investors in CLO vehicles indirectly bear risks of the underlying debt investments held by such CLO vehicles. We will generally have the right to receive payments only from the CLO vehicles, and will generally not have direct rights against the underlying borrowers or the entity that sponsored the CLO vehicle. While the CLO vehicles we intend to target generally enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of leveraged corporate loans without the expenses associated with directly holding the same investments, we will generally pay a proportionate share of the CLO vehicles’ administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying CLO vehicles will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of the CLO vehicles) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. The failure by a CLO vehicle in which we invest to satisfy certain financial covenants, specifically those with respect to adequate collateralization and/or interest coverage tests, could lead to a reduction in its payments to us. In the event that a CLO vehicle failed those tests, holders of debt senior to us may be entitled to additional payments that would, in turn, reduce the payments we would otherwise be entitled to receive. If any of these occur, it could materially and adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

In addition to the general risks associated with investing in debt securities, CLO vehicles carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the fact that our investments in CLO tranches will likely be subordinate to other senior classes of note tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the CLO vehicle or unexpected investment results. Our net asset value may also decline over time if our principal recovery with respect to CLO equity investments is less than the price we paid for those investments.

 

Investments in structured vehicles, including equity and junior debt instruments issued by CLO vehicles, involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Changes in interest rates and credit quality may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the underlying leveraged corporate loans held by a CLO vehicle may cause payments on the instruments we hold to be reduced, either temporarily or permanently. Structured investments, particularly the subordinated interests in which we intend to invest, may be less liquid than many other types of securities and may be more volatile than the leveraged corporate loans underlying the CLO vehicles we intend to target. Fluctuations in interest rates may also cause payments on the tranches of CLO vehicles that we hold to be reduced, either temporarily or permanently.

 

45

 

 

The accounting and tax implications of such investments are complicated. In particular, reported earnings from the equity tranche investments of these CLO vehicles are recorded under generally accepted accounting principles based upon an effective yield calculation. Current taxable earnings on these investments, however, will generally not be determinable until after the end of the fiscal year of each individual CLO vehicle that ends within the Company’s fiscal year, even though the investments are generating cash flow. In general, the tax treatment of these investments may result in higher distributable earnings in the early years and a capital loss at maturity, while for reporting purposes the totality of cash flows are reflected in a constant yield to maturity.

 

Any interests we acquire in CLO vehicles will likely be thinly traded or have only a limited trading market and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Securities issued by CLO vehicles are generally not listed on any U.S. national securities exchange and no active trading market may exist for the securities of CLO vehicles in which we may invest. Although a secondary market may exist for our investments in CLO vehicles, the market for our investments in CLO vehicles may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. As a result, these types of investments may be more difficult to value. In addition, our investments in CLO warehouse facilities are short term investments and therefore may be subject to a greater risk relating to market conditions and economic recession or downturns.

 

Exposure to Originated Investments

 

We may originate certain of our investments with the expectation of later syndicating a portion of such investment to other affiliated funds or third parties. Prior to such syndication, or if such syndication is not successful, our exposure to the originated investment may exceed the exposure that we intended to have over the long-term or would have had had we purchased such investment in the secondary market rather than originating it.

 

Equity Securities

 

We may in certain limited circumstances invest in equity securities, including preferred stock or common stock, or acquire warrants to purchase equity securities. As with other investments that we may make, the value of equity securities held by us may be adversely affected by actual or perceived negative events relating to the issuer of such securities, the industry or geographic areas in which such issuer operates or the financial markets generally. However, equity securities may be even more susceptible to such events given their subordinate position in the issuer’s capital structure. As such, equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed income securities, and the market price of equity securities owned by us is more susceptible to moving up or down in a rapid or unpredictable manner.

 

Highly Volatile Instruments

 

The prices of the financial instruments in which we invest can be highly volatile. Price movements of instruments in which our assets may be invested are influenced by, among other things, interest rates, changing supply and demand relationships, trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and policies of governments and national and international political and economic events and policies. In addition, governments from time to time intervene, directly and by regulation, in certain markets, particularly those in currencies and financial instrument options. Such intervention is intended to influence prices directly and may, together with other factors, cause all of such markets to move rapidly in the same direction because of, among other things, interest rate fluctuations.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

We may in certain limited circumstances invest in municipal bonds or loans. The yield and/or value of our investments in municipal securities may be adversely affected by events tied to the municipal securities markets, which can be very volatile and significantly impacted by unfavorable legislative or political developments and negative changes in the financial conditions of municipal securities issuers and the economy. For example, a credit rating downgrade, bond default or bankruptcy involving an issuer within a particular state or territory could affect the market values and marketability of many or all municipal obligations of that state or territory and the value of municipal securities held by us may be adversely affected. Income from municipal securities could also be declared taxable because of changes in tax laws or interpretations by taxing authorities or as a result of noncompliant conduct of a municipal issuer. Additionally, the relative amount of publicly available information about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate securities.

 

Convertible Securities

 

We may invest in convertible securities, which are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.

 

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by us is called for redemption, we will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.

 

46

 

 

Investments in Undervalued Assets

 

We may seek to invest in undervalued assets. The identification of investment opportunities in undervalued assets is a difficult task, and there is no assurance that such opportunities will be successfully recognized or acquired. While investments in undervalued assets offer the opportunity for above-average capital appreciation, these investments involve a high degree of financial risk and can result in substantial losses. We may be required to hold undervalued assets for a substantial period of time with the expectation that the assets will appreciate in value, even though there is no assurance that such value appreciation will take place. Accordingly, we may be forced to sell such undervalued assets at a substantial loss. During the period pending any sale, a portion of our funds would be committed to undervalued assets, thus possibly preventing the Company from investing in other opportunities. In addition, the Company may finance such purchases with borrowed funds and thus will have to pay interest on such funds during this waiting period. Finally, margin calls and other events related to the Company’s indebtedness could force the Company to have to sell assets at prices that are less than their fair value.

 

Financially Troubled Companies

 

As part of our lending activities, we may originate loans to companies that are experiencing significant financial or business difficulties, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Although the terms of such financing may result in significant financial returns to us, they involve a substantial degree of risk. Such companies generally are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments, and if their financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable. In addition, securities of such companies may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary or public market. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that we will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing our loans or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action. Additionally, the Company may invest in the securities of financially troubled companies that are non-U.S. issuers. Such non-U.S. issuers may be subject to bankruptcy and reorganization processes and proceedings that are not comparable to those in the United States and that may be less favorable to the rights of lenders. We may make investments that become distressed due to factors outside the control of the Investment Advisor. There is no assurance that there will be sufficient collateral to cover the value of the loans and/or other investments purchased by us or that there will be a successful reorganization or similar action of the company or investment which becomes distressed. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company in which we invest, we may lose our entire investment, may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than our original investment and/or may be required to accept payment over an extended period of time. Under these circumstances, the returns generated from the Company’s investments may not compensate the stockholders adequately for the risks assumed.

 

Troubled company investments require active monitoring and may, at times, require significant participation in business strategy or reorganization proceedings by the Investment Advisor. In addition, involvement by the Investment Advisor in a company’s reorganization proceedings could result in the imposition of restrictions limiting the Company’s ability to liquidate its position in the company.

 

Lender Liability Considerations and Equitable Subordination

 

In recent years, a number of judicial decisions in the United States have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories (collectively termed “lender liability”). Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or stockholders. Because of the nature of certain of the Company’s investments, the Company could be subject to allegations of lender liability.

 

47

 

 

In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lending institution (i) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower, (ii) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (iii) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (iv) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a borrower to the detriment of the other creditors of such borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lending institution to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.” Because of the nature of certain of the Company’s investments, the Company could be subject to claims from creditors of an obligor that the Company’s investments issued by such obligor should be equitably subordinated. A significant number of the Company’s investments will involve investments in which the Company will not be the lead creditor. It is, accordingly, possible that lender liability or equitable subordination claims affecting the Company’s investments could arise without the direct involvement of the Company.

 

If the Company purchases debt securities of an affiliate of a portfolio company in the secondary market at a discount, (i) a court might require the Company to disgorge profit it realizes if the opportunity to purchase such securities at a discount should have been made available to the issuer of such securities or (ii) the Company might be prevented from enforcing such securities at their full face value if the issuer of such securities becomes bankrupt.

 

Fraudulent Conveyance and Preference Considerations

 

Various federal and state laws enacted for the protection of creditors may apply to the purchase of the Company’s investments, which constitute the primary assets of the Company, by virtue of the Company’s role as a creditor with respect to the borrowers under such investments. If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of a borrower, such as a trustee in bankruptcy or the borrower as debtor-in-possession, were to find that the borrower did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring indebtedness evidenced by an investment and the grant of any security interest or other lien securing such investment, and, after giving effect to the incurring of such indebtedness, the borrower (i) was insolvent, (ii) was engaged in a business for which the assets remaining in such borrower constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could invalidate, in whole or in part, such indebtedness and such security interest or other lien as fraudulent conveyances, could subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the borrower or could allow the borrower to recover amounts previously paid by the borrower to the creditor (including to the Company) in satisfaction of such indebtedness or proceeds of such security interest or other lien previously applied in satisfaction of such indebtedness. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer of an investment, payments made on the Company’s investment could be subject to avoidance as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year) before insolvency depending on a number of factors, including the amount of equity of the borrower owned by the Company and its affiliates and any contractual arrangement between the borrower, on the one hand, and the Company and its affiliates, on the other hand. The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending on the law of the jurisdiction which is being applied. Generally, however, a borrower would be considered insolvent at a particular time if the sum of its debts was greater than all of its assets at a fair valuation or if the then-present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its then-existing debts as they became absolute and matured. There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether a borrower was insolvent after giving effect to the incurrence of the loan or that, regardless of the method of evaluation, a court would not determine that the borrower was “insolvent” upon giving effect to such incurrence. In general, if payments on an investment are avoidable, whether as fraudulent conveyances or preferences, such payments can be recaptured either from the initial recipient (such as the Company) or from subsequent transferees of such payments.

 

Projections

 

Our Investment Advisor may rely upon projections, forecasts or estimates developed by us or a portfolio company in which we are invested concerning the portfolio company’s future performance and cash flow. Projections, forecasts and estimates are forward-looking statements and are based upon certain assumptions. Actual events are difficult to predict and beyond our control. Actual events may differ from those assumed. Some important factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements include changes in interest rates; domestic and foreign business, market, financial or legal conditions; differences in the actual allocation of our investments among asset groups from that described herein; the degree to which our investments are hedged and the effectiveness of such hedges, among others. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that estimated returns or projections can be realized or that actual returns or results will not be materially lower than those estimated therein.

 

48

 

 

Third Party Litigation

 

In addition to litigation relating to the bankruptcy process, our investment activities subject us to the normal risks of becoming involved in litigation by third parties. This risk is somewhat greater where we exercise control or significant influence over a portfolio company’s direction. The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would generally be borne by us and would reduce net assets.

 

Proportion of Assets that May Be Invested in Securities of a Single Issuer

 

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer, excluding limitations on investments in other investment companies. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or industries, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. In addition, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly affect our aggregate returns.

 

Because we may invest significant amounts of our available capital in a single investment, any single loss may have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s capital. While we will generally focus on borrowers who are U.S. middle market companies, the Investment Advisor may determine whether companies meet the foregoing criteria in its sole discretion. In addition, except as may be provided by the requirement to invest at least 70% of its assets in qualifying investments and as may be necessary to qualify as a RIC, the Company is not restricted in its ability to invest in companies of any size or in any geographical location, and may from time to time or over time invest in companies of any size or in any geographical location.

 

Potential Failure to Make Follow-On Investments in Portfolio Companies

 

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may decide to provide additional funds to such portfolio company, in order to:

 

increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;

     

exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or

     

attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

 

There is no assurance that we will make follow-on investments or that we will have sufficient funds to make all or any of such investments. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements of the 1940 Act or the desire to maintain our qualification as a RIC. Any decision by us not to make follow-on investments or our inability to make such investments may have a substantial adverse effect on a portfolio company in need of such an investment. Additionally, a failure to make such investments may result in a lost opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful portfolio company or the dilution of our ownership in a portfolio company if a third party invests in the portfolio company.

 

49

 

 

Potential Impact of Not Holding Controlling Equity Interests in Portfolio Companies

 

We do not generally intend to hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. As a result, we will be subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the potential lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we expect to hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

 

In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

 

Potential Incurrence of Debt by Portfolio Companies That Ranks Equally With, or Senior to, Our Investments

 

The characterization of certain of our investments as senior debt or senior secured debt does not mean that such debt will necessarily be repaid in priority to all other obligations of the businesses in which we invest. Furthermore, debt and other liabilities incurred by nonguarantor subsidiaries of the borrowers of senior secured loans made by us may be structurally senior to the debt held by us. In the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, the debt and other liabilities of such subsidiaries could be repaid in full before any distribution can be made to an obligor of the senior secured loans held by us. Finally, portfolio companies will typically incur trade credit and other liabilities or indebtedness, which by their terms may provide that their holders are entitled to receive principal payments on or before the dates payments are due in respect of the senior secured loans held by us.

 

Where we hold a first lien to secure senior indebtedness, the portfolio companies may be permitted to issue other senior loans with liens that rank junior to the first liens granted to us. The intercreditor rights of the holders of such other junior lien debt may, in any liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, dissolution or bankruptcy of such a portfolio company, affect the recovery that we would have been able to achieve in the absence of such other debt.

 

Additionally, certain loans that we may make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

 

Even where the senior loans held by us are secured by a perfected lien over a substantial portion of the assets of a portfolio company and its subsidiaries, the portfolio company and its subsidiaries will often be able to incur a substantial amount of additional indebtedness, which may have an exclusive lien over particular assets. For example, debt and other liabilities incurred by non-guarantor subsidiaries of portfolio companies will be structurally senior to the debt held by us. Accordingly, any such debt and other liabilities of such subsidiaries would, in the event of liquidation, dissolution, insolvency, reorganization or bankruptcy of such subsidiary, be repaid in full before any distributions to an obligor of the loans held by us. Furthermore, these other assets over which other lenders have a lien may be substantially more liquid or valuable than the assets over which we have a lien.

 

50

 

 

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:

 

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;

 

the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;

 

the approval of amendments to collateral documents;

 

releases of liens on the collateral; and

 

waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

 

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

 

Contingent Liabilities Resulting from the Disposition of Investments

 

We may from time to time incur contingent liabilities in connection with an investment. For example, we may acquire a revolving credit or delayed draw term facility that has not yet been fully drawn or may originate or make a secondary purchase of a revolving credit facility. If the borrower subsequently draws down on the facility, we will be obligated to fund the amounts due. In connection with the disposition of an investment in loans and private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. We may incur numerous other types of contingent liabilities. There can be no assurance that we will adequately reserve for its contingent liabilities and that such liabilities will not have an adverse effect on us.

 

Additional Risks of Hedging Transactions and/or Investments in Non-U.S. Securities

 

The 1940 Act generally requires that 70% of our investments be in issuers each of whom is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands or any other possession of the United States. However, our portfolio may include debt securities of non-U.S. companies, including emerging market issuers, to the limited extent such transactions and investments would not cause us to violate the 1940 Act. We expect to invest in the securities of non-U.S. issuers, including emerging market issuers. Investing in loans and securities of non-U.S. issuers involves many risks including economic, social, political, financial, tax and security conditions in the non-U.S. market, potential inflationary economic environments, less liquid markets and regulation by foreign governments. There may be less information publicly available about a non-U.S. issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and non-U.S. issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. In addition, with respect to certain countries, there is a possibility of expropriation, imposition of non-U.S. withholding or other taxes on dividends, interest, capital gains or other income, limitations on the removal of funds or other assets of the Company, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries. An issuer of securities may be domiciled in a country other than the country in whose currency the instrument is denominated. The values and relative yields of investments in the securities markets of different countries, and their associated risks, are expected to change independently of each other.

 

Bankruptcy law and process in non-U.S. jurisdictions may differ substantially from that in the United States, which may result in greater uncertainty as to the rights of creditors, the enforceability of such rights, reorganization timing and the classification, seniority and treatment of claims. In certain developing countries, although bankruptcy laws have been enacted, the process for reorganization remains highly uncertain, while other developing countries may have no bankruptcy laws enacted, adding further uncertainty to the process for reorganization.

 

51

 

 

We are authorized to use various investment strategies to hedge interest rate or currency exchange risks. These strategies are generally accepted as portfolio management techniques and are regularly used by many investment funds and other institutional investors. Techniques and instruments may change over time as new instruments and strategies are developed or regulatory changes occur. We may use any or all such types of interest rate hedging transactions and currency hedging transactions at any time and no particular strategy will dictate the use of one transaction rather than another. The choice of any particular interest rate hedging transactions and currency hedging transactions will be a function of numerous variables, including market conditions. Investments or liabilities of the Company may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and hence the value of such investments, or the amount of such liabilities, will depend in part on the relative strength of the U.S. dollar. We may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned as well as the level of gains and losses realized on the sale of securities. The rates of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies are affected by many factors, including forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These rates are also affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors. We are not obligated to engage in any currency hedging operations, and there can be no assurance as to the success of any hedging operations that we may implement.

 

Although we intend to engage in any interest rate hedging transactions and currency hedging transactions primarily for hedging purposes and not for income or enhancing total returns, use of interest rate hedging transactions and currency hedging transactions involves certain inherent risks. These risks include (i) the possibility that the market will move in a manner or direction that would have resulted in gain for us had an interest rate hedging transaction or currency hedging transaction not been utilized, in which case it would have been better had we not engaged in the interest rate hedging transaction or currency hedging transaction, (ii) the risk of imperfect correlation between the risk sought to be hedged and the interest rate hedging transaction or currency hedging transaction utilized, (iii) potential illiquidity for the hedging instrument utilized, which may make it difficult for us to close-out or unwind an interest rate hedging transaction or currency hedging transaction and (iv) credit risk with respect to the counterparty to the interest rate hedging transaction or currency hedging transaction. In addition, it might not be possible for us to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those loans and securities would likely fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

 

We may also enter into certain hedging and short sale transactions for the purpose of protecting the market value of an investment of the Company for a period of time without having to currently dispose of such investment. Such defensive hedge transactions may be entered into when the Company is legally restricted from selling an investment or when the Company otherwise determines that it is advisable to decrease its exposure to the risk of a decline in the market value of an investment. Such defensive hedging transactions may expose the Company to the counterparty’s credit risk. There also can be no assurance that the Company will accurately assess the risk of a market value decline with respect to an investment or enter into an appropriate defensive hedge transaction to protect against such risk. Furthermore, the Company is in no event obligated to enter into any defensive hedge transaction. The Company may from time to time employ various investment programs, including the use of derivatives, short sales, swap transactions, currency hedging transactions, securities lending agreements and repurchase agreements. There can be no assurance that any such investment program will be undertaken successfully.

 

Risks Associated with Derivatives Transactions

 

While not our primary investment objective, we may engage in various derivatives transactions to facilitate portfolio management and to earn income or enhance total return, in addition to engaging in derivatives transactions for hedging and risk management purposes. The use of derivatives transactions to earn income or enhance total return may be particularly speculative. Derivatives transactions involve risks. There may be imperfect correlation between the value of derivative instruments and the underlying assets. Derivatives transactions may be subject to risks associated with the possible default of the other party to the transaction. Derivative instruments may be illiquid. Certain derivatives transactions may have economic characteristics similar to leverage, in that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain derivatives transactions that involve leverage can result in losses that greatly exceed the amount originally invested. Furthermore, our ability to successfully use derivatives transactions depends on our Investment Advisor’s ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors, which cannot be assured.

 

The use of derivatives transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require us to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation we can realize on an investment or may cause us to hold a security that we might otherwise sell. Derivatives transactions involve risks of mispricing or improper valuation. The documentation governing a derivative instrument or transaction may be unfavorable or ambiguous. Derivatives transactions may involve commissions and other costs, which may increase our expenses. Various legislative and regulatory initiatives may impact the availability, liquidity and cost of derivative instruments, limit or restrict our ability to use certain derivative instruments or transact with certain counterparties as a part of our investment strategy, increase the costs of using derivative instruments or make derivative instruments less effective. In connection with certain derivatives transactions, we may be required to segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover such transactions. We may earn a lower total return on our portfolio than we might otherwise earn if we did not have to segregate assets in respect of, or otherwise cover, our derivatives transactions positions. Segregating assets and covering positions will not limit or offset losses on related positions.

 

Risks Associated with OID and PIK Interest Income

 

Our investments may include OID and PIK instruments. To the extent OID and PIK interest income constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with such income being required to be included in an accounting income and taxable income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

 

OID instruments and PIK securities may have unreliable valuations because the accretion of OID as interest income and the continuing accruals of PIK securities require judgments about their collectability and the collectability of deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral.

 

OID instruments may create heightened credit risks because the inducement to the borrower to accept higher interest rates in exchange for the deferral of cash payments typically represents, to some extent, speculation on the part of the borrower.

52

 

 

For accounting purposes, cash distributions to stockholders that include a component of accreted OID income do not come from paid-in capital, although they may be paid from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of accreted OID income may come from the cash invested by the stockholders, the 1940 Act does not require that stockholders be given notice of this fact.

  

The higher interest rates on PIK securities reflects the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with such instruments and PIK securities generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans.

 

The presence of accreted OID income and PIK interest income create the risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Investment Advisor in the form of incentive fees on income that will be payable subsequent to a Listing based on non-cash accreted OID income and PIK interest income accruals that may never be realized.

 

Even if accounting conditions are met, borrowers on such securities could still default when the Company’s actual collection is expected to occur at the maturity of the obligation.

 

PIK interest has the effect of generating investment income and increasing the incentive fees that will be payable subsequent to a Listing at a compounding rate. In addition, the deferral of PIK interest also reduces the loan-to-value ratio at a compounding rate.

 

Market prices of OID instruments are more volatile because they are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes than instruments that pay interest periodically in cash.

 

The required recognition of OID, including PIK, interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes may have a negative impact on liquidity, because it represents a non-cash component of the Company’s taxable income that must, nevertheless, be distributed in cash to investors to avoid us being subject to corporate level taxation.

 

Federal Income Tax Risks

 

Qualifying and Maintaining our Qualification as a RIC and Investments Made through Taxable Subsidiaries

 

To qualify and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must be a BDC at all times during each taxable year and meet the following minimum annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements. The minimum annual distribution requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute dividends to our stockholders in respect of each taxable year of an amount generally at least equal to 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid. In this regard, a RIC may, in certain cases, satisfy the 90% distribution requirement by distributing dividends relating to a taxable year after the close of such taxable year under the “spillback dividend” provisions of Subchapter M of the Code. We would be taxed, at regular corporate rates, on any retained income and/or gains, including any short-term capital gains or long-term capital gains. We must also satisfy an additional annual distribution requirement with respect to each calendar year in order to avoid a 4% excise tax on the amount of any under-distribution. Because we may use debt financing, we are subject to (i) an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may, in the future, be subject to (ii) certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, or chose or be required to retain a portion of our taxable income or gains, we could (1) be required to pay excise tax and (2) fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment, and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax on our taxable income (including gains).

 

The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our gross income each taxable year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities, or other income derived from the business of investing in stock or securities. The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy this requirement, at least 50% of the value of our assets at the close of each quarter of each taxable year must consist of cash, cash equivalents (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because a significant portion of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore may be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

 

53

 

 

We may invest in certain debt and equity investments through taxable subsidiaries and the net taxable income of these taxable subsidiaries will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. We also may invest in certain foreign debt and equity investments which could be subject to foreign taxes (such as income tax, withholding, and value added taxes). If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the amount of our distributions.

 

Realizing Income or Gains Prior to the Receipt of Cash Representing such Income or Gains

 

For federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, since we will likely hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with PIK, secondary market purchases of debt securities at discount to par, interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each taxable year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as unrealized appreciation for foreign currency forward contracts and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Furthermore, we may invest in non-U.S. corporations (or other non-U.S. entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that could be treated under the Code and U.S. Treasury regulations as “passive foreign investment companies” and/or “controlled foreign corporations.” The rules relating to investment in these types of non-U.S. entities are designed to ensure that U.S. taxpayers are either, in effect, taxed currently (or on an accelerated basis with respect to corporate level events) or taxed at increased tax rates at distribution or disposition. In certain circumstances this could require us to recognize income which we would need to consider in connection with satisfying our annual distribution requirements where we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash.

 

Unrealized appreciation on derivative financial instruments, such as foreign currency forward contracts, may be included in taxable income while the receipt of cash may occur in a subsequent period when the related contract expires. Any unrealized depreciation on investments that the foreign currency forward contracts are designed to hedge are not currently deductible for tax purposes. This can result in increased taxable income whereby we may not have sufficient cash to pay distributions or we may opt to retain such taxable income and pay a 4% excise tax. In such case we could still rely upon the “spillback provisions” and distribute such taxable income as dividends to our stockholders in the following taxable year in order to maintain our ability to be subject to tax as a RIC.

 

Further, we may elect to recognize market discount with respect to debt obligations acquired in the secondary market and include such amounts currently in our investment company taxable income, instead of upon disposition of such debt obligations, as an election not to do so may limit our ability to deduct interest expense for tax purposes. Because such market discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the taxable year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement associated with maintaining RIC tax treatment under the Code, even if we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement necessary to be subject to RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital, make a partial share distribution, or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, and choose not to make a qualifying share distribution, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

54

 

 

Risks Relating to This Offering

 

Potential Difficulty Sourcing Investment Opportunities

 

We have not identified the potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire following this Private Offering. We cannot assure you that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to deploy all capital commitments successfully. In addition, privately negotiated investments in loans and securities of private middle-market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, you will be unable to evaluate any future portfolio company investments prior to purchasing our shares of common stock. Additionally, our Investment Advisor will select our investments subsequent to the closing of this Private Offering, and our stockholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our common stock. To the extent we are unable to deploy all capital commitments, our investment income and, in turn, our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected.

 

We generally expect to call capital for investment purposes only at the time we identify an investment opportunity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we expect to deploy all proceeds from each capital call for investment purposes within two years of calling such capital. Until such time as we invest the proceeds of such capital calls to invest in portfolio companies, we will invest these amounts in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. We expect these temporary investments to earn yields substantially lower than the income that we expect to receive in respect of investments in secured debt (including senior secured, unitranche and second lien debt) and unsecured debt (including senior unsecured and subordinated debt), as well as related equity securities.

 

Risks Regarding Distributions

 

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this Registration Statement. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC and certain limitations under Maryland law, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. In addition, if we enter into a Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility, for so long as such facility is outstanding, we anticipate that we may be required by its terms to use all payments of interest and principal that we receive from our current investments as well as any proceeds received from the sale of our current investments to repay amounts outstanding thereunder, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions.

 

Furthermore, the tax treatment and characterization of our distributions may vary significantly from time to time due to the nature of our investments. The ultimate tax characterization of our distributions made during a taxable year may not finally be determined until after the end of that taxable year. We may make distributions during a taxable year that exceed our investment company taxable income and net capital gains for that taxable year. In such a situation, the amount by which our total distributions exceed investment company taxable income and net capital gains generally would be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a stockholder’s tax basis in the shares, with any amounts exceeding such tax basis treated as a gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. A return of capital generally is a return of a stockholder’s investment rather than a return of earnings or gains derived from our investment activities. Moreover, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of the sale of shares of our common stock or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which could constitute a return of stockholders’ capital and will lower such stockholders’ tax basis in our shares, which may result in increased tax liability to stockholders when they sell such shares.

 

Limited Liquidity of an Investment in Our Common Stock

 

Our shares of common stock constitute illiquid investments for which there is not, and will likely not be, a secondary market at any time prior to a public offering and listing of our shares on a national securities exchange. There can be no guarantee that we will conduct a public offering and list our shares on a national securities exchange. Investment in the Company is suitable only for sophisticated investors and requires the financial ability and willingness to accept the high risks and lack of liquidity inherent in an investment in the Company.

 

55

 

 

We are relying on an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and state securities laws in offering shares of our common stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreements. As such, absent an effective registration statement covering our common stock, such shares may be resold only in transactions that are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and with the registration of the transfer on our books and with our prior consent. In addition, transfers of our common stock may be rejected by us, and existing investors may be required to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock, if a transfer could (1) result in our assets being considered to be “plan assets” for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) or Section 4975 of the Code or (2) constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of any laws similar to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. Our common stock will have limited transferability which could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of the Company that might involve a premium price for our securities or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

Even if we undertake a Qualified IPO, we cannot assure you a public trading market will develop or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering or listing often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. In addition, following a Liquidity Event, investors may be restricted from selling or disposing of their shares of common stock of by applicable securities laws, contractually by a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of a Qualified IPO or similar institutions in connection with a Liquidity Event and contractually through restrictions contained in the Subscription Agreements.

 

Severe Economic Consequences of Defaulting Stockholders

 

If stockholders fail to fund their commitment obligations or to make required capital contributions when due, the Company’s ability to complete its investment program or otherwise continue operations may be substantially impaired. A stockholder’s failure to fund such amounts when due causes that stockholder to become a defaulting stockholder. If a substantial number of stockholders become defaulting stockholders, this may severely limit opportunities for investment diversification and would likely reduce returns to the Company and restrict the Company’s ability to meet loan obligations. Any single defaulting stockholder could cause substantial costs to be incurred by the Company if such default causes the Company to fail to meet its contractual obligations or if the Company must pursue remedial action against such stockholder. In the event a stockholder fails to make a required capital contribution when due, it may be subject to various remedies, including, without limitation, forfeiture of its right to participate in purchasing additional shares on any future drawdown date or otherwise participate in any future investments of the Company. Without limitation on the rights the Company may have against the defaulting stockholder, the Company may call for additional capital contributions from non-defaulting stockholders to make up any shortfall. The non-defaulting stockholders could therefore be required to fund any shortfall up to their remaining capital commitments, without regard to the underlying value of their investment.

 

If the Company fails to meet its contractual obligations related to a portfolio investment due to a defaulting stockholder, the relevant portfolio company may have a cause of action against the Company, which may include a claim against assets of the Company other than the Company’s interest in such portfolio company. A creditor of the Company (including a portfolio company with respect to which the Company has failed to meet its contractual obligations) will not be bound to satisfy its claims from the assets attributable to a particular portfolio investment and such creditor generally may seek to satisfy its claims from the assets of the Company as a whole. As a result, if a creditor’s claims relating to a particular portfolio investment exceed the net assets attributable to that portfolio investment, the remaining assets of the Company will likely be subject to such claim.

 

56

 

 

ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Discussion of Management’s Expected Operating Plans

 

The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

 

Overview

 

We are a financial services company that primarily lends to and invests in debt securities of privately held companies. We are a newly organized Maryland corporation structured as an externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company. We intend to elect to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

We will be externally managed by our Investment Advisor, and the Administrator will also provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate. The Administrator has entered into the Sub-Administration Agreement to delegate certain administrative functions to the Sub-Administrator. The Investment Advisor is an affiliate of Palmer Square, an SEC-registered investment advisor which had approximately $10.3 billion of assets under management and 31 employees as of December 31, 2019.

 

Our investment objective is to maximize total return, comprised of current income and capital appreciation. The Company’s current investment focus is guided by two strategies that facilitate our investment opportunities and core competencies: (1) investing in corporate debt securities and, to a lesser extent, (2) investing in CLO structured credit that typically owns corporate debt securities. To a limited extent, we may enter into hedging transactions, which may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. We may also receive or purchase warrants or rights to acquire equity and other securities. We may also invest in other strategies and opportunities from time to time that we view as attractive. We will continue to evaluate other investment strategies in the ordinary course of business with no specific top-down allocation to any single investment strategy.

 

We were formed as a Maryland corporation in August 2019. The Company is currently in the development stage and has not commenced commercial operations. Since inception, there has been no activity other than an initial $1,500 capital contribution received from the Investment Advisor, our initial stockholder, in exchange for 75 shares of our common stock. To date our efforts have been limited to organizational and initial operating activities.

 

We conducted and expect to conduct additional private offerings of shares of our common stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. At the closing of any private offering, each investor will make a Capital Commitment to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with us. Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase shares of common stock up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitments on an as-needed basis each time we deliver a notice to the investors. We intend to permit, subject to our sole discretion, additional closings of the private offering. See “Item 1. Business — The Private Offering.”

 

Investments

 

Our level of investment activity can and is expected to vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt available to middle market companies, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the type of investments we make.

 

Revenues

 

We plan to generate revenue primarily in the form of interest and fee income on debt investments we hold and capital gains, if any, on investments. We generally expect our debt investments to bear interest at a floating rate usually determined on the basis of a benchmark such as LIBOR. Interest on debt securities is generally payable quarterly or semi-annually. In some instances, we expect to receive payments on our debt investments based on scheduled amortization of the outstanding balances. In addition, we may receive repayments of some of our debt investments prior to their scheduled maturity date. The frequency or volume of these repayments is expected to fluctuate significantly from period to period. Our portfolio activity is also expected to reflect the proceeds of sales of securities. We may also generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, amendment, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and consulting fees.

 

57

 

 

Expenses

 

Our primary operating expenses will include the payment of fees to the Investment Advisor under the Advisory Agreement, our allocable portion of overhead and rental expenses under the Administration Agreement and other operating costs described below. We will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:

 

our initial organization costs incurred prior to the commencement of our operations;

 

operating costs incurred prior to the commencement of our operations;

 

the cost of calculating our net asset value, including the cost of any third-party valuation services;

 

the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of our common stock and other securities, including in connection with the Private Offering;

 

fees payable to third parties relating to making investments, including our Investment Advisor’s or its affiliates’ travel expenses, research costs and out-of-pocket fees and expenses associated with performing due diligence and reviews of prospective investments;

 

interest expense and other costs associated with our indebtedness;

 

transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

out-of-pocket fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

federal and state registration fees and any stock exchange listing fees;

 

U.S. federal, state and local taxes;

 

Independent Directors’ fees and expenses;

 

brokerage commissions and markups;

 

fidelity bond, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

direct costs, such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and other applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and

 

other expenses incurred by the Administrator or us in connection with administering our business, including payments under the Administration Agreement that will be based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of our Board) of overhead, including rental expenses.

 

58

 

 

Our Investment Advisor is authorized to determine the broker to be used for each securities transaction. In selecting brokers to execute transactions, the Investment Advisor need not solicit competitive bids and does not have an obligation to seek the lowest available commission cost. In selecting brokers, the Investment Advisor may or may not negotiate “execution only” commission rates and thus we may be deemed to be paying for other services provided by the broker that are included in the commission rate. In negotiating commission rates, the Investment Advisor will take into account the financial stability and reputation of the broker and the brokerage, research and other services provided to us, the Investment Advisor and other customers of the Investment Advisor and its affiliates by such broker, even though we may not, in any particular instance, be the direct or indirect beneficiaries of the research or other services provided and the management fee payable to the Investment Advisor is not reduced because it receives such services. In addition, the Investment Advisor may direct commissions to certain brokers that on the foregoing basis may furnish other services to us, the Investment Advisor and other customers of the Investment Advisor and its affiliates, such as telephone lines, news and quotation equipment, electronic office equipment, account record keeping and clerical services, trading software, financial publications and economic consulting services. As a result of the brokerage practices described above, the levels of commission paid and prices paid or received by us in securities transactions may be less favorable than in securities transactions effected on a best price and execution basis.

 

We may also enter into a credit facility or other debt arrangements to partially fund our operations, and could incur costs and expenses including commitment, origination, or structuring fees and the related interest costs associated with any amounts borrowed.

 

Hedging

 

We may enter into currency hedging contracts, interest rate hedging agreements such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts, and credit hedging contracts, such as credit default swaps. However, no assurance can be given that such hedging transactions will be entered into or, if they are, that they will be effective.

 

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As we have not yet commenced commercial activities, the only transaction to date has been the receipt of an initial capital contribution of $1,500 from the Investment Advisor, our initial stockholder, in exchange for 75 shares of our common stock. We intend to generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of any offering of shares of our common stock and from cash flows from interest and fees earned from our investments and principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. We may also fund a portion of our investments through borrowings from banks and issuances of senior securities, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of the Private Offering. Our primary use of cash will be investments in portfolio companies, payments of our expenses and payment of cash distributions to our stockholders.

 

Valuation Procedures

 

Under procedures established by our Board, we intend to value investments for which market quotations are readily available at such market quotations. Assets listed on an exchange will be valued at their last sales prices as reported to the consolidated quotation service at 4:00 P.M. eastern time on the date of determination. If no such sales of such securities occurred, such securities will be valued at the mean between the last available bid and ask prices as reported by an independent, third party pricing service on the date of determination. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available will be valued at fair value, subject at all times to the oversight and approval of our Board. Such determination of fair values may involve subjective judgments and estimates, although we will also engage independent valuation providers to review the valuation of each portfolio investment that constitutes a material portion of our portfolio and that does not have a readily available market quotation at least once annually. With respect to unquoted securities, our Investment Advisor, together with our independent valuation advisors, and subject at all times to the oversight and approval of our Board, will value each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public and other factors. We intend to retain one or more independent providers of financial advisory services to assist the Investment Advisor and the Board by performing certain limited third-party valuation services. We may appoint additional or different third-party valuation firms in the future.

 

59

 

 

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs with respect to a fair-valued portfolio company or comparable company, our Board will use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate and/or assist us in our valuation. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board using a documented valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had readily available market quotations existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

 

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our Investment Advisor will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

Securities for which no such market prices are available or reliable will be preliminarily valued at such value as the Investment Advisor may reasonably determine, which may include third party valuations;

 

The audit committee of our Board (the “Audit Committee”) will then review these preliminary valuations;

 

At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment that constitutes a material portion of our portfolio and that does not have a readily available market quotation will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm; and

 

Our Board will then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of our Investment Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the Audit Committee.

 

All values assigned to securities and other assets by the Board will be binding on all stockholders.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

As of January 16, 2020, we had not commenced operations and did not have any significant contractual payment obligations.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Other than contractual commitments and other legal contingencies incurred in the normal course of our business, we do not expect to have any off-balance sheet financings or liabilities.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the change in our earnings that may result from changes in the level of interest rates. Because we expect to fund a portion of our investments with borrowings, our net investment income is expected to be affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.

 

In addition, any investments we make that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to risks associated with changes in currency exchange rates. These risks include the possibility of significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved.

 

We may hedge against interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts and credit hedging contracts, such as credit default swaps, in each case, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments with fixed interest rates.

 

60

 

 

ITEM 3. PROPERTIES.

 

Our headquarters are located at 1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315, Mission Woods, Kansas 66205. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

 

ITEM 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

We have not yet commenced commercial activities and will not do so until the Initial Closing. In conjunction with our initial incorporation, the Investment Advisor purchased 75 shares of common stock of the Company at a price of $20.00 per share as our initial capital.

 

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Board of Directors and its Leadership Structure

 

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Our Board consists of five members, three of whom are Independent Directors. The Board appoints our officers, who serve at the discretion of our Board. The responsibilities of the Board include quarterly determinations of the fair value of our assets, corporate governance activities, oversight of our financing arrangements and oversight of our investment activities.

 

The Board’s role in management of the Company is one of oversight. Oversight of the Company’s investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by the Investment Advisor as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The Board anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of the Investment Advisor as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the Board’s risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the Board’s oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of the Company’s investments.

 

Our Board has established an Audit Committee, and the Board may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The scope of each committee’s is discussed in greater detail below.

 

Our Board does not have a lead independent director. We are aware of the potential conflicts that may arise when a non-independent director is Chairman of our Board, but believe these potential conflicts are offset by our strong corporate governance practices. Our corporate governance practices include regular meetings of the Independent Directors in executive session without the presence of non-Independent directors and management, the establishment of an Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of Independent Directors, and the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer, with whom the Independent Directors meet without the presence of interested directors and other members of management, for administering our compliance policies and procedures.

 

Christopher D. Long, a non-Independent director, serves as Chairman of our Board. Our Board believes that it is in the best interests of our investors for Mr. Long to lead the Board because of Mr. Long’s relationship with the Investment Advisor and with PSCM provides an effective bridge between our Board and management, and encourages an open dialogue between management and our Board, ensuring that these groups act with a common purpose. The Board believes that its leadership structure is appropriate because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board also believes that its small size creates an efficient corporate governance structure that provides opportunity for direct communication and interaction between management, the Investment Advisor and our Board.

 

Our Board is divided into three classes. Each class of directors holds office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes will have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected or appointed and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies, or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal.

 

61

 

 

Directors

 

Information regarding our Board is as follows:

 

Name

Age

Position

Director
Since

Expiration of
Term

Interested Directors                
Christopher D. Long   44   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer & President   2019   2022 (Class I)
Jeffrey D. Fox   44   Director, Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer   2019   2021 (Class III)
Independent Directors                
Megan L. Webber   44   Director   2019   2022 (Class I)
James W. Neville Jr.   55   Director   2019   2021 (Class III)
Christopher C. Nelson   45   Director   2019   2020 (Class II)

 

The address for each of our directors is c/o Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc., 1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315, Mission Woods, KS 66205.

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

The following information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as of December 31, 2019:

 

Name

Age

Position

Angie K. Long   45   Chief Investment Officer
Scott A. Betz   42   Chief Compliance Officer

 

The address for each of our executive officers is c/o Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc., 1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315, Mission Woods, KS 66205.

 

Biographical Information

 

Directors

 

Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and Independent Directors. An interested director is an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

62

 

 

Interested Directors

 

Christopher D. Long. Mr. Long was appointed as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President in 2019. Mr. Long has also served as Chief Executive Officer of our Investment Advisor since 2019 and President and Chief Executive Officer of PSCM since 2009 and is responsible for managing our Investment Advisor’s and PSCM’s overall business. Since PSCM’s inception, Mr. Long has been successful in not only building a highly-experienced investment team, but also an integrated credit investment platform that manages mutual fund offerings, private funds and separately managed accounts. PSCM has a client list that spans not only institutions and family offices, but also RIAs, bank/trust, and broker-dealers. Mr. Long’s previous work experience includes key investment roles at Prairie Capital and Sandell Asset Management as well as working at Morgan Stanley in the Credit Derivatives and Distressed Securities Group focused on the firm’s proprietary investments. Before Morgan Stanley, he worked at TH Lee Putnam Ventures, a private equity fund sponsored by Thomas H Lee Partners and Putnam Investments. In that role, he also served on the Board of Directors of Avero, Inc. and was a Board Observer for Parago, Inc. He started his career at JPMorgan & Co. in Leveraged Finance and Mergers & Acquisitions (FIG Group) advising corporations and private equity firms on investment banking and capital markets. Mr. Long previously served on the board of trustees of Palmer Square Opportunistic Income Fund (Nasdaq) from August 2014 to October 2018. Mr. Long is married to Angie K. Long, our Chief Investment Officer. He received an MBA degree from the Harvard Business School and an AB degree in Economics cum laude from Princeton University. We believe that Mr. Long’s strong investment and operating leadership experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

 

Jeffrey D. Fox. Mr. Fox was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in 2019. Mr. Fox has also served as Chief Financial Officer of our Investment Advisor since 2019 and as Managing Director for PSCM since 2013. Prior to joining Palmer Square in April 2013, Mr. Fox worked for Sandler O’Neill and Partners from September 2011 to March 2013 where he was a Managing Director within Fixed Income where he was involved in the structuring and sales of many products including Collateralized Loan Obligations. Before Sandler O’Neill, Mr. Fox worked for Societe Generale as a Director within Global Markets Advisory where he was instrumental in the US CDO/CLO and RMBS Credit Advisory effort. His work included the restructuring of various structured credit legacy positions for European institutions as well as the modeling behind the corporate rating and pricing for various structured products. Prior to Societe Generale, Mr. Fox was employed by JPMorgan Chase & Co/Bear Stearns, where he was an Associate Director in the FAST organization focusing on the structuring of Trust Preferred CDOs and CLOs. Also while at Bear Stearns, Mr. Fox managed the global CDO analytics desk which included intensive credit modeling of various asset classes. Mr. Fox received a MS degree in Computer Information Systems from Arizona State University and a BS degree in Mathematics and Geology from Northern Arizona University. Mr. Fox holds the Series 7 and 63 licenses. We believe that Mr. Fox’s strong operational and financial experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

 

Independent Directors

 

Megan L. Webber. Ms. Webber is a Financial Reporting Manager at The Anschutz Corporation, where she has worked for over 19 years. Prior to Anschutz Corporation, she was a Supervising Audit Senior at KPMG, LLP from 1997 to 2000. Ms. Webber has served on the board of trustees of Palmer Square Opportunistic Income Fund (Nasdaq) since 2014, and previously served on the board of trustees of Montage Managers Trust from July 2015 to March 2017. Ms. Webber received a BS in Accounting from Indiana University and received her CPA license in 1997. We believe that Ms. Webber’s strong financial and audit experience qualifies her to serve on our Board.

 

James W. Neville Jr. Mr. Neville is an active proprietary trader and investor. He was a Portfolio Manager at Great Plains Principal Trading from January 2012 through June 2019. Prior to Great Plains Principal Trading, Mr. Neville served as a proprietary trader for over 23 years, focusing on agriculture futures and options as well as stock index futures and energy. Mr. Neville has served on the board of directors of Palmer Square Opportunistic Income Fund (Nasdaq) since 2014. We believe that Mr. Neville’s strong investment management and trading experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

 

Christopher C. Nelson. Mr. Nelson is a Wealth Advisor at SeaCrest Wealth Management, where he has worked since May 2018. Prior to SeaCrest Wealth Management, Mr. Nelson was a Vice President at Enterprise Trust Company, where he led the Kansas City team. Prior to that, Mr. Nelson held investment management roles at The Private Bank, Kornitzer Capital Management, and The Bank of New York. Mr. Nelson received a Bachelor of Arts in English from Gettysburg College in Gettysburg, Pennsylvania. We believe that Mr. Nelson’s strong investment management experience qualifies him to serve on our Board.

 

63

 

 

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

 

Angie K. Long. Ms. Long was appointed as our Chief Investment Officer in 2019. Ms. Long also serves as Chief Investment Officer of PSCM and has key responsibilities for all investment-related activities at PSCM. Prior to joining PSCM in 2011, Ms. Long worked for JPMorgan Chase & Co. in New York for 13 years. Ms. Long held many senior roles including Deputy Head of North American Credit Trading, Head of High Yield Trading, and Head of Credit Derivatives Trading. Ms. Long has been a trader of many products including high yield bonds, high yield credit derivatives, distressed debt, capital structure arbitrage, and structured credit. In addition, she worked with the Global Head of Credit Trading to help oversee risk management for the High Yield and High Grade credit trading books. Ms. Long is married to Christopher D. Long, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President. Ms. Long received an AB degree in Economics from Princeton University and is also a CFA® charterholder.

 

Scott A. Betz. Mr. Betz was appointed as our Chief Compliance Officer in 2019. Mr. Betz also serves as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Compliance Officer of PSCM. Prior to joining PSCM in March 2018, Mr. Betz worked for over 14 years at Scout Investments, most recently as Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Treasurer. Prior to joining Scout Investments, Mr. Betz worked for over six years at UMB Bank as a Performance Measurement Specialist and subsequently as Investment Technology Officer. Mr. Betz received an MBA degree and a BA degree in Political Science from the University of Missouri-Kansas City.

 

Board’s Role In Risk Oversight

 

Our Board performs its risk oversight function primarily through (a) its standing Audit Committee, which reports to the entire Board and is comprised solely of Independent Directors, and (b) active monitoring by our Chief Compliance Officer and of our compliance policies and procedures.

 

As described below in more detail under “Committees of the Board of Directors,” the Audit Committee assists our Board in fulfilling its risk oversight responsibilities. The Audit Committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include overseeing the internal audit staff (sourced through the Administrator), if any, accounting and financial reporting processes, our valuation process, our systems of internal controls regarding finance and accounting and audits of our financial statements.

 

Our Board also performs its risk oversight responsibilities with the assistance of the Chief Compliance Officer. Our Board will annually review a written report from the Chief Compliance Officer discussing the adequacy and effectiveness of our compliance policies and procedures and our service providers. The Chief Compliance Officer’s annual report will address, at a minimum, (a) the operation of our compliance policies and procedures and our service providers since the last report; (b) any material changes to such policies and procedures since the last report; (c) any recommendations for material changes to such policies and procedures as a result of the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual review; and (d) any compliance matter that has occurred since the date of the last report about which our Board would reasonably need to know to oversee our compliance activities and risks. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer will meet separately in executive session with the Independent Directors at least once each year.

 

We believe that our Board’s role in risk oversight is effective, and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which we are already subject as a BDC. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in our business and operations. For example, our ability to incur indebtedness is limited such that our asset coverage generally must equal at least 150% immediately after each time we incur indebtedness, we generally have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets” and we are not generally permitted to invest in any portfolio company in which one of our affiliates currently has an investment.

 

We recognize that different board roles in risk oversight are appropriate for companies in different situations. We intend to re-examine the manners in which our Board administers its oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet our needs.

 

64

 

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our Board has established an Audit Committee, and may establish additional committees in the future. All directors are expected to attend at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of our Board and of the respective committees on which they serve. We require each director to make a diligent effort to attend all Board and committee meetings as well as each annual meeting of our stockholders.

 

Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee is currently composed of Ms. Webber, Mr. Neville and Mr. Nelson, all of whom are considered Independent Directors. Ms. Webber serves as Chair of the Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that Ms. Webber is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated under the Exchange Act. Ms. Webber, Mr. Neville and Mr. Nelson meet the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board, which sets forth the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include establishing guidelines and making recommendations to our Board regarding the valuation of our loans and investments; selecting our independent registered public accounting firm; reviewing with such independent registered public accounting firm the planning, scope and results of their audit of our financial statements; pre-approving the fees for services performed; reviewing, in consultation with the independent registered public accounting firm, the adequacy of internal control systems; reviewing our annual financial statements; overseeing internal audit staff, if any, and periodic filings; and receiving our audit reports and financial statements.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements provide our directors and executive officers the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that we will indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement (an “Indemnitee”), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act.

 

Portfolio Management

 

The management of our investment portfolio is the responsibility of our Investment Advisor and our Investment Advisor’s Investment Committee. The Investment Committee is chaired by Angie K. Long, and the other members of the Investment Committee are Christopher D. Long, Matthew L. Bloomfield and Jeffrey D. Fox. All members of the Investment Committee must approve each new investment that we make. The Investment Committee is assisted by additional investment professionals that comprise the Investment Advisor’s investment team. The biography for the member of the Investment Committee who is not executive officer or director of the Company is included below.

 

Matthew L. Bloomfield. Mr. Bloomfield is the Loan Portfolio Manager for PSCM. Prior to joining PSCM, Mr. Bloomfield worked for over seven years at Golub Capital in Chicago, most recently as an Associate Portfolio Manager within the Broadly Syndicated Loan Group where he focused on investing in leveraged loans via collateralized loan obligation vehicles and separate accounts. Prior to joining Golub Capital, Mr. Bloomfield worked for three years for Giuliani Capital Advisors in Chicago as an Analyst and subsequently an Associate in the Investment Banking Group where he focused on special situations and restructuring advisory mandates. Mr. Bloomfield earned an MBA in Finance from Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management, as well as a BS and BGS in Business Administration and Economics, respectively, from the University of Kansas.

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation of Executive Officers

 

None of our officers receives direct compensation from us. We have agreed to reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of the compensation paid to or compensatory distributions received by our officers, including our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, and any of their respective staff who provide services to us, operations staff who provide services to us, and internal audit staff, if any, to the extent internal audit performs a role in our Sarbanes Oxley internal control assessment. In addition, to the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions without any incremental profit to the Administrator.

 

65

 

 

Compensation of Independent Directors

 

Our Independent Directors’ annual fee is $25,000. The Independent Directors also receive reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each regular Board meeting, each special meeting and each committee meeting attended. No compensation will be paid to directors who are “interested persons” with respect to us, as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

 

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Sources of Conflicts of Interest

 

Various potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise from the overall investment activities of the Investment Advisor and Palmer Square for their own accounts and for the accounts of others. The following briefly summarizes some of these conflicts, but is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all such conflicts.

 

Conflicts Relating to Palmer Square

 

The Investment Advisor, Palmer Square, and their affiliates, partners and employees (collectively, “PSCM Affiliates”) may engage in any other business and furnish investment management and advisory services and other types of services to others which may include, without limitation, serving as investment manager or sponsor of other collective investment vehicles or managed accounts that acquire interests in, provide financing to or otherwise deal in securities or other investments that would be suitable investments for the Company. PSCM Affiliates furnish investment management or advisory services to other persons with investment policies similar or different to those of the Company. Such persons may own securities or other instruments of the same class or type or which may be senior to those held by the Company, and they have incentives, financial or otherwise, to favor certain accounts or vehicles over others. There is no assurance that accounts with similar strategies or investment objectives will hold the same investments or perform in a similar manner. This and other future activities of PSCM Affiliates may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

 

Situations may occur where the Company could be disadvantaged because of the investment activities conducted by PSCM Affiliates for other investment accounts. PSCM Affiliates may face conflicts of interest in managing the underlying investments, to the extent that an investment decision that benefits one fund or account (including the Company) may disadvantage another. For example, it may be in the best interest of a co-investing fund or account to sell an investment while being in the best interest of the Company to continue to hold it (and vice versa). In addition, investments by the Company alongside other funds managed by PSCM Affiliates may result in the incurrence of additional investment expense and delays as a result of the greater structural complexity faced by PSCM Affiliates in seeking to address the needs of multiple funds and/or accounts, which may have investment objectives and/or sensitivities that conflict or are otherwise at odds with one another.

 

Subject to 1940 Act restrictions, from time to time, PSCM Affiliates may acquire for other investment accounts, or for their own account or the accounts of employees, securities or other financial instruments of an issuer which are senior or junior to securities or financial instruments of the same issuer that are held by, or acquired for, the Company, and in such capacity, may have interests that are adverse or different to those of the Company. Additionally, the differing investment programs and projected investment horizons of the Company and the investment accounts managed by PSCM Affiliates may result in the Company taking positions in securities that conflict with positions in such securities taken by other accounts managed by PSCM Affiliates, including variations in timing of transactions in such securities and the simultaneous holding by the Company and other accounts of PSCM Affiliates of long and short positions relating to the same security. PSCM Affiliates may have ongoing relationships with issuers whose securities or assets are held by or are being considered for the Company. Due to their various activities, any of the PSCM Affiliates may be in possession of confidential information or material, non-public information or be otherwise restricted from effecting transactions for the Company that otherwise might have been initiated. At times, PSCM Affiliates, in an effort to avoid such restrictions, may elect not to receive information, even if advantageous to the Company, that other market participants or counterparties have received or are eligible to receive.

 

66

 

 

Conflicts Relating to the Purchase and Sale of Investments

 

Allocation of Investment Opportunities

 

Except as may be required by the terms of any exemptive relief obtained by the Company and subject to the fiduciary duties owed to the Company by employees of Palmer Square in connection with the Resource Sharing Agreement, none of the PSCM Affiliates is under any obligation to offer investment opportunities of which it becomes aware to the Company or to account to the Company or share with the Company or inform the Company of any investments before offering investments to other funds or accounts that PSCM Affiliates manage or advise. Furthermore, PSCM Affiliates may make an investment on behalf of any account they manage or advise without offering the investment opportunity to, or making any investment on behalf of, the Company, and PSCM Affiliates may make an investment on their own behalf without offering the investment opportunity to the Company. Affirmative obligations exist or may arise in the future, whereby PSCM Affiliates are obligated to offer certain investments to funds or accounts that PSCM Affiliates manage or advise before or without PSCM Affiliates offering those investments to the Company. In addition, Palmer Square may make investments on behalf of the Company in securities or other assets that it has declined to invest in for its own account, the account of any of its affiliates or the account of its other clients.

 

If it is determined that the amount of an investment opportunity exceeds the amount our Investment Advisor determines would be appropriate for the Company, such excess may be offered to one or more co-investors on such terms and conditions as the PSCM Affiliates determine. Such purchases or investments may be at the same price as the Company acquires its investment, even though such price may not otherwise have been available to the co-investor absent the Company’s investment.

 

As a BDC, we are limited in our ability to invest in any portfolio company in which an affiliates’ other client has an investment. We are also limited in our ability to co-invest in a portfolio company with Palmer Square or one or more of its respective affiliates. Co-investments are only permitted pursuant to reliance on previous no-action letters or an exemptive order from the SEC.

 

Allocation of Fees and Expenses

 

PSCM Affiliates will also face conflicts of interest with respect to allocations of expenses among the Company, other funds and accounts. When the Company co-invests alongside other funds or accounts managed by PSCM Affiliates in an investment, it is expected that the fees and expenses incurred in connection with such investment to the participating investing vehicles will be allocated pro rata based on their investment size. However, if the transaction is abandoned or otherwise ultimately not consummated, fees and expenses incurred in connection with such “broken deal” will be allocated among the Company and the other investment vehicles that were considering the investment based on the expected participation levels of the investing funds and/or accounts. This determination is necessarily subjective, especially when a transaction is terminated at a particularly early stage. PSCM Affiliates will also face conflicts of interests in determining how to allocate costs and expenses incurred for the benefit of more than one fund and/or account managed by them.

 

Conflicts Relating to the Investment Advisor and Administrator

 

Investment Advisor Personnel

 

Our Investment Advisor’s professional staff will devote such time and effort in conducting activities on behalf of the Company as our Investment Advisor reasonably determines appropriate to perform its duties to the Company. However, our Investment Advisor’s employees, including the Investment Team, serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by Palmer Square and/or its affiliates.

 

67

 

 

Investment Advisory Agreement

 

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to the Investment Advisor, which incentive fee is only payable following a Listing. We expect to make many of our portfolio investments in the form of loans and securities that are not publicly traded and for which no market based price quotation is available. As a result, our Board will determine the fair value of these loans and securities in good faith as described elsewhere in this Registration Statement. In connection with that determination, investment professionals from our Investment Advisor may provide our Board with valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. While the valuation for each portfolio investment that constitutes a material portion of our portfolio and that does not have a readily available market quotation will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm at least once annually, the ultimate determination of fair value will be made by our Board and not by such third-party valuation firm. The participation of the Investment Advisor’s investment professionals in our valuation process could result in a conflict of interest as the Investment Advisor’s management fee is based, in part, on the value of our total net assets.

 

We have entered into the Advisory Agreement with the Investment Advisor. Under the incentive fee structure, our adjusted net investment income for purposes thereof will be computed and paid on income that may include interest income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. This fee structure may give rise to a conflict of interest for the Investment Advisor to the extent that it encourages the Investment Advisor to favor debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. The Investment Advisor may have an incentive to invest in deferred interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the incentive fee even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because, under our Advisory Agreement, the Investment Advisor is not obligated to reimburse us for incentive fees it receives even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred income that was previously accrued.

 

Administration Agreement

 

We have entered into an Administration Agreement with the Administrator pursuant to which the Administrator will furnish us with office facilities and equipment and will provide us with the clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services necessary to conduct day-to-day operations. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will perform, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. We will reimburse the Administrator for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, compensation paid to or compensatory distributions received by our officers (including our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer) and any of their respective staff who provide services to us, operations staff who provide services to us, and internal audit staff, if any, to the extent internal audit performs a role in our Sarbanes Oxley internal control assessment.

 

Resource Sharing Agreement

 

The Investment Advisor is an affiliate of PSCM, with whom it has entered into the Resource Sharing Agreement. Under this agreement, PSCM will provide the Investment Advisor experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel and other resources of PSCM and its affiliates. The Resource Sharing Agreement provides the Investment Advisor with access to deal flow generated by the professionals of PSCM and its affiliates and commits the members of the Investment Advisor’s Investment Committee to serve in that capacity. The Investment Advisor intends to capitalize on what we believe to be the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of PSCM’s investment professionals. There can be no assurance that PSCM will perform its obligations under the Resource Sharing Agreement. The Resource Sharing Agreement may be terminated by either party on 60 days’ notice, which if terminated may have a material adverse consequence on the Company’s operations.

 

68

 

 

License Agreement

 

We intend to enter into a license agreement with Palmer Square under which Palmer Square will agree to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Palmer Square” for specified purposes in our business. Under the license agreement, we will have a right to use the “Palmer Square” name, subject to certain conditions, for so long as our Investment Advisor or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Palmer Square” name.

 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

 

We have procedures in place for the review, approval and monitoring of transactions involving the Company and certain persons related to the Company. As a BDC, the 1940 Act restricts us from participating in certain transactions with certain persons affiliated with the Company, including our officers, directors, and employees and any person controlling or under common control with us. In addition, each of our directors and executive officers is required to complete questionnaire on an annual basis designed to elicit information about any potential related-party transactions.

 

In order to ensure that we do not engage in any prohibited transactions with any persons affiliated with the Company, our officers screen each of our transactions for any possible affiliations, close or remote, between the proposed portfolio investment, the Company, companies controlled by us and our employees and directors.

 

We will not enter into any transactions unless and until we are satisfied that the transaction is not prohibited by the 1940 Act or, if such prohibitions exist, we have taken appropriate actions to seek Board review and approval or exemptive relief from the SEC for such transaction.

 

Director Independence

 

The 1940 Act requires that at least a majority of our directors not be ‘‘interested persons’’ (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company. On an annual basis, each member of our Board is required to complete an independence questionnaire designed to provide information to assist our board of directors in determining whether the director is independent under the 1940 Act and our corporate governance guidelines. Our Board has determined that each of our directors, other than Mr. Christopher D. Long and Mr. Jeffrey D. Fox, is independent under the Exchange Act and the 1940 Act. Our governance guidelines require any director who has previously been determined to be independent to inform the chairman of the Board of any change in circumstance that may cause his or her status as an independent director to change. Our Board limits membership on the Audit Committee to independent directors.

 

ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

Neither we nor our Investment Advisor or our Administrator is currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us, or against our Investment Advisor or Administrator.

 

From time to time, we, our Investment Advisor, or Administrator may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

Until the completion of an Liquidity Event, if any, our outstanding shares of common stock will be offered and sold in private offerings exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) and Regulation D. There is no public market for shares of our common stock currently, nor can we give any assurance that one will develop.

 

69

 

 

Holders

 

Please see “Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for disclosure regarding the holders of shares of our common stock.

 

Distribution Policy

 

To the extent that we have income available, we intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. Our quarterly dividends, if any, will be determined by our Board. Any dividends to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.

 

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code. To obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment, among other things, we must distribute dividends to our stockholders in respect of each taxable year of an amount at least equal to 90% of the sum of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of our net long-term capital losses (“investment company taxable income”), determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute dividends to our stockholders in respect of each calendar year of an amount at least equal to the sum of: (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for such calendar year; (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses (“capital gain net income”), adjusted for certain ordinary losses, generally for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year; and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gain net income for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we previously paid no U.S. federal income tax.

 

We currently intend to distribute net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually out of the assets legally available for such distributions. However, we may decide in the future to retain such capital gains for investment, incur a corporate-level tax on such capital gains, and elect to treat such capital gains as deemed distributions to you. If this happens, you will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if you had received an actual distribution of the capital gains that we retain and reinvested the net after tax proceeds in us. In this situation, you would be eligible to claim a tax credit equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to you. We cannot assure you that we will achieve results that will permit us to pay any cash distributions, and if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so would cause us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if such distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that will provide for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if our Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then stockholders who do not “opt out” of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving cash dividends and distributions.

 

Prior to a Listing, the Board will use newly-issued shares of the Company’s common stock to implement the dividend reinvestment plan. The number of shares of common stock to be issued to a participant prior to a Listing would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing the cash value of the dividend payable to such stockholder by the net asset value per share as of the date such dividend was declared.

 

After a Listing, the Board intends to primarily use newly-issued shares to implement the dividend reinvestment plan, whether or not the shares are trading at a price per share at, below or above net asset value. However, the Board reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the dividend reinvestment plan. The number of newly issued shares to be issued to a participant would be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on a national securities exchange on the dividend payment date. Shares purchased in open market transactions by US Bank, the plan administrator and our transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent, will be allocated to a participant based upon the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of the our common stock purchased with respect to the dividend.

 

70

 

 

A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying US Bank in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive dividends or other distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form.

 

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees will be paid by us.

 

Stockholders who receive dividends and other distributions in the form of stock are generally subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. However, since a participating stockholder’s cash dividends will be reinvested, such stockholder will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable taxes on reinvested dividends. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend or other distribution from us will generally be equal to the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend or other distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

 

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by so notifying the plan administrator by submitting a letter of instruction terminating the participant’s account under the plan to US Bank. The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us.

 

If participants withdraw from the plan or the plan is terminated, the plan administrator will cause the shares held for the participant under the plan to be delivered to the participant. If an investor holds common stock with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the plan, such investor will not be able to participate in the plan and any dividend reinvestment may be effected on different terms than those described above.

 

ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

In conjunction with our formation, we issued and sold 75 shares of common stock at an aggregate purchase price of $1,500 to the Investment Advisor. The proceeds from the sale of these shares will be used to pay our expenses. These shares were sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

 

The following description of our capital stock is based on relevant portions of the MGCL and on our charter and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the MGCL and our charter and bylaws, forms of which are incorporated by reference to the exhibits to this Registration Statement for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

 

General

 

Under the terms of our Articles of Incorporation, our authorized stock consists of 450,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. There is currently no market for our common stock, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our shares of common stock will develop in the future. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

 

Under our Articles of Incorporation our Board is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the MGCL, our Articles of Incorporation also provide that the Board, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the Articles of Incorporation from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.

 

71

 

 

Common Stock

 

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our Board and declared by us out of funds legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by the Articles of Incorporation, federal and state securities laws or by contract, including, but not limited to, the Subscription Agreement. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will not be able to elect any directors.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Articles of Incorporation authorize our Board to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of capital stock into classes or series of preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the Board is required by Maryland law and by our Articles of Incorporation, to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers (including exclusive voting rights), restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption thereof, for each class or series. Thus, the Board could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock will be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 66.7% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would be entitled to vote separately from the holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a BDC. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions. The Company does not currently intend to issue preferred stock.

 

Transferability of Common Stock

 

We intend to sell shares of our common stock in a private offering in the United States under the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder. Investors who acquire shares of our common stock in such private offerings are required to complete, execute and deliver a Subscription Agreement and related documentation, which includes customary representations and warranties, certain covenants and restrictions and indemnification provisions.

 

Prior to a Liquidity Event, no transfer of our investors’ Capital Commitment or all or any portion of our investors’ shares of common stock may be made without (a) registration of the transfer on our books and (b) our prior written consent. In any event, our consent may be withheld (i) if the creditworthiness of the proposed transferee, as determined by us in our sole discretion, is not sufficient to satisfy all obligations under the Subscription Agreement or (ii) unless, in the opinion of counsel (who may be counsel for the Company) satisfactory in form and substance to us such transfer would not violate the Securities Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “blue sky” laws applicable to us or the shares to be transferred.

 

72

 

 

In addition, prior to a Liquidity Event that is sufficient to cause us to treat our shares of common stock as a “publicly-offered security” for purposes of ERISA, initial or additional investments by “benefit plan investors,” as defined in Section 3(42) ERISA and applicable regulations of the Department of Labor thereunder (“Benefit Plan Investors”) may be restricted. Specifically, subscriptions for shares of common stock by, or transfers of shares of common stock to, Benefit Plan Investors may be rejected, and existing Benefit Plan Investors may be required to redeem all or a portion of their shares of common stock. Any such restrictions or mandatory redemptions will be effected in such manner as we determine, in our sole discretion, to be appropriate under the circumstances if such transfer could (1) result in our assets being considered to be “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (2) constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of any laws similar to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

Any person that acquires all or any portion of the Capital Commitment of an investor in a transfer permitted under the Subscription Agreement shall be obligated to pay to us the appropriate portion of any amounts thereafter becoming due in respect of the Capital Commitment committed to be made by its predecessor in interest. Notwithstanding the transfer of all or any fraction of its Capital Commitment, as between an investor and us, the investor will remain liable for its Capital Commitment prior to the time, if any, when the purchaser, assignee or transferee of such Capital Commitment, or fraction thereof, executes and delivers to us documentation evidencing such person’s obligations to fund such Capital Commitment.

 

Furthermore, should there be a Qualified IPO, our stockholders will be subject to a lock-up restriction pursuant to which they will be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring shares of our common stock for a certain period after the date of such event. The specific terms of such restriction and any other limitations on the sale of shares of our common stock in connection with or following a Qualified IPO will be agreed in advance between our Board and the Investment Advisor, acting on behalf of our stockholders, and the institutions acting as the underwriters or market makers, acting on our behalf, in connection with such Qualified IPO. There can be no assurance that shares of our common stock will be listed on a national securities exchange or offered in an initial public offering.

 

Provisions of the MGCL and Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Maryland Anti-takeover Law

 

The MGCL and our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, the material ones of which are discussed below. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board. We expect the benefits of these provisions to outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

 

Classified Board of Directors

 

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that we have a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

 

Election of Directors

 

Our Bylaws, as authorized by our Articles of Incorporation, provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a plurality of all votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called, and at which a quorum is present, will be required to elect a director. Under our Articles of Incorporation, our Board may amend the Bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

 

73

 

 

Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal

 

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that the number of directors is set only by the Board in accordance with our Bylaws and our Articles of Incorporation. Our Bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our Bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL nor more than eight. Our Articles of Incorporation provide that, at such time as we have at least three Independent Directors and our common stock is registered under the Exchange Act, we elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the Board in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the Board may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that a director, or the entire Board, may be removed only for cause, as defined in our Articles of Incorporation, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

 

Action by Stockholders

 

Under the MGCL, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or (unless the articles of incorporation provide for stockholder action by less than unanimous written consent, which our Articles of Incorporation do not) by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our Bylaws regarding the calling of a stockholder-requested special meeting of stockholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

 

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

 

Our Bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a stockholder of the Company who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in our Bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder of the Company who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in our Bylaws, at the record date set by our Board for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting, and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws.

 

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our Board a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our Board, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our Bylaws do not give our Board any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

 

74

 

 

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

 

Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our Board and certain of our officers. Additionally, our Bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.

 

Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its articles of incorporation, merge, consolidate, convert into another form of business entity, sell all or substantially all of its assets or engage in a statutory share exchange unless declared advisable by the corporation’s board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. A Maryland corporation may provide in its Articles of Incorporation for approval of these matters by a lesser or greater percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Subject to certain exceptions discussed below, our Articles of Incorporation provides for approval of these actions by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon, with the holders of each class or series of our stock voting as a separate class, will be necessary to effect any of the following actions:

 

Any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation to make the shares of common stock “redeemable securities” and any other proposal to convert the Company from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as defined in the 1940 Act);

 

The liquidation or dissolution of the Company and any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation to effect such liquidation or dissolution;

 

Any merger, consolidation, conversion, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that the MGCL requires be approved by the stockholders; and

 

Any transaction between (A) the Company and (B) a person, or group of persons acting together (including, without limitation, a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), that is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise, or acquire the right to exercise or direct the exercise, directly or indirectly, other than solely by virtue of a revocable proxy, of one-tenth or more of the voting power in the election of directors generally, or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, or employed by or acting as an agent of, any such person or member of such group; and

 

Any amendment to, or any amendment inconsistent with, the certain provisions of the Articles of Incorporation including, but not limited to, those provisions related to the composition and classification of the Board, the removal and replacement of directors, provisions relating to the amendment of the Bylaws and the requirements listed in this paragraph pertaining to certain extraordinary actions requiring the approval of at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast on certain matters.

 

However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by a majority of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our Board), such amendment or proposal may be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. The “continuing directors” are defined in our Articles of Incorporation as (1) our current directors, (2) those directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of our current directors then on the Board or (3) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the stockholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of continuing directors or the successor continuing directors then in office.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Board will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our Bylaws.

 

75

 

 

No Appraisal Rights

 

Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the MGCL, our Articles of Incorporation provide that stockholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless a majority of the Board determines such rights apply.

 

Control Share Acquisitions

 

The Control Share Act provides that, once a corporation has at least 100 beneficial owners of its capital stock and subject to certain limited exceptions not applicable to the Company, control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

 

one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

a majority or more of all voting power.

 

The requisite stockholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

 

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the Board of the corporation to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 10 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. Such meeting must be held within 50 days after the day on which the corporation has received the request and the undertaking. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

 

If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, as provided in our Bylaws compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved, and without regard to the absence of voting rights of the control shares. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

 

The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation. Our Bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will amend our Bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if the Board determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. Currently, the SEC staff takes the position that if a BDC fails to opt out of the Control Share Act, its actions are inconsistent with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act.

 

76

 

 

Business Combinations

 

Under the Business Combination Act, once a corporation has at least 100 beneficial owners of its capital stock and subject to certain limited exceptions not applicable to the Company, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested stockholder is defined as:

 

any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

 

A person is not an interested stockholder under this statute if the Board approved in advance the transaction by which the stockholder otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the Board may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the Board.

 

After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

 

These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

 

The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the Board before the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our Board has adopted a resolution that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the Board, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time; however, our Board will adopt resolutions so as to make us subject to the provisions of the Business Combination Act only if the Board determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Business Combination Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If this resolution is repealed, or the Board does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.

 

Conflicts with 1940 Act

 

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that any provision of the MGCL, including the Control Share Act (if we amend our Bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws will be subject to the requirements and limitations of the 1940 Act.

 

77

 

 

Exclusive Forum

 

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of a different forum, and except for any claims made under the federal U.S. securities laws, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by a director or officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or to the stockholders of the Company or asserting a claim of breach of any standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, the Articles of Incorporation or our Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. With respect to any proceeding described in the foregoing sentence that is in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, the Company and its stockholders consent, pursuant to the terms of the Articles of Incorporation, to the assignment of the proceeding to the Business and Technology Case Management Program pursuant to Maryland Rule 16-205 or any successor thereof. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company will be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have notice of and consented to these exclusive forum provisions and to have irrevocably submitted to, and waived any objection to, the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such action or proceeding and consented to process being served in any such action or proceeding, without limitation, by United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

ITEM 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its articles of incorporation a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our Articles of Incorporation contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its articles of incorporation provide otherwise, which our Articles of Incorporation do not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good-faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify and advance expenses to any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our Articles of Incorporation also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

78

 

 

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements provide our directors and executive officers the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act.

 

As a BDC, we are not permitted to and will not indemnify the Investment Advisor, any of our executive officers and directors, or any other person against liability arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office, or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties of such person arising under contract or agreement.

 

ITEM 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Set forth below is a list of our financial statements attached to this Registration Statement.

 

  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2019 F-4
Statement of Operations for the Period August 26, 2019 to December 31, 2019 F-5
Notes to the Financial Statements F-6

 

ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

There are not and have not been any disagreements between us and our accountant on any matter of accounting principles, practices, or financial statement disclosure.

 

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

 

(a) List separately all financial statements filed

 

The financial statements attached to this Registration Statement are listed under “Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

(b) Exhibits

 

Exhibit Index

 

3.1 Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement*
   
3.2 Bylaws**
   
10.1 Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2020, by and between the Company and Palmer Square BDC Advisor LLC*
   
10.2 Form of Administration Agreement**
   
10.3 Form of Advisory Agreement Waiver Letter**
   
10.4 Custody Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2019, by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association*
   
10.5 Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers**
   
10.6 Form of Trademark Licensing Agreement*
   
10.7 Form of Subscription Agreement*
   
10.8 Dividend Reinvestment Plan*

 

 

* Filed herewith.

** Previously filed as part of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-56126) filed on November 27, 2019 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

79

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.
     
  By: /s/ Christopher D. Long
    Name: Christopher D. Long
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: January 16, 2020

 

80

 

 

 

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-1

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-3
Statement of Assets and Liabilities F-4
Statement of Operations F-5
Notes to Financial Statements F-6

 

F-2

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. (referred to hereafter as the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, and the related statement of operations for the period from August 26, 2019 (organization of the Company) through December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and the results of its operations for the period from August 26, 2019 (organization of the Company) through December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

January 16, 2020

 

We have served as the auditor of Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. since 2019.

 

F-3

 

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2019

 

Assets:      
Cash   $ 1,500  
Deferred offering costs (See Note 4)     500,246  
         
Total Assets   $ 501,746  
         
Liabilities        
Payable to affiliate for organizational costs (See Note 4)   $ 28,635  
Accrued organizational costs (See Note 4)     94,942  
Accrued offering costs (See Note 4)     500,246  
         

Total Liabilities

    623,823  
         

Total Net Assets:

  $ (122,077 )
         

Net Assets Consist of:

Capital Stock

  $ 1,500  
Undistributed Net Investment Loss   $ (123,577 )
Total Net Assets:   $ (122,077 )
         
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding     75  
         
Net asset value, per share   $ (1,627.69 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4

 

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

Statement of Operations

For the Period August 26, 2019 (Organization of the Company) to December 31, 2019

 

Income:   $ -  
Total Income     -  
         
Expenses:        
Organizational costs (See Note 4)     123,577  
Total Expenses     123,577  
         
Total Net Loss   $ 123,577  
         
Net decrease resulting from operations:   $ (123,577 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-5

 

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

Notes to the Financial Statements

December 31, 2019

 

1. Organization

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. (the “Company”) was organized as a Maryland corporation on August 26, 2019 and structured as an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end investment company. The Company is a financial services company that primarily lends to and invests in corporate debt securities of privately held companies. The Company’s investment objective is to maximize total return, comprised of current income and capital appreciation. The Company’s current investment focus is guided by two strategies that facilitate its investment opportunities and core competencies: (1) investing in corporate debt securities and, to a lesser extent, (2) investing in collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) structured credit that typically owns corporate debt securities, including the equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs. To a limited extent, the Company may enter into derivatives transactions, which may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of the Company’s portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates or to earn income and enhance the Company’s total returns. The Company may receive or purchase warrants or rights to acquire equity or other securities in connection with making a debt investment in a company.

 

The Company intends to elect to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 prior to the effective date of its registration statement on Form 10. In addition, for tax purposes, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”), under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

The Company will be externally managed by Palmer Square BDC Advisor LLC (the “Adviser”), an investment adviser that is registered with the Securities Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. No management fees will be paid to the Adviser until commencement of commercial operations.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has had no operations other than those actions relating to organizational and registration matters, including the sale and issuance to the Adviser of 75 shares of the Company at an aggregate purchase amount of $1,500. The proceeds of the 75 shares were held in cash. The Company has authority to issue 100 shares of stock, consisting of 100 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, under its Articles of Incorporation.

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31.

 

F-6

 

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies consistently followed by the Company in the preparation of its financial statements. The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company will be an investment company and applies specific accounting and financial reporting requirements under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Topic 946, Financial Services-Investment Companies.

 

(a) Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

(b) Indemnifications

 

In the normal course of business the Company enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications. The Company’s maximum exposure under these arrangements cannot be known; however, the Company expects any risk of loss to be remote.

 

(c) Cash

 

Cash is comprised of cash on deposit with major financial institutions. The Company places its cash with high credit quality institutions to minimize credit risk exposure.

 

(d) Income Taxes

 

The Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, for the taxable year ending December 31, 2020. So long as the Company maintains its status as a RIC, it generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes at least annually to its stockholders as dividends.

 

To qualify as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment, the Company must distribute to its stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” for that year, which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess of its realized net short-term capital gains over its realized net long-term capital losses. In order for the Company not to be subject to U.S. federal excise taxes, it must distribute annually an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its net ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one year period ending October 31 in such calendar year and (iii) any net ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. The Company, at its discretion, may carry forward taxable income in excess of calendar year dividends and pay a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on this income.

 

F-7

 

 

The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its consolidated financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold are reserved and recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes are included in income tax expense. Conclusions regarding tax positions are subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.

 

(e) Organizational Costs

 

Organizational costs to establish the Company are charged to expense as incurred. These expenses consist primarily of legal fees and other costs of organizing the Company.

 

(f) Offering Costs

 

Offering costs in connection with the offering of common shares of the Company are capitalized as a deferred charge and amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over 12 months from the commencement of operations, which has not yet occurred. These expenses consist primarily of legal fees and other costs incurred with Company’s share offerings, the preparation of the Company’s registration statement, and registration fees.

 

(g) New Accounting Pronouncements

 

Management does not believe any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the accompanying financial statements.

 

3. Related Party Agreements

 

(a) Administration Agreement

 

The Company has entered into an Administration Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with the Adviser (in such capacity, the “Administrator”). The Administration Agreement provides that the Administrator will furnish office facilities and equipment and will provide clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will perform, or oversee the performance of, required administrative services, which will include being responsible for the financial and other records that the Company is required to maintain and preparing reports to stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Company in determining and publishing the Company’s net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to stockholders, and generally oversee the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. Under the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will also provide managerial assistance on the Company’s behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted the offer to provide such assistance.

 

F-8

 

 

Under the Administration Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Administrator based upon its allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead (including rent) in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and the Company’s allocable portion of the cost of its officers (including the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer), and any of their respective staff who provide services to the Company, operations staff who provide services to the Company, and internal audit staff, if any, to the extent internal audit performs a role in the Company’s Sarbanes Oxley internal control assessment. In addition, if requested to provide managerial assistance to portfolio companies, the Administrator will be reimbursed based on the services provided. The Administration Agreement has an initial term of two years and may be renewed with the approval of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that the Administrator outsources any of its functions, the Company will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any incremental profit to the Administrator.

 

In addition, the Administrator has, pursuant to a sub-administration agreement, engaged U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC to act on behalf of the Company’s Administrator in the performance of certain other administrative services. The Company has also engaged U.S. Bank, National Association or its affiliates (“US Bank”) directly to serve as custodian, transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar.

 

(b) Investment Advisory Agreement

 

The Adviser serves as the investment adviser of the Company and is registered as an investment adviser with the SEC. The Adviser’s primary business is to provide a variety of investment management services, including an investment program for the Company. The Adviser is responsible for all business activities and oversight of the investment decisions made for the Company.

 

Upon commencement of operations and in return for providing management services to the Company, the Company will pay the adviser a base management fee, calculated and paid quarterly in arrears at an annual rate of 2.00% of the average value of the weighted average (based on the number of shares outstanding each day in the quarter) of the Company’s total net assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. For the Company’s first quarter, the base management fee is calculated based on the weighted average of total net assets as of such quarter-end. The base management fee for any partial quarter will be pro-rated based on the number of days actually elapsed in that quarter relative to the total number of days in such quarter.

 

The Adviser, however, has agreed to waive its right to receive management fees in excess of 1.75% of the total net assets during any period prior to the listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange (a “Listing”). If a Listing does not occur, such fee waiver will remain in place through liquidation of the Company. The Adviser will not be permitted to recoup any waived amounts at any time and the waiver may only be modified or terminated prior to a Listing with the approval of the Board.

 

F-9

 

 

Additionally, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser will not be entitled to an incentive fee prior to a Listing. Following a Listing, the Adviser will be entitled to an incentive fee (the “Income Incentive Fee”) based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the then most recently completed calendar quarter, as adjusted downward (but not upward) if over the most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters aggregate net realized losses on the Company’s investments exceed the Company’s aggregate net investment income over the same period, excluding the most recently completed quarter, as described in more detail below. In this regard, if the Company’s net realized losses over the most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters are greater than the Company’s net investment income over the same period, excluding the most recently completed quarter, then the pre-incentive fee net income used in the calculation of the Income Incentive Fee would be subject to a downward adjustment. The amount of the adjustment would be equal to the amount by which such net realized losses exceed such net investment income. On the other hand, if the Company’s net investment income over the most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters is equal to or greater than the Company’s net realized losses over the same period, excluding the most recently completed quarter, then no adjustment to pre-incentive fee net investment income would be made. The Income Incentive Fee will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears commencing with the first calendar quarter following a Listing. The Company will pay the Adviser an Income Incentive Fee with respect to its “adjusted net investment income” in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

no Income Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” does not exceed an amount equal to a “hurdle rate” of 1.5% per quarter (6% annualized) of the Company’s total net assets at the end of that quarter (the “Hurdle Amount”);

 

100% of the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” with respect to that portion of such “adjusted net investment income,” if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Amount but is less than or equal to an amount (the “Catch-Up Amount”) determined on a quarterly basis by multiplying 1.6875% by the Company’s total net asset value for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The Catch-Up Amount is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 12.5% on all of the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” when the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” reaches the Catch-Up Amount in any calendar quarter; and

 

for any calendar quarter in which the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” exceeds the Catch-Up Amount, the Income Incentive Fee shall equal 12.5% of the amount of the Company’s “adjusted net investment income” for the calendar quarter.

 

“Adjusted net investment income” means the Company’s “pre-incentive fee net investment income” during the then most recently completed calendar quarter minus the difference, if positive, between (i) the Company’s “net realized losses” over the then most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of calendar quarters that have occurred since the Listing) and (ii) the Company’s “net investment income” over the three preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of calendar quarters that have occurred since the Listing). No adjustment (downward or upward) will be made to “pre-incentive fee net investment income” if the difference between clause (i) minus clause (ii) is zero or negative.

 

F-10

 

 

“Pre-incentive fee net investment income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Income Incentive Fee). “Pre-incentive fee net investment income” includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, original issue discount (“OID”), debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.

 

“Net realized losses” in respect of a particular period means the difference, if positive, between (i) the aggregate realized capital losses on the Company’s investments in such period and (ii) the aggregate realized capital gains on the Company’s investments in such period. “Net investment income” in respect of the particular period means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the particular period, minus operating expenses for the particular (including the base management fee, the Income Incentive Fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock). “Net investment income” includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, OID, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.

 

The Incentive Fee amount, or the calculations pertaining thereto, as appropriate, will be pro-rated for any period less than a full calendar quarter.

 

4. Organizational and Offering Costs

 

Certain organizational costs were paid by the Adviser, subject to recoupment to the Adviser from the Company and are estimated to be $28,635. The remaining organizational costs will be paid by the Company and are estimated to be $94,942. Total organizational costs are estimated to be approximately $123,577.

 

Certain offering costs were paid by the Adviser, subject to recoupment to the Adviser from the Company and are estimated to be $2,009. The remaining offering costs will be paid by the Company and are estimated to be $498,237. The total amount of the offering costs incurred by the Company is estimated to be approximately $500,246.

 

5. Capital Stock

 

The Company conducted and expects to conduct additional private offerings of common stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. At the closing of any private offering, each investor will make a capital commitment (a “Capital Commitment”) to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with the Company. Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitments each time the Company delivers a notice to the investors.

 

F-11

 

 

6. Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

With respect to distributions, the Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of dividends and other distributions on behalf of the Company’s stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and the Company declares, a cash dividend or other distribution, then stockholders who do not “opt out” of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock, rather than receiving cash dividends and distributions. Prior to a Listing, the Board will use newly-issued shares of the Company’s common stock to implement the dividend reinvestment plan. After a Listing, the Board intends to primarily use newly-issued shares to implement the dividend reinvestment plan, whether or not the shares are trading at a price per share at, below or above net asset value. However, the Board reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the dividend reinvestment plan.

 

7. Subsequent Events

 

In preparing these seed financials, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure resulting from subsequent events through January 16, 2020. This evaluation noted the following subsequent event that necessitated disclosures and/or adjustments.

 

As of January 16, 2020, the Company had approximately $208.6 million in total undrawn Capital Commitments from investors. These undrawn Capital Commitments will no longer remain in effect following the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.

 

 

F-12

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the Department of Assessments & Taxation of the State of Maryland (“SDAT”) that:

 

FIRST: The Corporation desires to amend and restate its Articles of Incorporation as currently in effect.

 

SECOND: The following provisions are all of the provisions of the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Corporation currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

ARTICLE I

NAME

 

The name of the Corporation is: Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

PURPOSES

 

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

 

ARTICLE III

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE

 

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o HSC Agent Services Inc., 245 W Chase Street, Baltimore, MD 21201.

 

ARTICLE IV

RESIDENT AGENT

 

The name and address of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland are HSC Agent Services Inc., 245 W Chase Street, Baltimore, MD 21201. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 5.1 Number, Vacancies, Classification and Election of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors” or “Directors”). The number of Directors of the Corporation is five, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”) or the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”), but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any successor statute (the “MGCL”). A director shall have the qualifications, if any, specified in the Bylaws. The names of the Directors who shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

 

Jeffrey D. Fox

 

Christopher D. Long

 

Christopher Nelson

 

James Neville Jr.

 

Megan L. Webber

 

The Board of Directors shall fill any vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of Directors or otherwise, on the Board of Directors.

 

The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible pursuant to Section 3-802 of the MGCL, to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL that, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as defined below) or as may be required by the Investment Company Act, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors in office, even if the remaining Directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

 

On the date upon which the Corporation has more than one stockholder of record (the “Classification Date”), the Board of Directors shall be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes, designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as is practicable. The initial term of office of Class II Directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Classification Date, the initial term of office of Class III Directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Classification Date and the initial term of office of the Class I Directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Classification Date. The initial Directors of each class shall be determined by the Board of Directors before or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Classification Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the annual meeting next following the Classification Date, the successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a three-year term, expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders following their election or until their successors are duly elected and qualify. Notwithstanding the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, in the event of any change in the authorized number of directors, each director then continuing to serve as such shall nevertheless continue as a Director of the class of which such Director is a member until the expiration of his or her current term, or his or her prior death, resignation or removal.

 

2

 

Section 5.2 Extraordinary Actions. Except as specifically provided in Section 5.7 (relating to removal of Directors), Section 7.1 (relating to approval of certain Charter amendments) and Section 7.2 (relating to approval of certain extraordinary actions and Charter amendments), notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

Section 5.3 Quorum. The presence in person or by proxy of the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements or the Charter, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes or series of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by such classes or series on such matter shall constitute a quorum.

 

Section 5.4 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration, if any, as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or Bylaws.

 

Section 5.5 Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 6.4 or as may otherwise be provided by contract, no stockholder shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which the Corporation may issue or sell. No stockholder shall be entitled to exercise the rights of an objecting stockholder under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon such terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, or any proportion of the shares thereof, to a particular transaction or all transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

3

 

Section 5.6 Determinations by the Board of Directors. The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with the Charter, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been set aside, paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Charter (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation) or of the Bylaws; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; the number of shares of stock of any class or series of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; any interpretation of the terms and conditions of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other organization; the compensation of Directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 5.7 Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock (as defined below) to elect or remove one or more Directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

 

ARTICLE VI

STOCK

 

Section 6.1 Authorized Shares. The Corporation has authority to issue 500,000,000 shares of stock, initially consisting of 450,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). If shares of one class or series of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class or series of stock pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class or series shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class or series shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes and series that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, and without any action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

4

 

Section 6.2 Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time into one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 6.3 Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, into one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 6.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares. Prior to the issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series of stock, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers (including exclusive voting rights, if any), restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with SDAT. Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other charter document accepted for record by or filed with the SDAT.

 

Section 6.5 Inspection of Books and Records. A stockholder that is otherwise eligible under applicable law to inspect the Corporation’s books of account, stock ledger, or other specified documents of the Corporation shall have no right to make such inspection if the Board of Directors determines that such stockholder has an improper purpose for requesting such inspection.

 

Section 6.6 Charter and Bylaws. All persons who acquire stock of the Corporation acquire the same, and the rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are, subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the exclusive power, at any time, to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS; Certain extraordinary transactions

 

Section 7.1 Amendments Generally. The Corporation reserves the right from time to time, upon the requisite approval by the Board of Directors and/or the stockholders, to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, Directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.

 

5

 

Section 7.2 Approval of Certain Extraordinary Actions and Charter Amendments. The approval by the stockholders of the following extraordinary actions and amendments to the Charter require the affirmative vote of the stockholders entitled to cast at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Directors, with holders of each class or series of shares voting as a separate class:

 

  (a) Any amendment to the Charter to make the shares of Common Stock “redeemable securities” and any other proposal to convert the Corporation from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as defined in the Investment Company Act);

 

  (b) The liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation and any amendment to the Charter to effect such liquidation or dissolution;

 

  (c) Any merger, consolidation, conversion, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation that the MGCL requires be approved by the stockholders; and

 

  (d) Any transaction between (A) the Corporation and (B) a person, or group of persons acting together (including, without limitation, a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision), that is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise, or acquire the right to exercise or direct the exercise, directly or indirectly, other than solely by virtue of a revocable proxy, of one-tenth or more of the voting power in the election of Directors generally, or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, or employed by or acting as an agent of, any such person or member of such group; and

 

  (e) Any amendment to, or any amendment inconsistent with, the provisions of Section 5.1, Section 5.7, Section 5.9, Section 6.6, or this Section 7.2 of the Charter;

 

provided, however, that, if the Continuing Directors (as defined below), by a vote of at least a majority of such Continuing Directors, in addition to approval by the Board of Directors, approve such proposal, transaction or amendment referred to in (a)-(e) above, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter shall be sufficient to approve such proposal, transaction or amendment; and provided, further, that, with respect to any transaction referred to in (b) above, if such transaction is approved by the Continuing Directors, by a vote of at least majority of such Continuing Directors, no stockholder approval of such transaction shall be required unless the MGCL, the Investment Company Act or another provision of the Charter or Bylaws otherwise requires such approval.

 

For purposes of this Article VII, “Continuing Director” shall mean (i) the Directors identified in Section 5.1 herein, (ii) the Directors who are nominated for election by the Board of Directors to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors and approved by a majority of the Directors identified in Section 5.1, or (iii) any successor directors nominated for election and approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors or successor Continuing Directors, who are on the Board of Directors at the time of the nomination or election, as applicable.

 

6

 

ARTICLE VIII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

Section 8.1 Limitation of Liability. To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a Corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.

 

Section 8.2 Indemnification and Advance of Expenses. To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation who is made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, or (b) any individual who, while a Director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may take such actions as are necessary to carry out this Section 8.2.

 

Section 8.3 Investment Company Act. At such time as the Corporation elects to be a business development company under the Investment Company Act, the provisions of this Article VIII shall be subject to the requirements and limitations of the Investment Company Act.

 

Section 8.4 Amendment or Repeal. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sections of this Article VIII with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE IX

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of a different forum, and except for any claims made under the federal U.S. securities laws, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by a director or officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the stockholders of the Corporation or asserting a claim of breach of any standard of conduct set forth in the Maryland General Corporation Law, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Charter or the Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. With respect to any proceeding described in the foregoing sentence that is in the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, the Corporation and its stockholders consent to the assignment of the proceeding to the Business and Technology Case Management Program pursuant to Maryland Rule 16-205 or any successor thereof.

 

7

 

THIRD: These Articles of Amendment and Restatement have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders as required by law.

 

FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article III of these Articles of Amendment and Restatement.

 

FIFTH: The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent is as set forth in Article IV of these Articles of Amendment and Restatement.

 

SIXTH: The number of Directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of these Articles of Amendment and Restatement.

 

SEVENTH: The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation had authority to issue prior to the foregoing Articles of Amendment and Restatement was 100 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $0.10.

 

EIGHTH: The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue after giving effect to the amendments set forth in the foregoing Articles of Amendment and Restatement is 500,000,000, consisting of 450,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share. The aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock which the Corporation has authority to issue immediately following giving effect to the foregoing Articles of Amendment and Restatement is $500,000.

 

NINTH: The undersigned officer of the Corporation acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned officer of the Corporation acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

- Signature page follows -

 

8

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this ___ day of January, 2020.

 

ATTEST:   PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.
     
     
Name: Stacy Brice   Name: Christopher D. Long
Title: Secretary   Title: President 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Execution Version

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

This Investment Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of January 14, 2020, by and between Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and Palmer Square BDC Advisor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (together with the rules promulgated thereunder, the “1940 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (together with the rules promulgated thereunder, the “Advisers Act”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Adviser to provide investment advisory services to the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

 

WHEREAS, the Adviser is willing to provide investment advisory services to the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Adviser hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Duties of the Adviser.

 

(a) Retention of Adviser. The Company hereby appoints the Adviser to act as the investment adviser to the Company and to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”), for the period and upon the terms herein set forth and in accordance with:

 

(i) the investment objective, policies and restrictions that are set forth in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 or Form N-2 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as supplemented, amended or superseded from time to time, including in the periodic reports filed by the Company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (together with the rules promulgated thereunder, the “Exchange Act”);

 

(ii) the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, and all other applicable federal and state laws;

 

(iii) the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, as amended from time to time; and

 

(iv) such investment policies, directives, and restrictions as the Company may from time to time establish or issue and communicate to the Adviser in writing.

 

 

 

 

(b) Responsibilities of Adviser. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement:

 

(i) determine the composition and allocation of the Company’s investment portfolio, the nature and timing of any changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

(ii) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Company;

 

(iii) perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;

 

(iv) execute, close, service and monitor the Company’s investments;

 

(v) determine the securities and other assets that the Company shall purchase, retain or sell;

 

(vi) arrange financings and borrowing facilities for the Company; and

 

(vii) provide the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds.

 

(c) Power and Authority. To facilitate the Adviser’s performance of these undertakings, but subject to the restrictions contained herein, the Company hereby delegates to the Adviser, and the Adviser hereby accepts, the power and authority to act on behalf of the Company to effectuate investment decisions for the Company, including the negotiation, execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Company’s investments and the placing of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Company. In the event that the Company determines to acquire debt or other financing (or to refinance existing debt or other financing), the Adviser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for such financing on the Company’s behalf, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board of Directors. If it is necessary for the Adviser to make investments or obtain financing on behalf of the Company through a special purpose vehicle, the Adviser shall have the authority to create, or arrange for the creation of, such special purpose vehicle and to make investments or obtain financing through such special purpose vehicle in accordance with applicable law. The Company also grants to the Adviser the power and authority to engage in all activities and transactions (and anything incidental thereto) that the Adviser deems, in its sole discretion, appropriate, necessary or advisable to carry out its duties pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d) Acceptance of Appointment. The Adviser hereby accepts such appointment and agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein, subject to the limitations contained herein.

 

- 2 -

 

 

(e) Sub-Advisers. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Adviser is hereby authorized, but not required, to enter into one or more sub-advisory agreements with other investment advisers (each, a “Sub-Adviser”) pursuant to which the Adviser may obtain the services of the Sub-Adviser(s) to assist the Adviser in fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder. Specifically, the Adviser may retain a Sub-Adviser to recommend specific securities or other investments based upon the Company’s investment objective and policies, and work, along with the Adviser, in structuring, negotiating, arranging or effecting the acquisition, retention or disposition of such investments and monitoring investments on behalf of the Company, subject in all cases to the oversight of the Adviser and the Company. The Adviser, and not the Company, shall be responsible for any compensation payable to any Sub-Adviser. Any sub-advisory agreement entered into by the Adviser shall be in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act and other applicable federal and state law.

 

(f) Independent Contractor Status. The Adviser shall, for all purposes herein provided, be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Company.

 

(g) Record Retention. Subject to review by and the overall control of the Board of Directors, the Adviser shall maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Adviser that relate to activities performed by the Adviser hereunder as required under the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, shall specifically maintain all books and records with respect to the Company’s portfolio transactions, and shall render to the Board of Directors such periodic and special reports as the Board of Directors may reasonably request. The Adviser agrees that all records that it maintains and keeps for the Company shall at all times remain the property of the Company, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered to the Company upon the termination of this Agreement or otherwise on written request by the Company, provided that the Adviser may retain copies of such records.

 

Section 2. Expenses Payable by the Company.

 

(a) Adviser Personnel. All investment personnel of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, shall be provided and paid for by the Adviser and not by the Company.

 

(b) Company’s Costs. Subject to the limitations on expense reimbursement of the Adviser as set forth in Sections 2(a) and (c), the Company, either directly or through reimbursement to the Adviser, shall bear all costs and expenses of its investment operations and its investment transactions, including costs and expenses relating to:

 

(i) initial organization costs incurred prior to the commencement of the Company’s operations;

 

(ii) operating costs incurred prior to the commencement of the Company’s operations;

 

(iii) costs of calculating the Company’s net asset value, including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm;

 

- 3 -

 

 

(iv) fees and expenses payable to third parties relating to making investments, including the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ travel expenses, research costs and out-of-pocket fees and expenses associated with performing due diligence and reviews of prospective investments;

 

(v) interest expense and other costs associated with the Company’s indebtedness;

 

(vi) transfer agent and custodial fees;

 

(vii) out-of-pocket fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;

 

(viii) federal and state registration fees and any stock exchange listing fees;

 

(ix) U.S. federal, state and local taxes;

 

(x) the fees and expenses of each member of the Board of Directors who is not an “interested person” the Company and the Adviser (such members of the Board of Directors are collectively referred to herein as the “Independent Directors”);

 

(xi) brokerage commissions and markups;

 

(xii) fidelity bond, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and other insurance premiums;

 

(xiii) direct costs, such as printing, mailing, long distance telephone and staff;

 

(xiv) fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs;

 

(xv) costs associated with the Company’s reporting and compliance obligations under the Exchange Act, the 1940 Act and other applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws; and

 

(xvi) all other expenses incurred by the Adviser in its capacity as the administrator or the Company in connection with administering the Company’s business, including payments under the administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) that will be based upon the Company’s allocable portion (subject to the review and approval of the Board) of overhead, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Corporation’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

 

To the extent that expenses borne by the Company are paid by the Adviser, or its affiliates, the Company will reimburse the Adviser for such expenses.

 

- 4 -

 

  

(c) Portfolio Company’s Compensation. In certain circumstances the Adviser or any of its respective affiliates may receive compensation from a portfolio company, in connection with the Company’s investment in such portfolio company. Any compensation received by the Adviser or any of its affiliates attributable to the Company’s investment in any portfolio company, in excess of any of the limitations in or exemptions granted from the 1940 Act, any interpretation thereof by the staff of the SEC, or the conditions set forth in any exemptive relief granted to the Adviser or the Company by the SEC, shall be delivered promptly to the Company and the Company will retain such excess compensation for the benefit of its shareholders.

 

Section 3. Compensation of the Adviser.

 

The Company agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a base management fee (“Base Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (“Incentive Fee”) as hereinafter set forth. Any of the fees payable to the Adviser under this Agreement for any partial calendar quarter shall be appropriately prorated based on the actual number of days elapsed during such partial quarter as a fraction of the number of days in the relevant calendar year. The Corporation shall make any payments due hereunder to the Adviser or to the Adviser’s designee as the Adviser may otherwise direct. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Adviser may elect, or adopt a deferred compensation plan pursuant to which it may elect to defer all or a portion of its fees hereunder for a specified period of time.

 

(a) Base Management Fee. The Base Management Fee is calculated at an annual rate of 2.0% of the average of the weighted average (based on the number of shares outstanding each day in the quarter) of the Company’s total net assets at the end of each of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. For the Company’s first quarter, the Base Management Fee is calculated based on the weighted average of the Company’s total net assets as of such quarter-end. The Base Management Fee for any partial quarter will be pro-rated based on the number of days actually elapsed in that quarter relative to the total number of days in such quarter.

 

(b) Incentive Fee. The Adviser will not be entitled to an Incentive Fee prior to a Listing. “Listing” means, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, the listing of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange or an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock that results in an unaffiliated public float of at least the lower of (i) $75 million and (ii) 15% of the aggregate capital commitments received prior to the date of such initial public offering. Following a Listing, the Adviser will be entitled to an Incentive Fee based on the Company’s income. The Incentive Fee will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears following a Listing and will be based on the Company’s Adjusted Net Investment Income (as defined below) for the immediately preceding calendar quarter during which this Agreement is in effect.

 

- 5 -

 

 

(i) For purposes of calculating the Incentive Fee, the following terms shall have the following meaning:

 

A. “Adjusted Net Investment Income” shall mean the Company’s “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” during the then most recently completed calendar quarter minus the difference, if positive, between (i) the Company’s “Net Realized Losses” over the then most recently completed and three preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of calendar quarters that have occurred since the Listing) and (ii) the Company’s “Net Investment Income” over the three preceding calendar quarters (or if shorter, the number of calendar quarters that have occurred since the Listing). No adjustment (downward or upward) will be made to “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” if the difference between clause (i) minus clause (ii) is zero or negative.

 

B. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” shall mean interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee). In addition, “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” shall include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, original issue discount (“OID”), debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.

 

C. “Net Realized Losses” in respect of a particular period means the difference, if positive, between (i) the aggregate realized capital losses on the Company’s investments in such period and (ii) the aggregate realized capital gains on the Company’s investments in such period.

 

D. “Net Investment Income” in respect of the particular period means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the particular period, minus operating expenses for the particular (including the base management fee, the Incentive Fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred stock). Net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, OID, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred stock with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash.

 

(ii) Adjusted Net Investment Income shall be compared to a “Hurdle Amount” equal to the product of (i) the “hurdle rate” of 1.50% per quarter (6.0% annualized) and (ii) the Company’s total net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

 

(iii) On and after the occurrence of a Listing, the Company will pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

· no Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Adjusted Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Amount;

 

- 6 -

 

 

· 100% of the Company’s Adjusted Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Adjusted Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Amount but is less than or equal to an amount (the “Catch-Up Amount”) determined on a quarterly basis by multiplying 1.6875% by the Company’s total net asset value for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. The Catch-Up Amount is intended to provide the Adviser with an Incentive Fee of 12.5% on all of the Company’s Adjusted Net Investment Income when the Company’s Adjusted Net Investment Income reaches the Catch-Up Amount in any calendar quarter; and

 

· for any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Adjusted Net Investment Income exceeds the Catch-Up Amount, the Incentive Fee shall equal 12.5% of the amount of the Company’s Adjusted Net Investment Income for the calendar quarter.

 

(iv) The Incentive Fee amount or the calculations pertaining thereto, as appropriate, will be pro-rated for any period less than a full calendar quarter.

 

Section 4. Covenant of the Adviser.

 

The Adviser covenants that it is or will be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act on the effective date of this Agreement, and shall maintain such registration until the expiration or termination of this Agreement. The Adviser agrees that its activities shall at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws governing its operations and investments.

 

Section 5. Brokerage Commissions.

 

The Adviser is hereby authorized, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, to cause the Company to pay a member of a national securities exchange, broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of such exchange, broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith, taking into account factors, including without limitation, price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities, that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Company’s portfolio, and is consistent with the Adviser’s duty to seek the best execution on behalf of the Company.

 

Section 6. Proxy Voting.

 

The Adviser shall be responsible for voting any proxies solicited by an issuer of securities held by the Company in the best interest of the Company and in accordance with the Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures, as any such proxy voting policies and procedures may be amended from time to time. The Company has been provided with a copy of the Adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures and has been informed as to how it can obtain further information from the Adviser regarding proxy voting activities undertaken on behalf of the Company.

 

- 7 -

 

 

Section 7. Other Activities of the Adviser.

 

The services of the Adviser to the Company are not, and shall not be exclusive, and the Adviser may engage in any other business or render similar or different services to others including, without limitation, the direct or indirect sponsorship or management of other investment-based accounts or commingled pools of capital, however structured, having investment objectives similar to or different from those of the Company, and nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any manager, partner, officer, director, shareholder (and their shareholders or members, including the owners of their shareholders or members), officer or employee of the Adviser to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to any other business, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to receive any fees or compensation in connection therewith (including fees for serving as a director of, or providing consulting services to, one or more of the Company’s portfolio companies, subject to applicable law). The Adviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services set forth herein. So long as this Agreement or any extension, renewal or amendment hereof remains in effect, the Adviser shall be the only investment adviser for the Company, subject to the Adviser’s right to enter into sub-advisory agreements. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Company are or may become interested in the Adviser and its affiliates, as directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members, managers or otherwise, and that the Adviser and directors, officers, employees, partners, stockholders, members and managers of the Adviser and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Company as stockholders or otherwise.

 

Section 8. Responsibility of Dual Directors, Officers and/or Employees.

 

If any person who is a manager, partner, officer or employee of the Adviser is or becomes a director, officer, and/or employee of the Company and acts as such in any business of the Company, then such manager, partner, officer, and/or employee of the Adviser shall be deemed to be acting in such capacity solely for the Company, and not as a manager, partner, officer, or employee of the Adviser or under the control or direction of the Adviser, even if paid by the Adviser.

 

Section 9. Limitation of Liability of the Adviser; Indemnification.

 

The Adviser (and its managers, partners, officers, employees, agents, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company, except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services, and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its managers, partners, officers, employees, agents, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 9 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff thereunder). Notwithstanding anything contrary in this Agreement, for so long as the Company is subject to the 1940 Act, the Company shall not advance an Indemnified Party any expenses to the extent such advancement would violate the 1940 Act.

 

- 8 -

 

 

Section 10. Effectiveness, Duration and Termination of Agreement.

 

(a) Term and Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date written above. Once effective, this Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive one-year periods; provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the vote of the Board of Directors, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Independent Directors, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

(b) Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) by the Company upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Adviser: (A) upon the vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Company (as defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act) or (B) by the vote of the Independent Directors; or (ii) by the Adviser upon not less than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of construing Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act). The provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed to it under Section 3 through the date of termination or expiration and Sections 9 and 10 shall continue in force and effect and apply to the Adviser and its representatives as and to the extent applicable.

 

Section 11. Notices.

 

Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at the address listed below or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section.

 

Section 12. Amendments.

 

This Agreement may be amended by mutual written consent of the parties; provided that the consent of the Company is required to be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

- 9 -

 

 

Section 13. Severability.

 

If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof.

 

Section 14. Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.

 

Section 15. Governing Law.

 

Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland. For so long as the Company is regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of Maryland or any of the provisions herein conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act or the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act shall control.

 

Section 16. Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

Except for any Sub-Adviser and any Indemnified Party, such Sub-Adviser and the Indemnified Parties each being an intended beneficiary of this Agreement, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any person, other than the parties hereto and such assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

 

Section 17. Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(signature page follows)

 

- 10 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.

 

  PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.
  1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway
  Suite 315
  Mission Woods, KS 66205
     
  By: /s/ Scott A. Betz
  Name: Scott A. Betz
  Title: Chief Compliance Officer
     
  PALMER SQUARE BDC ADVISOR LLC
  1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway
  Suite 315
  Mission Woods, KS 66205
     
  By: /s/ Jeffrey D. Fox
  Name: Jeffrey D. Fox
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Investment Advisory Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

CUSTODY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

dated as of December 17, 2019

by and between 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

(“Company”)

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(“Custodian” and “Document Custodian”)

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
1. DEFINITIONS 1
2. APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN 7
3. DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN 8
3A. DUTIES OF DOCUMENT CUSTODIAN 17
4. REPORTING 18
5. DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS 19
6. SECURITIES HELD OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES 19
7. CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS 22
8. COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN 24
9. RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN 25
10. SECURITY CODES 29
11. TAX LAW 29
12. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION 29
13. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 30
14. PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT 31
15. NOTICES 31
16. PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION 32
17. CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION 33
18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS 34
19. AMENDMENT; WAIVER 34
20. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS 34
21. SEVERABILITY 35
22. REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS 35
23. OTHER BUSINESS 35
24. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS 35
25. MISCELLANEOUS 36
     
SCHEDULES  
  SCHEDULE A – Trade Confirmation  
  SCHEDULE B – Initial Authorized Persons  

 

i

 

 

THIS CUSTODY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of December 17, 2019 and is by and between PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL bdc inc. (and any successor or permitted assign), a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (or any successor or permitted assign acting hereunder), a national banking association, as custodian (in such capacity, along with any successor or permitted assign acting as custodian hereunder, the “Custodian”) and as document custodian (in such capacity, along with any successor or permitted assign acting as custodian hereunder, the “Document Custodian”).

 

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a closed-end management investment company, which intends to elect to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain U.S. Bank National Association to act as custodian and as document custodian for the Company and each Subsidiary hereafter identified to the Custodian and the Document Custodian;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that certain of the Company’s Securities (as defined below) and cash be held and administered by the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement in compliance with Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires that certain of the Company’s Loan Files (as defined below) be held by the Document Custodian pursuant to this Agreement; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Defined Terms. In addition to terms expressly defined elsewhere herein, the following words shall have the following meanings as used in this Agreement:

 

Account” or “Accounts” means the Cash Account, the Securities Account, any Subsidiary Cash Account and any Subsidiary Securities Account, collectively.

 

Agreement” means this Custody Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof).

 

Authorized Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

 

Business Day” means a day on which each of (i) the Company, and (ii) the Custodian or the relevant sub-custodian, including a Foreign Sub-custodian, are open for business in the market or country in which a transaction is to take place.

 

 

 

 

Cash Account” or “Cash Accounts” means the accounts to be established at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any cash Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to the Securities or the sale of the common stock of the Company, as applicable, which accounts shall be designated the “Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. Cash Interest Proceeds Account” and the “Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. Cash Principal Proceeds Account.”

 

Confidential Information” means any databases, computer programs, screen formats, screen designs, report formats, interactive design techniques, and other similar or related information that may be furnished to the Company by the Custodian from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Custodian” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Document Custodian” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a document custodian hereunder.

 

Eligible Investment” means any investment that at the time of its acquisition is one or more of the following:

 

(a) United States government and agency obligations;

 

(b) commercial paper having a rating assigned to such commercial paper by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (or, if neither such organization shall rate such commercial paper at such time, by any nationally recognized rating organization in the United States of America) equal to one of the two highest ratings assigned by such organization, it being understood that as of the date hereof such ratings by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services are “A1+” and “A1” and such ratings by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. are “P1” and “P2”;

 

(c) interest bearing deposits in United States dollars in United States banks with an unrestricted surplus of at least U.S. $250,000,000, maturing within one year; and

 

(d) money market funds (including funds of the bank serving as Custodian or its affiliates) or United States government securities funds designed to maintain a fixed share price and high liquidity.

 

Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7 under the 1940 Act.

 

Federal Reserve Bank Book-Entry System” means a depository and securities transfer system operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States on which are eligible to be held all United States Government direct obligation bills, notes and bonds.

 

Financing Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii).

 

Foreign Intermediary” means a Foreign Sub-custodian and Eligible Securities Depository.

 

2 

 

 

Foreign Sub-custodian” means and includes (i) any branch of a “U.S. Bank,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, (ii) any “Eligible Foreign Custodian,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, having a contract with the Custodian in accordance with Section 6.6, which the Custodian has determined will provide reasonable care of assets of the Company based on the standards specified in Section 6.7 below.

 

Foreign Securities” means Securities for which the primary market is outside the United States.

 

Loan” means any U.S. dollar denominated commercial loan, or participation therein, whether made by a bank or other financial institution and/or made in a direct lending capacity to the borrower thereunder or otherwise, that by its terms provides for payments of principal and/or interest, including discount obligations and payment-in-kind obligations, acquired by the Company from time to time.

 

Loan Assignment Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii).

 

Loan Checklist” means a list delivered to the Document Custodian in connection with delivery of each Loan to the Document Custodian by the Company that identifies the items contained in the related Loan File.

 

Loan File” means, with respect to each Loan delivered to the Document Custodian, each of the Required Loan Documents identified on the related Loan Checklist.

 

Noteless Loan” means a Loan with respect to which (i) the related loan agreement does not require the obligor to execute and deliver an Underlying Note to evidence the indebtedness created under such Loan and (ii) no Underlying Notes are outstanding with respect to the portion of the Loan transferred by the issuer or the prior holder of record.

 

Participation” means an interest in a Loan that is acquired indirectly by way of a participation from a lender or other holder thereof.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof) unincorporated organization, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Proceeds” means, collectively, (i) the net cash proceeds to the Company of any offering by the Company of any class of securities issued by the Company (including any drawdowns in respect of committed capital in connection therewith), (ii) cash distributions, earnings, dividends, fees and other cash payments paid on the Securities (or, as applicable, Subsidiary Securities) by or on behalf of the issuer or obligor thereof, or applicable paying agent, (iii) the net cash proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the Securities (or, as applicable, Subsidiary Securities) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (and any Reinvestment Earnings from investment of the foregoing, as defined in Section 3.6(b) hereof) and (iv) the net cash proceeds to the Company of any borrowing or other financing by the Company.

 

3 

 

 

Proper Instructions” means instructions (including Trade Confirmations) received by the Custodian or Document Custodian in form acceptable to it, from the Company, or any Person duly authorized by the Company in any of the following forms acceptable to the Custodian or Document Custodian:

 

(a) in writing signed by an Authorized Person (and delivered by hand, by mail, by overnight courier or by telecopier);

 

(b) by electronic mail from an Authorized Person; or

 

(c) such other means as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian or Document Custodian and the party giving such instructions, including oral instructions;

 

provided that, for any transaction involving cash (e.g., withdrawals, transfers and disbursements) or assets, the Custodian shall confirm that the instruction is authorized by an Authorized Person by telephone call-back at the telephone number designated in Schedule C. The Authorized Person confirming the instruction shall be a person other than the Authorized Person from whom the Instruction was received.

 

Reinvestment Earnings” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.

 

Request for Release” means a request for release of any Loan File, which request shall be either (i) delivered to the Document Custodian substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto or (ii) as otherwise agreed to between the Document Custodian and the Company.

 

Required Loan Documents” means, for each Loan:

 

(a) other than in the case of a Participation, (i) an executed copy of the Assignment for such Loan, as identified on the Loan Checklist, or (ii) in the case of a directly originated Loan, such documents as may be identified in the Loan Checklist;

 

(b) with the exception of Noteless Loans and Participations, the original executed Underlying Note endorsed by the issuer or the prior holder of record in blank or to the Company, as identified on the Loan Checklist;

 

(c) (i) if the Company is the sole lender or if the Company or an affiliate of the Company acts as agent for the lenders, (A) an executed copy of the Underlying Loan Agreement (which may be included in the Underlying Note if so indicated in the Loan Checklist), together with a copy of all amendments and modifications thereto, as identified on the Loan Checklist, (B) a copy of each related security agreement (if any) signed by the applicable obligor(s), as identified on the Loan Checklist, and (C) a copy of each related guarantee (if any) then executed in connection with such Loan, as identified on the Loan Checklist, and (ii) in all other cases, such copies of the documents described in clauses (A), (B) and (C), which may not be executed copies, as are reasonably available to the Company, as identified on the Loan Checklist; and

 

4 

 

 

(d) a copy of the Loan Checklist.

 

Securities” means, collectively, the (i) investments, including Loans, acquired by the Company and delivered to the Custodian or Document Custodian by the Company from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i). For avoidance of doubt, the term “securities” includes stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, or other obligations and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or evidencing or representing any other rights or interests therein, or in any property or assets.

 

Securities Account” means the segregated account to be established within the corporate trust department at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit or credit and hold the Securities (other than Loans) received by it pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. Securities Custody Account”.

 

Securities Depository” means The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), which acts as a system for the central handling of Securities where all Securities of any particular class or series of an issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of the Securities.

 

Securities System” means the Federal Reserve Book-Entry System, a clearing agency which acts as a Securities Depository, or another book entry system for the central handling of securities (including an Eligible Securities Depository).

 

Street Delivery Custom” means a custom of the United States securities market to deliver securities which are being sold to the buying broker for examination to determine that the securities are in proper form.

 

Street Name” means the form of registration in which the securities are held by a broker who is delivering the securities to another broker for the purposes of sale, it being an accepted custom in the United States securities industry that a security in Street Name is in proper form for delivery to a buyer and that a security may be re-registered by a buyer in the ordinary course.


Subsidiary” means, collectively, any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company identified to the Custodian by the Company pursuant to Section 3.13(c).

 

Subsidiary Cash Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b).

 

5 

 

 

Subsidiary Securities” collectively, the (i) investments, including Loans, acquired by a Subsidiary and delivered to the Custodian from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i).

 

Subsidiary Securities Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).

 

Trade Confirmation” means a confirmation to the Custodian from the Company of the Company’s acquisition of a Loan, and setting forth applicable information with respect to such Loan, which confirmation may be in the form of Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, subject to such changes or additions as may be agreed to by, or in such other form as may be agreed to by, the Custodian (and/or the Document Custodian) and the Company from time to time.

 

UCC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii).

 

Underlying Loan Agreement” means, with respect to any Loan, the document or documents evidencing the commercial loan agreement or facility pursuant to which such Loan is made.

 

Underlying Loan Documents” means, with respect to any Loan, the related Underlying Loan Agreement together with any agreements and instruments (including any Underlying Note) executed or delivered in connection therewith.

 

Underlying Note” means the one or more promissory notes executed by an obligor to evidence a Loan.

 

1.2 Construction. In this Agreement unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a) any reference to this Agreement or another agreement or instrument refers to such agreement or instrument as the same may be amended, modified or otherwise rewritten from time to time;

 

(b) a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;

 

(c) any term defined in the singular form may be used in, and shall include, the plural with the same meaning, and vice versa;

 

(d) a reference to a Person includes a reference to the Person’s executors, successors and permitted assigns;

 

(e) an agreement, representation or warranty in favor of two or more Persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;

 

6 

 

 

(f) an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of two or more Persons binds them jointly and severally;

 

(g) a reference to the term “including” means “including, without limitation,” and

 

(h) a reference to any accounting term is to be interpreted in accordance with generally accepted principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied, unless otherwise instructed by the Company.

 

1.3 Headings. Headings are inserted for convenience and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2. APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN

 

2.1 Appointment and Acceptance.

 

(a) The Company hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of certain Securities and cash owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries (as applicable) and delivered to the Custodian from time to time during the period of this Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (which shall include any addendum hereto which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement), and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement with respect to it subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(b) The Company hereby appoints the Document Custodian as custodian to hold the Loan Files and Required Loan Documents owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries (as applicable) and delivered to the Document Custodian from time to time during the period of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (which shall include any addendum hereto which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement), and the Document Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement with respect to it and subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

2.2 Instructions. The Company agrees that it shall from time to time provide, or cause to be provided, to the Custodian or Document Custodian all necessary instructions and information, and shall respond promptly to all inquiries and requests of the Custodian or Document Custodian, as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Custodian or Document Custodian to perform its duties hereunder.

 

7 

 

 

2.3 Company Responsible For Directions. The Company is solely responsible for directing the Custodian with respect to deposits to, withdrawals from and transfers to or from the Account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for the performance of its obligations explicitly set forth herein, the Custodian has no responsibility for the Company’s compliance with the Company’s obligations under the 1940 Act, any restrictions, covenants, limitations or obligations to which the Company may be subject or for which it may have obligations to third-parties in respect of the Account, and the Custodian shall have no liability for the application of any funds made in accordance with Proper Instructions of the Company. The Company shall be solely responsible for properly instructing all applicable payors to make all appropriate payments to the Custodian for deposit to the Account, and for properly instructing the Custodian with respect to the allocation or application of all such deposits.

 

3. DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN

 

3.1 Segregation. All Securities and non-cash property held by the Custodian, as applicable, for the account of the Company (other than Securities maintained in a Securities Depository or Securities System) shall be physically segregated from other Securities and non-cash property in the possession of the Custodian and shall be identified as subject to this Agreement.

 

3.2 Accounts.

 

(a) The Custodian shall open and maintain in its corporate trust department the Cash Account to which the Custodian shall deposit or credit and hold any cash or Proceeds received by it from time to time on behalf of the Company whether from or with respect to the Securities or the sale of the interest of the Company, pursuant to a drawdown in respect of committed capital to the Company, or otherwise, as applicable.

 

(b) The Custodian shall open and maintain in its corporate trust department the Securities Account in the name of the Company, subject only to order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry, subject to Section 3.6(b), all Securities (other than Loans) and other assets of the Company which are delivered to it in accordance with this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Custodian shall not be required to credit or deposit Loans in the Securities Account but shall instead maintain a register (in book-entry form or in such other form as it shall deem necessary or desirable) of such Loans, containing such information as the Company and the Custodian may reasonably agree; provided that, with respect to such Loans, all Required Loan Documents shall be held in safekeeping by the Document Custodian, individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other Person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Company in a manner consistent with Rule 17f-1 under the 1940 Act and as set forth in this Agreement.

 

The Custodian shall have no power or authority to assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of any such Securities and investments except pursuant to the direction of the Company under terms of the Agreement.

 

8 

 

 

3.3 Delivery of Cash and Securities to Custodian.

 

(a) The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian certain of the Company’s Securities, cash and other investment assets, including (i) payments of income, payments of principal and capital distributions received by the Company with respect to such Securities, cash or other assets owned by the Company at any time during the period of this Agreement, and (ii) cash received by the Company for the issuance, at any time during such period, of securities or in connection with a borrowing by the Company. With respect to Loans, Required Loan Documents and other Underlying Loan Documents shall be delivered to the Document Custodian and at the address identified in Section 15(c). With respect to assets other than Loans, such assets shall be delivered to the Custodian in its role as, and (where relevant) at the address identified for, the Custodian.  Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, delivery of Securities to the Custodian shall be in Street Name or other good delivery form. The Custodian shall not be responsible for such Securities, cash or other assets until actually delivered to, and received by it. With respect to Securities (other than Loan Assets and assets in the nature of “general intangibles” (as hereinafter defined)) held by the Custodian in its capacity as a “securities intermediary” (as defined in Section 8-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the “UCC”)), the Custodian shall be obligated to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to hold such Securities.

 

(b) (i) In connection with its acquisition of a Loan or other delivery of a Security constituting a Loan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian a properly completed Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, delivery of Loans acquired by the Company (or, if applicable, a Subsidiary thereof) which constitute Noteless Loans or Participations or which are otherwise not evidenced by a “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, shall be made by delivery to the Document Custodian of (i) in the case of a Noteless Loan, a copy of the loan register with respect to such Noteless Loan evidencing registration of such Loan on the books and records of the applicable obligor or bank agent to the name of the Company or, if applicable, a Subsidiary thereof (or, in either case, its nominee) or a copy (which may be an electronic .pdf copy) of an assignment agreement in favor of the Company (or, if applicable, a Subsidiary) as assignee, and (ii) in the case of a Participation, a copy of the related participation agreement. Any duty on the part of the Custodian with respect to the custody of such Loans shall be limited to the exercise of reasonable care by the Custodian in the physical custody of any such documents delivered to it, and any related instrument, security, credit agreement, assignment agreement and/or other agreements or documents, if any (collectively, “Financing Documents”), that may be delivered to it. Nothing herein shall require the Custodian to credit to the Securities Account or to treat as a financial asset (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC) any such Loan or other asset in the nature of a general intangible (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the UCC) or to “maintain” a sufficient quantity thereof.

 

9 

 

 

(iii) The Custodian may assume the genuineness of any such Financing Document it may receive and the genuineness and due authority of any signatures appearing thereon, and shall be entitled to assume that each such Financing Document it may receive is what it purports to be. If an original “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, is or shall be or becomes available with respect to any Loan to be held by the Custodian under this Agreement, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Company to make or cause delivery thereof to the Document Custodian, and the Custodian shall not be under any obligation at any time to determine whether any such original security or instrument has been or is required to be issued or made available in respect of any Loan or to compel or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian.

 

(iv) Contemporaneously with the acquisition of any Loan, the Company shall (1) cause any appropriate Financing Documents evidencing such Loan to be delivered to the Custodian; (2) if requested by the Custodian, provide to the Custodian an amortization schedule of principal payments and a schedule of the interest payable date(s) identifying the amount and due dates of all scheduled principal and interest payments for such Loan, (3) provide to the Custodian a properly completed Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require; (4) take all actions reasonably necessary for the Company to acquire good title to such Loan; and (5) take all actions as may be reasonably necessary (including appropriate payment notices and instructions to bank agents or other applicable paying agents) to cause (A) all payments in respect of the Loan to be made to the Custodian and (B) all notices, solicitations and other communications in respect of such Loan to be directed to the Company. The Custodian shall have no liability for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to provide necessary information to the Custodian, or for any inaccuracy therein or incompleteness thereof, or for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to give such effective payment instruction to bank agents and other paying agents, in respect of the Loans. With respect to each such Loan, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, obligor or similar party with respect to the related Loan, or from the Company, and shall be entitled to update its records (as it may deem necessary or appropriate) on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information.

 

10 

 

 

3.4 Release of Securities.

 

(a) The Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable, shall release and ship for delivery, or direct its agents or sub-custodian to release and ship for delivery, as the case may be, Securities or Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) of the Company held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian from time to time upon receipt of Proper Instructions (which shall, among other things, specify the Securities or Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) to be released, with such delivery and other information as may be necessary to enable the Custodian or Document Custodian to perform), which may be standing instructions (in form acceptable to the Custodian) in the following cases:

 

(i) upon sale of such Securities by or on behalf of the Company, and such sale may, unless and except to the extent otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, be carried out by the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable:

 

(A) in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including, if applicable and appropriate, delivery to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent of such purchaser or dealer) against expectation of receiving later payment; or

 

(B) in the case of a sale effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operations of the Securities System;

 

(ii) upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such Securities;

 

(iii) to a depositary agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for Securities;

 

(iv) to the issuer thereof or its agent when such Securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian);

 

(v) to an issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or into the name of any of its agents or sub-custodian or their nominees or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

 

11 

 

 

(vi) to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination in accordance with the Street Delivery Custom;

 

(vii) for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the Securities of the issuer of such Securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, the Document Custodian, their agents or sub-custodian);

 

(viii) in the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, the Document Custodian, their agents or sub-custodian); and/or

 

(ix) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions stating (i) the specified securities to be delivered, (ii) the purpose for such delivery, (iii) that such purpose is a proper corporate purpose and (iv) naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made and attaching a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company or an authorized committee thereof approving the delivery of such Proper Instructions.

 

3.5 Registration of Securities. Securities held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian (other than bearer securities, securities held in a Securities System or Securities that are Noteless Loans or Participations) shall be registered in the name of the Company or its nominee; or, at the option of the Custodian (if the Custodian determines it cannot hold such security in the name of the Company), in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the Custodian, or in the name of its agents or its sub-custodian or their nominees; or if directed by the Company by Proper Instruction, may be maintained in Street Name. The Custodian, its agents and its sub-custodian shall not be obligated to accept Securities on behalf of the Company under the terms of this Agreement unless such Securities are in Street Name or other good deliverable form.

 

3.6 Bank Accounts, and Management of Cash.

 

(a) Proceeds from the Securities and other cash received by the Custodian from time to time shall be credited to the Cash Account. All amounts credited to the Cash Account shall be subject to clearance and receipt of final payment by the Custodian. Securities may also be delivered and held in the Cash Account by the Custodian.

 

12 

 

 

(b) Amounts held in the respective Cash Account from time to time may be invested in Eligible Investments pursuant to specific written Proper Instructions (which may be standing instructions) received by the Custodian from an Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Company. Such investments shall be subject to availability and the Custodian’s then applicable transaction charges (which shall be at the Company’s expense). The Custodian shall have no liability for any loss incurred on any such investment. Absent receipt of such written instruction from the Company, the Custodian shall have no obligation to invest (or otherwise pay interest on) amounts on deposit in the Cash Account. In no instance will the Custodian have any obligation to provide investment advice to the Company. Any earnings from such investment of amounts held in the Cash Account from time to time (collectively, “Reinvestment Earnings”) shall be redeposited in the Cash Account (and may be reinvested at the written direction of the Company).

 

(c) In the event that the Company shall at any time by Proper Instructions instruct the Custodian to liquidate any Eligible Investment in connection with a withdrawal of amounts from the Cash Accounts, the Custodian shall be entitled to liquidate such Eligible Investment, and shall have no liability for any loss incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such Eligible Investment credited to such Cash Account as needed to provide necessary liquidity. Such instructions may be in the form of standing instructions (in the form of Proper Instructions acceptable to the Custodian).

 

(d) The Company acknowledges that cash deposited or invested with any bank (including the bank acting as Custodian) may make a margin or generate banking income for which such bank shall not be required to account to the Company.

 

(e) The Custodian shall be authorized to open such additional accounts as may be necessary or convenient for administration of its duties hereunder, with notice to be provided to the Company.

 

3.7 Foreign Exchange.

 

(a) Upon the receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian may (but shall not be obligated to) enter into all types of contracts for foreign exchange on behalf of the Company, upon terms acceptable to the Custodian and the Company (in each case at the Company’s expense), including transactions entered into with the Custodian, its sub-custodian or any affiliates of the Custodian or the sub-custodian. The Custodian shall have no liability for any losses incurred in or resulting from the rates obtained in such foreign exchange transactions; and absent specific and acceptable Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall not be deemed to have any duty to carry out any foreign exchange on behalf of the Company. The Custodian shall be entitled at all times to comply with any legal or regulatory requirements applicable to currency or foreign exchange transactions.

 

(b) The Company acknowledges that the Custodian, any sub-custodian or any affiliates of the Custodian or any sub-custodian, involved in any such foreign exchange transactions may make a margin or generate banking income from foreign exchange transactions entered into pursuant to this section for which they shall not be required to account to the Company.

 

13 

 

 

3.8 Collection of Income. The Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian shall use reasonable efforts to collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to the Securities held hereunder to which the Company shall be entitled, to the extent consistent with usual custom in the securities custodian business in the United States. Such efforts shall include collection of interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities if on the record date with respect to the date of payment by the issuer the Security is registered in the name of the Custodian or its nominee (or in the name of its agent or sub-custodian, or their nominee); and interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer such securities are held by the Custodian or its sub-custodian or agent; provided, however, that in the case of Securities held in Street Name, the Custodian shall use commercially reasonable efforts only to timely collect income. In no event shall the Custodian’s agreement herein to collect income be construed to obligate the Custodian to commence, undertake or prosecute any legal proceedings.

 

3.9 Payment of Moneys.

 

(a) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be standing instructions, the Custodian shall pay out from the respective Cash Account designated by the Company (or remit to its agents or its sub-custodian, and direct them to pay out) moneys of the Company on deposit therein in the following cases:

 

(i) upon the purchase of Securities for the Company pursuant to such Proper Instruction; and such purchase may, unless and except to the extent otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, be carried out by the Custodian:

 

(A) in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including, if applicable and appropriate, delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or any agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such securities; or

 

(B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Securities System;

 

(ii) for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange agreements for the accounts of the Company, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian, as contemplated by Section 3.7 above; and

 

(iii) for any other purpose (including without limitation expense payments) directed by the Company, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment, and naming the Person or Persons to whom such payment is to be made.

 

14 

 

 

(b) At any time or times, the Custodian shall be entitled to pay (i) itself and the Document Custodian from the Cash Account, whether or not in receipt of express direction or instruction from the Company, any undisputed amounts due and payable to it pursuant to Section 8 hereof, and (ii) as otherwise permitted by Section 7.5, Section 9.4 or Section 12.5 below, provided, however, that in each case (x) the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable, shall have first invoiced or billed the Company for such amounts and the Company shall have failed to pay and/or dispute such amounts within thirty (30) days after the date of such invoice or bill, and (y) all such payments shall be accounted for to the Company.

 

3.10 Proxies. Without limitation of the Custodian’s obligations under Section 3.11 below, the Custodian will, with respect to the Securities held hereunder, use reasonable efforts to cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such Securities proxies received by the Custodian from its agents or its sub-custodian or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and upon receipt of Proper Instructions shall promptly deliver to the applicable issuer such proxies, proxy soliciting materials and notices relating to such Securities. In the absence of such Proper Instructions, or in the event that such Proper Instructions are not received in a timely fashion, the Custodian shall be under no duty to act with regard to such proxies. Notwithstanding the above, neither Custodian nor any nominee of Custodian shall vote any of the Securities held hereunder by or for the account of the Company, except in accordance with Proper Instructions.

 

3.11 Communications Relating to Securities. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company all written information (including proxies, proxy soliciting materials, notices, pendency of calls and maturities of Securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith) received by the Custodian, from its agents or its sub-custodian or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company. The Custodian shall have no obligation or duty to exercise any right or power, or otherwise to preserve rights, in or under any Securities unless and except to the extent it has received timely Proper Instruction from the Company in accordance with the next sentence. Except to the extent caused by a failure of the Custodian to have satisfied its obligations under the first sentence of this Section 3.11 with respect to written information concerning such right or power, the Custodian will not be liable for any untimely exercise of any right or power in connection with Securities at any time held by the Custodian, its agents or sub-custodian unless:

 

(i) the Custodian has received Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which such right or power is to be exercised; and

 

15 

 

 

(ii) the Custodian, or its agents or sub-custodian are in actual possession of such Securities.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Custodian shall receive Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any right or power less than three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which such right or power is to be exercised, the Custodian shall use reasonable best efforts to exercise such right or power as promptly as practicable. It will be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the Person to whom such communications must be forwarded under this Section.

 

3.12 Records. The Custodian shall create and maintain complete and accurate records relating to its activities under this Agreement with respect to the Securities, cash or other property held for the Company under this Agreement, as required by Section 31 of the 1940 Act, and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. To the extent that the Custodian, in its sole opinion, is able to do so, the Custodian shall provide assistance to the Company (at the Company’s reasonable request made from time to time) by providing sub-certifications regarding certain of its services performed hereunder to the Company in connection with the Company’s certification requirements pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended. All such records shall be the property of the Company and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Company (including its independent public accountants) and employees and agents of the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon reasonable request and at least five Business Days’ prior written notice and at the Company’s expense. The Custodian shall, at the Company’s request, supply the Company with a tabulation of Securities owned by the Company and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Company and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Company and the Custodian, include, to the extent applicable, the certificate numbers in such tabulations, to the extent such information is available to the Custodian.

 

3.13 Custody of Subsidiary Securities.

 

(a) With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any Subsidiary Securities (other than Loans) received by it (and any Proceeds received by it in the form of dividends in kind) pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Securities Account” (the “Subsidiary Securities Account”); provided that, with respect to any Subsidiary Securities constituting Loans, the Company shall deliver all Required Loan Documents related to such Loans to be held in safekeeping by the Document Custodian, individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other Person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Subsidiary as set forth in this Agreement.

 

(b) With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any cash Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to Subsidiary Securities or other Proceeds, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Cash Proceeds Account” (the “Subsidiary Cash Account”).

 

16 

 

 

(c) To the maximum extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement regarding Securities of the Company, the Securities Account and the Cash Account shall be applicable to any Subsidiary Securities, cash and other investment assets, Subsidiary Securities Account and Subsidiary Cash Account, respectively. The parties hereto agree that the Company shall notify the Custodian in writing as to the establishment of any Subsidiary as to which the Custodian is to serve as custodian pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and identify in writing any accounts the Custodian shall be required to establish for such Subsidiary as herein provided.

 

3.14 Responsibility for Property Held by Sub-custodians. The Custodian’s responsibility with respect to the selection or appointment of a sub-custodian shall be limited to a duty to exercise reasonable care in the selection or retention of such sub-custodian in light of prevailing settlement and securities handling practices, procedures and controls in the relevant market. With respect to any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred as a result of the acts or the failure to act by any sub-custodian, the Custodian shall take reasonable action to recover such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims from such sub-custodian; provided that the Custodian’s sole liability in that regard shall be limited to amounts actually received by it from such sub-custodian (exclusive of related costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian).

 

3A. DUTIES OF DOCUMENT CUSTODIAN

 

(a) With respect to Loans, Required Loan Documents and other Underlying Loan Documents shall be delivered to the Custodian in its role as, and at the address identified for, the Document Custodian. All Required Loan Documents shall be held in safekeeping by the Document Custodian, individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other Person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Company.

 

(b) In connection with its acquisition of a Loan or other delivery of a Security constituting a Loan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Document Custodian the Required Loan Documents, including the Loan Checklist.

 

(c) The Document Custodian shall release and ship for delivery, or direct its agents or sub-custodian to release and ship for delivery, as the case may be, Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) of the Company held by the Document Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian from time to time within five (5) Business Days of its receipt of a Request for Release (which shall, among other things, specify the Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) to be released, with such delivery and other information as may be necessary to enable the Document Custodian to perform (including the delivery method). Any request for release by the Company shall be in the form of the Request for Release. The Company is authorized to transmit and the Document Custodian is authorized to accept signed email copies of Requests for Release submitted in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (or as otherwise agreed between the Document Custodian and the Company.

 

17 

 

 

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the Document Custodian shall have no obligation to review or monitor any Required Loan Documents or other Underlying Loan Documents but shall only be required to hold those Required Loan Documents or other Underlying Loan Documents received by it in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all rights, protections, indemnities and immunities provided in this Agreement in favor of, and all obligations and responsibilities undertaken by, the Custodian under this Agreement shall also apply to the Document Custodian, in each case, as applicable in order to give maximum effect to the Document Custodian’s contemplated responsibilities hereunder.

 

4. REPORTING

 

(a) The Custodian shall render to the Company a monthly report of (i) all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account during the month, and the outstanding balance (as of the last day of the preceding monthly report and as of the last day of the subject month) and (ii) an itemized statement of the Securities held pursuant to this Agreement as of the end of each month, all transactions in the Securities during the month, as well as a list of all Securities transactions that remain unsettled at that time, and (iii) such other matters as the parties may agree from time to time.

 

(b) For each Business Day, the Custodian shall render to the Company a daily report of (i) all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account for such Business Day and the outstanding balance as of the end of such Business Day, (ii) a report of settled and unsettled trades of Securities for such Business Day, (iii) all holdings as of such Business Day, and (iv) any cash or Securities expected to have been received in the Cash Account and/or Securities Account on such Business Day which were not received.

 

(c) The Custodian shall have no duty or obligation to undertake any market valuation of the Securities under any circumstance.

 

(d) The Custodian shall provide the Company, promptly upon request, with such reports as are reasonably available to it and as the Company may reasonably request from time to time on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding securities, which are employed by the Custodian or any Foreign Sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

18 

 

 

(e) In accordance with Section 3.12, at the reasonable request of, and at the expense of, the Company, the Custodian agrees to cooperate with the Company’s independent public accountants and shall provide requested information to the extent such information is reasonably available to the Custodian.

 

5. DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS

 

The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Securities in a Securities System within the United States in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations, including Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act and subject to the following provisions:

 

(a) The Custodian may keep domestic Securities in a U.S. Securities System provided that such Securities are represented in an account of the Custodian in the U.S. Securities System which shall not include any assets of the Custodian other than assets held by it as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers;

 

(b) The records of the Custodian with respect to Securities which are maintained in a U.S. Securities System shall identify by book-entry those Securities belonging to the Company;

 

(c) If requested by the Company, the Custodian shall provide to the Company copies of all notices received from the U.S. Securities System of transfers of Securities for the account of the Company; and

 

(d) Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, the Custodian shall not be liable to the Company for any direct loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim to the Company resulting from use of any Securities System (other than to the extent resulting from the gross negligence, misfeasance, fraud or willful misconduct of the Custodian itself, or from failure of the Custodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may have against the U.S. Securities System) provided however that to the extent it places and maintains financial assets, corresponding to the Company’s security entitlements, with a Securities Depository, nothing in this paragraph (d) shall relieve the Custodian from its obligation to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain such financial assets.

 

6. SECURITIES HELD OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES

 

6.1 Appointment of Foreign Sub-custodian. The Company hereby authorizes and instructs the Custodian in its sole discretion to employ one or more Foreign Sub-custodians to act as Eligible Securities Depositories or as sub-custodian to hold the Securities and other assets of the Company maintained outside the United States, subject to the Company’s approval in accordance with this Section. If the Custodian wishes to appoint a Foreign Sub-custodian to hold property of the Company subject to this Agreement, it will so notify the Company and provide it with information reasonably necessary to determine any such new Foreign Sub-custodian’s eligibility under Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, including a copy of the proposed agreement with such Foreign Sub-custodian. The Company shall at the meeting of its board of directors next following receipt of such notice and information give a written approval or disapproval, in its discretion, of the proposed action.

 

19 

 

 

6.2 Assets to be Held. The Custodian shall limit the Securities and other assets maintained in the custody of the Foreign Sub-custodian to: (a) Foreign Securities and (b) cash and cash equivalents in such amounts as the Company (through Proper Instructions) may determine to be reasonably necessary to effect the Company’s transactions in such investments.

 

6.3 Omnibus Accounts. The Custodian may hold Foreign Securities and related Proceeds with one or more Foreign Sub-custodians or Eligible Securities Depositories in each case in a single account with such Foreign Sub-custodian or Securities Depository that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers; provided however, that the records of the Custodian with respect to Securities and related Proceeds that are property of the Company maintained in such account(s) shall identify by book-entry those Securities and other property as belonging to the Company.

 

6.4 Reports Concerning Foreign Sub-custodian. The Custodian will supply to the Company, upon request from time to time, statements in respect of the Securities held by Foreign Sub-custodians or Eligible Securities Depositories, including an identification of the Foreign Sub-custodians and Eligible Securities Depositories having physical possession of the Foreign Securities.

 

6.5 Transactions in Foreign Custody Account. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Securities received by a Foreign Intermediary for the account of the Company may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs, including, if applicable and appropriate, delivering securities to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) against a receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such securities from such purchaser or dealer.

 

6.6 Foreign Sub-custodian. Each contract or agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-custodian shall include provisions that provide: (i) for indemnification or insurance arrangements (or any combination of the foregoing) such that the Company will be adequately protected against the risk of loss of assets held in accordance with such contract; (ii) that the Company’s assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of the Foreign Sub-custodian or its creditors (except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration) or, in the case of cash deposits, liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Foreign Sub-custodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws; (iii) that beneficial ownership for the Company’s assets will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration; (iv) that adequate records will be maintained identifying the assets as belonging to the Company or as being held by a third party for the benefit of the Company; (v) that the Company’s independent public accountants will be given access to those records or confirmation of the contents of those records; and (vi) that the Company will receive periodic reports with respect to the safekeeping of the Company’s assets, including notification of any transfer to or from a Company’s account or a third party account containing assets held for the benefit of the Company. Such contract may contain, in lieu of any or all of the provisions specified above, such other provisions that the Custodian determines in its reasonable discretion will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for Company assets as the specified provisions, in their entirety.

 

20 

 

 

6.7 Custodian’s Responsibility for Foreign Sub-custodian.

 

(a) With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 6, the Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of property of the Company would exercise. The Custodian further agrees that the Foreign Securities will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to the Custodian in the relevant market, if maintained with each Foreign Sub-custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including: (i) the Foreign Sub-custodian’s practices, procedures, and internal controls, including the physical protections available for certificated securities (if applicable), the method of keeping custodial records, and the security and data protection practices; (ii) whether the Foreign Sub-custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for Company assets; (iii) the Foreign Sub-custodian’s general reputation and standing and, in the case of Eligible Securities Depository, the Eligible Securities Depository’s operating history and number of participants; and (iv) whether the Company will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Foreign Sub-custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of any offices of the Foreign Sub-custodian in the United States or the Sub-custodian’s consent to service of process in the United States.

 

(b) At the end of each calendar quarter or at such other times as the Company’s board of directors deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Company’s foreign custody arrangements, the Custodian shall provide written reports notifying the board of directors of the Company as to the placement of the Foreign Securities and cash of the Company with a particular Foreign Sub-custodian and of any material changes in the Company’s foreign custody arrangements. The Custodian shall promptly take such steps as may be required to withdraw assets of the Company from any Foreign Sub-custodian that has ceased to meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.

 

(c) The Custodian shall establish a system to monitor the appropriateness of maintaining the Company’s assets with a particular Foreign Sub-custodian and the performance of the contract governing the Company’s arrangements with such Foreign Sub-custodian. To the extent the Custodian holds Foreign Securities and related Proceeds with one or more Eligible Securities Depositories, the Custodian shall provide the Company with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Eligible Securities Depository and shall monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Company of any material change in these risks. The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing its obligations under this clause (c). If the Custodian determines that a custody arrangement with an Eligible Securities Depository no longer meets the requirements of this Section, the Company’s Foreign Securities must be withdrawn from such depository as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

21 

 

 

(d) The Custodian’s responsibility with respect to the selection, appointment and/or retention of a Foreign Sub-custodian shall be limited to a duty to exercise reasonable care in the selection, appointment and retention of such Foreign Intermediaries in light of prevailing settlement and securities handling practices, procedures and controls in the relevant market. With respect to any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred as a result of the acts or the failure to act by any Foreign Sub-custodian, the Custodian shall take reasonable action to recover and, at the request of the Company, assist the Company in recovering, such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims from such Foreign Sub-custodian; provided that to the extent the Custodian has satisfied its duties hereunder, the Custodian’s sole liability in that regard shall be limited to amounts actually received by it from such Foreign Intermediaries (exclusive of related costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian). The Custodian shall have no responsibility for any act or omission (or the insolvency of) any Securities System (including an Eligible Securities Depository). In the event the Company incurs a loss due to the negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or insolvency of a Securities System (including an Eligible Securities Depository), the Custodian shall make reasonable endeavors, to seek recovery from the Securities System (including an Eligible Securities Depository).

 

7. CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS

 

7.1 No Duty to Examine Financing Documents. Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian to review or examine the terms of any underlying instrument, certificate, credit agreement, indenture, loan agreement, promissory note, or other financing document evidencing or governing any Security to determine the validity, sufficiency, marketability or enforceability of any Security or Loan (and shall have no responsibility for the genuineness or completeness thereof), or otherwise.

 

7.2 Resolution of Discrepancies. In the event of any discrepancy between the information set forth in any report provided by the Custodian to the Company and any information contained in the books or records of the Company, the Company shall promptly notify the Custodian thereof and the parties shall cooperate to diligently resolve the discrepancy.

 

7.3 Improper Instructions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be obligated to take any action (or forebear from taking any action), which it reasonably determines to be contrary to the terms of this Agreement or applicable law. In no instance shall the Custodian be obligated to provide services on any day that is not a Business Day.

 

22 

 

 

7.4 Proper Instructions.

 

(a) The Company will give a notice to the Custodian, in form acceptable to the Custodian, specifying the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions (collectively, “Authorized Persons” and each is an “Authorized Person”) which notice shall be signed by an Authorized Person previously certified to the Custodian. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives written notice from an Authorized Person of the Company to the contrary. The initial Authorized Persons are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof (as such Schedule B may be modified from time to time by written notice from the Company to the Custodian).

 

(b) If an Authorized Person elects to give the Custodian email instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Custodian in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Custodian’s reasonable understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Custodian shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Custodian’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions conflicting with or being inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be required to exercise reasonable best efforts to comply with such subsequent instructions in order to correct and/or modify its actions so as to conform to such subsequent written instruction. Any person providing such instructions or directions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Custodian, including without limitation, the risk of the Custodian acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interpretation and misuse by third parties.

 

(c) The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company (or any other person or entity), and shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, in the event that a subsequent written confirmation of an oral instruction fails to conform to the oral instructions received by the Custodian. The Custodian shall not have an obligation to act in accordance with purported instructions to the extent that they conflict with applicable law or regulations, local market practice or the Custodian’s operating policies and practices. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss resulting from a delay while it obtains clarification of any Proper Instructions.

 

7.5 Actions Permitted Without Express Authority. The Custodian may, at its discretion, without express authority from the Company:

 

(a) make payments to itself as described in or pursuant to Section 3.9(b), or to make payments to itself or others for undisputed, minor, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of handling Securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that (i) the Custodian shall have first invoiced or billed the Company for such amounts and the Company shall have failed to pay and/or dispute such amounts within thirty (30) days after the date of such invoice or bill, and (ii) all such payments shall be regularly accounted for to the Company;

 

23 

 

 

(b) surrender Securities in temporary form for Securities in definitive form;

 

(c) endorse for collection cheques, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

 

(d) in general, except as otherwise directed in Proper Instructions, attend to all nondiscretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the Securities and property of the Company.

 

7.6 Evidence of Authority. The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed or otherwise given by or on behalf of the Company by an Authorized Person. The Custodian may receive and accept a certificate signed by any Authorized Person as conclusive evidence of:

 

(a) the authority of any person to act in accordance with such certificate; or

 

(b) any determination of or any action by the Company as described in such certificate,

 

and such certificate may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary from an Authorized Person of the Company.

 

7.7 Receipt of Communications. Any communication received by the Custodian on a day which is not a Business Day or after 5:00 p.m., Eastern time (or such other time as is agreed by the Company and the Custodian from time to time), on a Business Day will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day (but in the case of communications so received after 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on a Business Day the Custodian will use its best efforts to process such communications as soon as possible after receipt).

 

7.8 Actions on the Loans. Except as expressly set forth herein, including but not limited to Article 3, the Custodian shall have no duty or obligation hereunder to take any action on behalf of the Company, to communicate on behalf of the Company, to collect amounts or proceeds in respect of, or otherwise to interact or exercise rights or remedies on behalf of the Company, with respect to any of the Loans. Except as expressly set forth herein all such actions and communications are the responsibility of the Company.

 

8. COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN

 

8.1 Fees. The Custodian and the Document Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for their services in accordance with the terms of that certain fee letter dated August 14, 2019 (the “Fee Letter”), between the Company and the Custodian.

 

24 

 

 

8.2 Expenses. The Company agrees to pay or reimburse to the Custodian and the Document Custodian upon its request from time to time all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs, disbursements, advances, and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel, subject to and to the extent provided in the Fee Letter) incurred, and any disbursements and advances made (including any account overdraft resulting from any settlement or assumed settlement, provisional credit, chargeback, returned deposit item, reclaimed payment or claw-back, or the like), in connection with the preparation or execution of this Agreement, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the administration of this Agreement or performance by the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable, of its duties and services under this Agreement, from time to time (including costs and expenses of any action deemed necessary by the Custodian or the Document Custodian to collect any amounts owing to it under this Agreement).

 

9. RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN

 

9.1 General Duties. The Custodian shall have no duties, obligations or responsibilities under this Agreement or with respect to the Securities or Proceeds except for such duties as are expressly and specifically set forth in this Agreement, and the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement. No implied duties, obligations or responsibilities shall be read into this Agreement against, or on the part of, the Custodian.

 

9.2 Instructions.

 

(a) The Custodian shall be entitled to refrain from taking any action unless it has such instruction (in the form of Proper Instructions) from the Company as it reasonably deems necessary, and shall be entitled to require, upon notice to the Company, that Proper Instructions to it be in writing. Subject to Section 7.4, the Custodian shall have no liability for any action (or forbearance from action) taken pursuant to the Proper Instruction of the Company.

 

(b) Whenever the Custodian is entitled or required to receive or obtain any communications or information pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement, it shall be entitled to receive the same in writing, in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement; and whenever any report or other information is required to be produced or distributed by the Custodian it shall be in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and the Company, and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement.

 

25 

 

 

9.3 General Standards of Care. Notwithstanding any terms herein contained to the contrary, the acceptance by the Document Custodian and the Custodian of each of their appointments hereunder is expressly subject to the following terms, which shall govern and apply to each of the terms and provisions of this Agreement (whether or not so stated therein):

  

(a) Each of the Custodian and the Document Custodian may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document furnished to it (including any of the foregoing provided to it by electronic means), not only as to its due execution and validity, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information therein contained, which it in good faith believes to be genuine and signed or presented by the proper person (which in the case of any instruction from or on behalf of the Company shall be an Authorized Person); and the Custodian and the Document Custodian shall be entitled to presume the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing thereon. Neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be bound to make any independent investigation into the facts or matters stated in any such notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document, provided, however, that if the form thereof is specifically prescribed by the terms of this Agreement, the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable, shall examine the same to determine whether it substantially conforms on its face to such requirements hereof.

 

(b) Neither the Custodian, the Document Custodian nor any of their directors, officers or employees shall be liable to the Company for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted to be taken by it (or any of its directors, officers of employees), or for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith, unless such action or inaction constitutes gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith on its part. Neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within powers conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction by which it is governed hereunder, or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required hereby for such action. Except as otherwise provided herein, neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be under any obligation at any time to ascertain whether the Company is in compliance with the 1940 Act, the regulations thereunder, or the Company’s investment objectives and policies then in effect.

 

(c) In no event shall any party to this Agreement be liable hereunder for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including lost profits) whether or not it has been advised of the likelihood of such damages. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 9.3(c) shall limit the Company’s obligation to indemnify the Custodian and the Document Custodian in accordance with Section 9.4 thereto.

 

(d) The Custodian and the Document Custodian may consult with, and obtain advice from, legal counsel selected in good faith with respect to any question as to any of the provisions hereof or its duties hereunder, or any matter relating hereto, and the written opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Custodian or the Document Custodian in good faith in accordance with the opinion and directions of such counsel; the reasonable cost of such services shall be reimbursed pursuant to Section 8.2 above, subject to and to the extent provided in the Fee Letter.

 

26 

 

 

(e) Neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be deemed to have notice of any fact, claim or demand with respect hereto unless actually known or reasonably should have been known by an officer working in its Global Corporate Trust group and charged with responsibility for administering this Agreement or unless (and then only to the extent) received in writing by the Custodian or the Document Custodian at the applicable address(es) as set forth in Section 15 and specifically referencing this Agreement.

 

(f) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Custodian or the Document Custodian to expend or risk its own funds, or to take any action (or forbear from action) hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or any financial or other liability unless the expenditure of such funds or the taking of such action is indemnified hereunder or it shall otherwise be furnished with acceptable indemnification. Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian or the Document Custodian to commence, prosecute or defend legal proceedings in any instance, whether on behalf of the Company or on its own behalf or otherwise, with respect to any matter arising hereunder, or relating to this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.

 

(g) The permissive rights of the Custodian and the Document Custodian to take any action hereunder shall not be construed as duty.

 

(h) The Custodian and the Document Custodian may each act or exercise duties or powers hereunder through agents (including for the avoidance of doubt, sub-custodians) or attorneys, and the Custodian and Document Custodian, as applicable, shall not be liable or responsible for the actions or omissions of any such agent or attorney appointed with due care (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of sub-custodians, in accordance with Section 3.14).

 

(i) All indemnifications contained in this Agreement in favor of the Custodian and the Document Custodian shall survive the termination of this Agreement or earlier resignation or removal of the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable.

 

27 

 

 

9.4 Indemnification.

 

(a) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each of the Custodian and the Document Custodian, for and from any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) and any and all losses, damages, claims and liabilities, that may arise, be brought against or incurred by the Custodian or the Document Custodian, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of or arising from or in any way relating to any claim, demand, suit, action or proceeding (including any inquiry or investigation) by any person, including without limitation the Company or any Subsidiary, and any advances or disbursements made by the Custodian or the Document Custodian (including in respect of any Account overdraft, returned deposit item, chargeback, provisional credit, settlement or assumed settlement, reclaimed payment, claw-back or the like), as a result of, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement, or the administration or performance of the duties of the Custodian and the Document Custodian hereunder, or the relationship between the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiary), the Custodian and the Document Custodian created hereby, including the enforcement of any indemnification rights hereunder, other than such liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses as are directly caused by the Custodian’s or the Document Custodian’s, as applicable, own action or inaction constituting bad faith, gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct on its part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board of directors of the Company, the officers of the Company and the shareholders of the Company who are not Authorized Persons shall not be liable for any obligations of the Company under this Agreement, and the Custodian and the Document Custodian each agree that, in asserting any rights or claims under this Agreement, they shall look only to the assets and property of the Company in settlement of such right or claim, and not to such directors, officers or shareholders.

 

(b) If the Company requires the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement) or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes (other than any income taxes in respect of compensation hereunder), charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own action or inaction constituting bad faith, gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct, or if the Company fails to compensate or pay the Custodian pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 9.4 hereof, any cash at any time held for the account of the Company shall be security therefor; should the Company fail to repay the Custodian promptly (or, if specified, within the time frame provided herein), the Custodian shall be entitled, subject to and in accordance with Section 3.9(b) hereof, to utilize available cash to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

 

9.5 Force Majeure. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, subject to compliance with the representation, warranty and covenant in Section 13.2(d) below, neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be liable to the Company for any damage or loss resulting from or caused by events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or Document Custodian, including nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, the interruption, disruption or suspension of the normal procedures and practices of any securities market, power, mechanical, communications or other technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or the like, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters, civil and military disturbance, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolution, acts of God, work stoppages, strikes, national disasters of any kind, or other similar events or acts; errors by the Company (including any Authorized Person) in its instructions to the Custodian or the Document Custodian; or changes in applicable law, regulation or orders.

 

28 

 

 

10. SECURITY CODES

 

If the Custodian or Document Custodian issue to the Company security codes, passwords or test keys in order that it may verify that certain transmissions of information, including Proper Instructions, have been originated by the Company, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable steps to safeguard any security codes, passwords, test keys or other security devices which the Custodian or Document Custodian shall make available.

 

11. TAX LAW

 

11.1 Domestic Tax Law. The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Company or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or the Proceeds, by the tax law of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof (but excluding any income taxes assessable in respect of compensation paid to the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement). The Custodian shall be kept indemnified by and be without liability to the Company for such obligations including taxes, (but excluding any income taxes assessable in respect of compensation paid to the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement) withholding, certification and reporting requirements, claims for exemption or refund, additions for late payment interest, penalties and other expenses (including legal expenses) that may be assessed against the Company, or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or Proceeds.

 

11.2 Foreign Tax Law. It shall be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Company by the tax law of foreign (e.g., non-U.S.) jurisdictions, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other government charges, certifications and government reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company with respect to any claims for exemption or refund under the tax law of the jurisdictions for which the Company has provided such information.

 

12. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION

 

12.1 Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective as of its due execution and delivery by each of the parties. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided. This Agreement may be terminated by the Document Custodian, the Custodian or the Company pursuant to Section 12.2.

 

12.2 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) occurrence of the effective date of termination specified in any written notice of termination given by any party to the other parties not later than sixty (60) days prior to the effective date of termination specified therein, (b) such other date of termination as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties in writing.

 

29 

 

 

12.3 The Custodian and/or the Document Custodian may at any time resign under this Agreement by giving not less than sixty days (60) days advance written notice thereof to the Company. The Company may at any time remove the Custodian and/or the Document Custodian under this Agreement by giving not less than sixty (60) days advance written notice to the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable.

 

12.4 Successor. Prior to the effective date of termination of this Agreement, or the effective date of the resignation of the Custodian, as the case may be, the Company shall give Proper Instruction to the Custodian designating a successor Custodian, if applicable. The Custodian shall, upon receipt of Proper Instruction from the Company (i) deliver directly to the successor Custodian all Securities (other than Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository) and cash then owned by the Company and held by the Custodian as custodian, and (ii) transfer any Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository to an account of or for the benefit of the Company at the successor Custodian, provided that the Company shall have paid to the Custodian all fees, expenses and other amounts to the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled. In addition, the Custodian shall, at the expense of the Company, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence, and other data established or maintained by the Custodian under this Agreement (if such form differs from the form in which the Custodian has maintained the same, the Company shall pay any reasonable and documented expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities. Upon such delivery and transfer, the Custodian shall be relieved of all obligations under this Agreement.

 

12.5 Payment of Fees, etc. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to each of the Custodian and the Document Custodian such compensation, and shall likewise reimburse each of the Custodian and the Document Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements, as may be due as of the date of such termination or resignation. All indemnifications in favor of the Custodian and the Document Custodian under this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement or any resignation of the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable.

 

12.6 Final Report. In the event of any resignation or removal of the Custodian, the Custodian shall provide to the Company a complete final report or data file transfer of any Confidential Information as of the date of such resignation or removal.

 

13. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

13.1 Representations of the Company. The Company represents, warrants and covenants to the Custodian that:

 

(a) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligation; and

 

30 

 

 

(b) in giving any instructions which purport to be “Proper Instructions” under this Agreement, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of its articles of incorporation and bylaws and any applicable laws and regulations.

 

13.2 Representations of the Custodian. Each of the Custodian and Document Custodian hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Company that:

 

(a) it is qualified to act as a custodian pursuant to Sections 17(f) and 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act;

 

(b) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(c) it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligations; and

 

(d) it maintains and shall adhere to reasonably adequate business continuity and disaster recovery policies, standards contingency plans, cybersecurity protections, systems and processes that include data file backup and recovery procedures and that comply, and will comply, with all applicable regulatory requirements.

 

14. PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT

 

This Agreement is not intended for, and shall not be construed to be intended for, the benefit of any third parties and may not be relied upon or enforced by any third parties (other than successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 20).

 

15. NOTICES

 

Any Proper Instructions shall be given to the following address (or such other address as either party may designate by written notice to the other party), and otherwise any notices, approvals and other communications hereunder shall be sufficient if made in writing and given to the parties at the following address (or such other address as either of them may subsequently designate by notice to the other), given by (i) certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (ii) recognized courier or delivery service, or (iii) confirmed telecopier or telex, or by electronic mail (so long as no error message is received in response thereto), with a duplicate sent on the same day by first class mail, postage prepaid:

 

(a) if to the Company or any Subsidiary, to

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

c/o Palmer Square BDC Advisor LLC

1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315

Mission Woods, KS 66205

Attention: Chief Compliance Officer

Telephone: 913-232-5685

Email: compliance@palmersquarecap.com

 

31 

 

 

(b) if to the Custodian, to

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust

One Federal Street, 3rd Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Ref: Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

Attention: Global Corporate Trust/Emily Schock

Telephone: (312) 332-7097

Email: emily.schock@usbank.com

 

(c) if to the Document Custodian, to

 

U.S. Bank National Association

1719 Otis Way

Florence, South Carolina 29501

Mail Code: EX-SC-FLOR

Ref: Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

Attention: Document Custody Services

E-mail: steven.garrett@usbank.com

 

 

16. PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

16.1 Each party (in such capacity, the “Receiving Party”) shall keep confidential any non-public information relating to the other party’s business disclosed by or on behalf of such other party (in such capacity, the “Disclosing Party”, and all such information collectively, “Confidential Information”), and shall use any such Confidential Information only in furtherance of its performance hereunder. Confidential Information may include: (i) any data or information that is competitively sensitive material, and not generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, information about product plans, marketing strategies, finances, operations, customer relationships, customer profiles, customer lists, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relation to the past, present or future business activities of the Disclosing Party, its respective subsidiaries and affiliated companies; (ii) any scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement that is commercially valuable and secret in the sense that its confidentiality affords the Disclosing Party a competitive advantage of its competitors; (iii) all confidential or proprietary concepts, documentation, reports, data, specifications, computer software, source code, object code, flow charts, databases, documentation, reports, data, specifications, computer software, source code, object code, flow charts, databases, inventions, know-how, and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or copyrightable; and (iv) anything designated as confidential. Confidential Information shall not include information which (i) is disclosed in a publication available to the public, is otherwise in the public domain at the time of disclosure, or becomes publicly known through no breach of the terms hereof by the Receiving Party, (ii) is obtained by the Receiving Party in good faith from a third party source having the right to disclose such information, or (iii) was known by the Receiving Party, without any obligation of confidentiality, prior to the disclosure of such information. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information to its affiliates and its and their directors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, agents or advisors who have a need to know such information in the course of the performance of its duties hereunder and are required to comply with the confidentiality obligations under this Section 16, provided, however, that the Receiving Party shall be responsible for the Compliance by the Receiving Party with such obligations.

 

32 

 

 

16.2 The Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information to the extent and as required by applicable law or regulation in connection with oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents, subpoena, civil investigative demand, any informal or formal investigation by any regulatory authority to whose jurisdiction Receiving Party is subject, or pursuant to a judicial, administrative or legal proceeding in which either party is involved; provided that the recipient will, to the extent permitted to do so, provide prompt notice to the other party of such request and give the other party the opportunity to contest such request or seek a protective order, as necessary, prior to disclosing such Confidential Information under this Section 16.2; provided, however that no such prior notice shall be required in connection with disclosure pursuant to a routine examination (which is not specifically targeted at the Disclosing Party or the relationship contemplated by this Agreement) to a regulatory authority to whose jurisdiction the Receiving Party is subject. In the event that no such protective order or other remedy is obtained, or in the absence of such protective order, other remedy or the waiver by the other party and where the receiving party has been advised by counsel that it is legally compelled to disclose the Confidential Information, the receiving party and/or its counsel will furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that the receiving party is advised by its counsel is legally required.

 

16.3 Further, the Custodian and the Document Custodian will use reasonable efforts to adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Company pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. In this regard, the Custodian and the Document Custodian shall each have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards in accordance with the customary practices and procedures of the Custodian and the Document Custodian reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Company and its shareholders.

 

16.4 The obligations under this Section 16 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

17. CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement shall be construed, and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York for all purposes (without regard to its choice of law provisions); except to the extent such laws are inconsistent with federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, in which case such federal securities laws shall govern.

 

33 

 

 

18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS

 

18.1 Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with regard to the matters addressed herein and supersedes and terminates as of the date hereof, all prior agreements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties to this Agreement relating to such matters.

 

18.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.3 Electronic Signatures. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by email transmission (e.g., in pdf form) shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by email shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

19. AMENDMENT; WAIVER

 

19.1 Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended except by an express written instrument duly executed by each of the Company and the Custodian.

 

19.2 Waiver. In no instance shall any delay or failure to act be deemed to be or effective as a waiver of any right, power or term hereunder, unless and except to the extent such waiver is set forth in an expressly written instrument signed by the party against whom it is to be charged.

 

20. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS

 

20.1 Successors Bound. The covenants and agreements set forth herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No party shall be permitted to assign its rights under this Agreement without the written consent of the other parties; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Custodian to delegate certain duties or services to or perform them through agents or attorneys appointed with due care as expressly provided in this Agreement, provided further, that such delegation, or employment of agents and attorneys shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its obligations and duties hereunder.

 

20.2 Merger and Consolidation. Any corporation or association into which the Custodian may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Custodian or the Document Custodian shall be a party, or any corporation or association to which the Custodian or Document Custodian transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business, shall be the successor of the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable hereunder, and shall succeed to all of the rights, powers and duties of the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable, hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, subject in all cases to all representations, warranties, covenants and obligations made by the Custodian and Document Custodian hereunder. For avoidance of doubt, no corporation or association (as described above) shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Custodian and/or Document Custodian hereunder unless it is a qualified custodian pursuant to Sections 17(f) and 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act.

 

34 

 

 

21. SEVERABILITY

 

The terms of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable, such that if any term hereof is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remaining terms.

 

22. REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS

 

If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Custodian is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Custodian may (but shall not be obliged to) request written instructions from the Company as to the course of action desired by it. If the Custodian does not receive such instructions within two (2) Business Days after it has requested them, the Custodian may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking any such courses of action. The Custodian shall act in accordance with instructions received from the Company in response to such request after such two-Business Day period except to the extent it has already taken, or committed itself to take, action inconsistent with such instructions.

 

23. OTHER BUSINESS

 

Nothing herein shall prevent the Custodian, the Document Custodian or any of their affiliates from engaging in other business, or from entering into any other transaction or financial or other relationship with, or receiving fees from or from rendering services of any kind to the Company or any other Person. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute the Company and/or the Custodian or the Document Custodian (and/or any other Person) as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or similar assignment as a result of or by virtue of the engagement or relationship established by this Agreement.

 

24. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendment hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, electronic or further production shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

35 

 

 

25. MISCELLANEOUS

 

The Company acknowledges receipt of the following notice:

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT.

 

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. For a non-individual person such as a business entity, a charity, a trust or other legal entity the Custodian will ask for documentation to verify its formation and existence as a legal entity. The Custodian may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation.”

   

[PAGE INTENTIONALLY ENDS HERE. SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE.]

 

36 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer, intending the same to take effect as of the date first set forth above.

  

Witness:   PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.
           
/s/ Stacy Brice     By: /s/ Scott A. Betz
Name: Stacy Brice     Name: Scott A. Betz
Title: Vice President of Compliance     Title: Chief Compliance Officer
  and Legal Counsel        

   

Witness:   U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
      as Custodian
           
/s/ Daniel Scully     By: /s/ Jon C. Warn
Name: Daniel Scully     Name: Jon C. Warn
Title: Vice President     Title: Vice President

     

Witness:   U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
      as Document Custodian
           
           
/s/ Michelle Hoff     By: /s/ Kenneth Brandt
Name: Michelle Hoff       Name: Kenneth Brandt
Title: Vice President       Title: Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

(Trade Confirmation)

 

On file with Custodian

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

Any of the following persons (each acting singly) shall be an Authorized Person (as this list may subsequently be modified by the Company from time to time by written notice to the Custodian):

  

NAME: SPECIMEN SIGNATURE:
Christopher D. Long /s/ Christopher D. Long
Angie K. Long /s/ Angie K. Long
Jeffrey D. Fox /s/ Jeffrey D. Fox
Scott A. Betz /s/ Scott A. Betz

  

 

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF REQUEST FOR RELEASE

 

(attached)

  

 

 

 

 

Request for Release of Documents

 

U.S. Bank Global Corporate Trust Services

1719 Otis Way

Florence, South Carolina 29501

Ref: Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

Attention: Document Custody Services

Receiving Unit

Email: dcs@usbank.com

Fax: (651) 695-6100 or (651) 695-6101

 

RE: Custody Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2019 (the “Custody Agreement”) between Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc., (the “Company”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as custodian and document custodian (the “Document Custodian”)

 

Pursuant to Section 6 of the Custody Agreement, we request the release of the Collateral Files relating to the Collateral listed on the attached Excel spreadsheet for the reason indicated below:

 

Reason for Requesting Documents (Check One):

 

  1) Collateral Paid in Full
  2) Collateral being Substituted
  3) Collateral being Liquidated by Company
 

4) Other- Description Needed Below  

  

Company:  
Authorized Representative:  
Name (Printed):  
Title (Printed):  
Date:  
Phone:  

 

File Delivery Instructions – Address Needed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Upon Completion of Request, for Release, please scan and email the request to the appropriate DCS Vault Location. If applicable, please indicate if the request is a “Rush” in the subject line. Please fax the form if you do not have access to email.

 

Florence: dcsflorencescreleases@usbank.com
Frederick: electronic.release.requests@usbank.com
Jacksonville: dcsctsjacksonville.requests@usbank.com
Saint Paul: dcs@usbank.com
St. Petersburg: documentcustody.stpete@usbank.com
Rocklin: dcs-rocklin@usbank.com
Tempe: tempe.dcs.request@usbank.com

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and effective as of [ ] day of [ ], 2020 (“Effective Date”), by and between Palmer Square Capital Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Licensor”), and Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the “Licensee”) (each a “party,” and collectively, the “parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Licensee is a newly organized, externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, Licensor, together with its affiliates, provides investment management, investment consultation and investment advisory services;

 

WHEREAS, Licensor and its affiliates, including Palmer Square BDC Advisor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Investment Advisor”), have used the marks “Palmer Square”, “Palmer Square Capital” and derivations thereof (the “Licensed Mark”) in the United States of America and certain other jurisdictions (collectively, the “Territory”) in connection with the investment management, investment consultation and investment advisory services they provide;

 

WHEREAS, the Licensee is entering into an investment advisory agreement with Investment Advisor (the “Advisory Agreement”), wherein Licensee shall engage Investment Advisor to act as the investment adviser to the Licensee;

 

WHEREAS, it is intended that Investment Advisor be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Licensee desires to use the Licensed Mark as part of its corporate name and in connection with the operation of its business, and Licensor is willing to grant Licensee a license to use the Licensed Mark, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

   

ARTICLE 1.
LICENSE GRANT

 

1.1. License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts from Licensor, a personal, non-exclusive, royalty-free right and license to use the Licensed Mark solely and exclusively as a component of Licensee’s own corporate name and in connection with marketing the investment management, investment consultation and investment advisory services that Investment Advisor may provide to Licensee. During the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall use the Licensed Mark only to the extent permitted under this License, and except as provided above, neither Licensee nor any affiliate, owner, director, officer, employee or agent thereof shall otherwise use the Licensed Mark or any derivative thereof in the Territory without the prior express written consent of Licensor in its sole and absolute discretion and shall not use the Licensed Mark for any purpose outside the Territory. All rights not expressly granted to Licensee hereunder shall remain the exclusive property of the Licensor.

   

1.2. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Licensor or any of its successors or assigns from using or permitting other entities to use the Licensed Mark, whether or not such entity directly or indirectly competes or conflicts with Licensee’s business in any manner.

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2.
COMPLIANCE

 

2.1. Quality Control. In order to preserve the inherent value of the Licensed Mark, Licensee agrees to use reasonable efforts to ensure that it maintains the quality of the Licensee’s business and the operation thereof equal to the standards prevailing in the operation of Licensee’s business as of the Effective Date. The Licensee further agrees to use the Licensed Mark in accordance with such quality standards as may be reasonably established by Licensor and communicated to the Licensee from time to time in writing, or as may be agreed to by Licensor and the Licensee from time to time in writing.

 

2.2. Compliance With Laws. Licensee agrees that the business operated by it in connection with the Licensed Mark shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any governmental body in the Territory or elsewhere as may be applicable to the operation, marketing, and promotion of the business and shall notify Licensor of any action that must be taken by Licensee to comply with such law, rules, regulations or requirements.

 

2.3. Notification of Infringement. Each party shall immediately notify the other party and provide to the other party all relevant background facts upon becoming aware of (a) any registrations of, or applications for registration of, marks in the Territory that do or may conflict with the Licensor’s rights in the Licensed Mark or the rights granted to the Licensee under this Agreement, (b) any infringements or misuse of the Licensed Mark in the Territory by any third party (“Third Party Infringement”), or (c) any claim that Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark infringes the intellectual property rights of any third party in the Territory (“Third Party Claim”). Licensor shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, defend and/or settle in its sole discretion, all actions, proceedings and claims involving any Third Party Infringement or Third Party Claim, and to take any other action that it deems necessary or proper for the protection and preservation of its rights in the Licensed Mark. Licensee shall cooperate with Licensor in the prosecution, defense or settlement of such actions, proceedings or claims.

  

- 2 -

 

 

ARTICLE 3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1. Licensee accepts this license on an “as is” basis. Licensee acknowledges that Licensor makes no explicit or implicit representation or warranty as to the registrability, validity, enforceability, ownership of the Licensed Mark, or as to Licensee’s ability to use the Licensed Mark without infringing or otherwise violating the rights of others, and Licensor has no obligation to indemnify Licensee with respect to any claims arising from Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark, including without limitation any Third Party Claim.

 

3.2. Mutual Representations. Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other party as follows:

 

(a) Due Authorization. Such party is a limited liability company duly formed or a corporation duly incorporated, as applicable, and is in good standing as of the Effective Date, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such party.

 

(b) Due Execution. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and, upon due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.

 

(c) No Conflict. Such party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of the operating agreement, charter or bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of such party; (ii) conflict with or violate any governmental order applicable to such party or any of its assets, properties or businesses; or (iii) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any consent under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of any contract, agreement, lease, sublease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or arrangement to which it is a party.

 

ARTICLE 4.
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

4.1. Term. This Agreement shall expire if the Investment Advisor or one of its affiliates ceases to serve as investment adviser to the Licensee. This Agreement shall be terminable by Licensor at any time and in its sole discretion in the event that Licensor or Licensee receives notice of any Third Party Claim arising out of Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark; by Licensor or Licensee upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to the other party; or by Licensee at any time in the event Licensee assigns or attempts to assign or sublicense this Agreement or any of Licensee’s rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of Licensor.

  

- 3 -

 

 

4.2. Upon Termination. Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement with respect to the Licensed Mark shall cease, and Licensee shall immediately delete the term “Palmer Square” from its corporate name and shall discontinue all other use of the Licensed Mark. For twenty-four (24) months following termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall specify on all public-facing materials in a prominent place and in prominent typeface that Licensee is no longer operating under the Licensed Mark, is no longer associated with Licensor, or such other notice as may be deemed necessary by Licensor in its sole discretion in its prosecution, defense, and/or settlement of any Third Party Claim.

 

ARTICLE 5.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1. Third Party Beneficiaries. The parties agree that Investment Advisor shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and shall have the rights and protections provided to Licensee under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, either express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any third party other than Investment Advisor any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

5.2. Assignment. Licensee shall not sublicense, assign, pledge, grant or otherwise encumber or transfer to any third party all or any part of its rights or duties under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Licensor, which consent Licensor may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Any purported transfer without such consent shall be void ab initio.

 

5.3. Independent Contractor. Neither party shall have, or shall represent that it has, any power, right or authority to bind the other party to any obligation or liability, or to assume or create any obligation or liability on behalf of the other party.

 

5.4. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service (with signature required), by facsimile or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or such other address as the parties may provide to each other by written Notice):

 

If to Licensor:

 

Palmer Square Capital Management LLC

1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315

Mission Woods, Kansas 66205

Tel. No.: (816) 994-3200

Fax No.: (913) 647-9733

Attn: Member

  

- 4 -

 

 

If to Licensee:

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315
Mission Woods, Kansas 66205

Tel. No.: (816) 994-3200

Fax No.: (913) 647-9733

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

5.5. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. The parties unconditionally and irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in the State of New York and waive any objection with respect thereto, for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

5.6. Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by each party hereto.

 

5.7. No Waiver. The failure of either party to enforce at any time for any period the provisions of or any rights deriving from this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or rights or the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by all parties hereto.

 

5.8. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

5.9. Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

5.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original instrument and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or portable document format (PDF) counterpart signatures to this Agreement shall be acceptable and binding.

 

5.11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

  

- 5 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first set forth above by its duly authorized officer.

  

  LICENSOR:
   
  PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT LLC
   
  By:  
    Name:  Jeffrey D. Fox
    Title: Managing Director
   
  LICENSEE:
   
  PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.
   
  By:  
    Name: Scott A. Betz
    Title: Chief Compliance Officer

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO  
   
PALMER SQUARE BDC ADVISOR LLC  
   
By:    
  Name:   Jeffrey D. Fox  
  Title: Chief Financial Officer  

  

 

[Signature Page to Trademark License Agreement]

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION DOCUMENTS BOOKLET

 

INSTRUCTIONS
and
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

December 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO SUBSCRIBERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO SUBSCRIBERS

 

Persons and entities (“Subscribers”) wishing to subscribe for shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC. (the “Fund”) should complete and sign the Subscription Agreement and Form W-9 or applicable Form W-8.

 

In order to comply with the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti- Terrorist Financing Act of 2001 (Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001), as amended, and the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, certain Subscribers may be required to provide additional information. If necessary, you will be contacted regarding the particular information that you will need to provide after you complete the Subscription Agreement and the Form W-9. You will need to provide the requested information prior to the Fund’s acceptance of your subscription.

 

EACH SUBSCRIBER SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE FUND’S CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM AND THE EXHIBITS THERETO.

 

Normally, Subscribers may subscribe by completing the following steps:

 

1. SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT:

 

Complete the applicable Sections in Article VI, complete and sign the signature page (30-31).

 

Custodians of individual retirement accounts must complete the Additional Representation with Respect to Investment for an IRA on page 32 and Acknowledgement Page on page 33.

 

Custodians/trustees of individual retirement accounts or other Benefit Plan Investors must provide a duplicate statement of address.

 

2. IRS FORMS:

 

Complete and sign IRS Form W-9 or applicable version of Form W-8 (together with all required attachments). IRS Form W-9 and all versions of Form W-8 and associated instructions are available at:

 

Form W-9 (http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw9.pdf)

 

Form W-8BEN (http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8ben.pdf)

 

Form W-8BEN-E (http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8bene.pdf)

 

Form W-8IMY (http://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/fw8imy.pdf)

 

 

 

 

3. AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE(S):

 

Complete and sign the attached in the places provided to designate all authorized signatories.

 

4. ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING SUPPLEMENT:

 

Complete and sign the attached Anti-Money Laundering Supplement.

 

5. DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN ELECTION FORM

 

Complete and sign the attached Dividend Reinvestment Plan Election Form.

 

Completed Subscription Agreements, Forms W-9 or applicable Form W-8 (and all required attachments), Anti-Money Laundering Supplements and Dividend Reinvestment Plan Election Form should be returned to:

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315

Mission Woods, KS 66205

Telephone: (816) 994-3200

Email: investorrelations@palmersquarecap.com

 

If the Subscriber’s subscription is accepted (in whole or in part) by the Fund, a countersigned copy of this Subscription Agreement will be delivered to the Subscriber.

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRANSMITTAL OF FUNDS:

 

In connection with a Subscriber’s investment, the Subscriber shall be required to contribute capital pursuant to Drawdown Notices (as defined in the Subscription Agreement). Upon receipt of a Drawdown Notice, payment shall be sent by wire transfer pursuant to the wire instructions set forth below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, wire instructions may change in the sole discretion of the Fund. Therefore, Subscribers should wire funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in any Drawdown Notice issued by the Fund. To the extent there is any discrepancy in the wire instructions set forth below and the wire instructions set forth in a Drawdown Notice, the wire instructions in such Drawdown Notice shall prevail.

 

  Bank: [●]
  SWIFT: [●]
  ABA: [●]
  Account #: [●]
  Account Name: [●]
  For the benefit of: Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.
  Account #: [●]
  Payment Details: Include Subscriber Name, Routing or SWIFT number of
    Subscriber’s Bank, and Subscriber’s Bank Account Number

 

In addition to providing the requested information set forth in the Subscription Agreement regarding the origin of your funds, please contact us at (816) 994-3200 or investorrelations@palmersquarecap.com with the date, the amount and the bank and branch from which the funds originate. This will allow us to confirm the receipt of your funds.

 

If your subscription is not accepted by the Fund, or you do not wish to subscribe for an Shares in the Fund, please destroy all Fund documents. This Subscription Documents Booklet may not be reproduced, duplicated or delivered to any other person.

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

RECITALS

 

This Subscription Agreement (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, together with all attachments, the “Subscription” or the “Subscription Agreement”) is being executed and delivered in connection with the subscription by the undersigned (the “Subscriber”) to purchase shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Shares”), of Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. (the “Fund”), a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Maryland with offices at 1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315, Mission Woods, KS 66205, through periodic calls of all or a portion of capital amounts of the Subscriber’s aggregate capital commitment (the “Capital Commitment”) in the amount set forth on the signature page below.

 

ARTICLE I

Subscription for Shares

 

1.1. Subscription.

 

(a) The Subscriber hereby tenders this Subscription whereby the Subscriber irrevocably commits and agrees to purchase Shares for an aggregate purchase price, in cash, equal to its Capital Commitment, portions of such Capital Commitment to be payable in immediately available funds on an as-needed basis under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

(b) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that this subscription (i) is irrevocable on the part of the Subscriber, (ii) is conditioned upon acceptance by the Fund and (iii) may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part by the Fund in its sole discretion at any time. The Subscriber agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement and the Operative Documents (as defined below). The Subscriber acknowledges that the effective date of this Subscription Agreement will be subsequent to the date the Subscriber signs it, as determined by the Fund in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

1.2. Receipt of Operative Documents; Form 10.

 

(a) The Subscriber acknowledges receipt from the Fund of a copy of the Fund’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Memorandum”), the Fund’s bylaws, in the form attached hereto as Appendix A (as amended, the “Bylaws”), the Fund’s articles of incorporation, in the form attached hereto as Appendix B (as amended, the “Charter”), the Investment Advisory Agreement by and between Palmer Square BDC Advisor LLC (the “Investment Advisor”) and the Fund, in the form attached hereto as Appendix C (as amended, the “Advisory Agreement”), and the Administration Agreement by and between the Fund and the Investment Advisor (in such capacity, the “Administrator”), in the form attached hereto as Appendix D (as amended, the “Administration Agreement” and, together with the Memorandum, the Bylaws, the Charter, this Subscription Agreement and the Advisory Agreement, the “Operative Documents”) together with this Subscription Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(b) The Fund will file a registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) for the registration of its common stock with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Registration Statement is not the offering document pursuant to which the Fund is conducting this offering of securities. Accordingly, the Subscriber should rely exclusively on information contained in the Memorandum. The Fund expects to enter into separate Subscription Agreements (the “Other Subscription Agreements” and, together with this Subscription Agreement, the “Subscription Agreements”) with other investors (the “Other Investors,” and together with the Subscriber, the “Investors”), providing for the sale of Shares to the Other Investors. This Subscription Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are separate agreements, and the sales of Shares to the undersigned and the Other Investors are to be separate sales.

 

THE SUBSCRIBER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SUBSCRIBER IS ACQUIRING THE SHARES AFTER INVESTIGATION OF THE FUND AND ITS PROSPECTS AND THAT NO OFFER HAS BEEN MADE TO THE SUBSCRIBER EXCEPT THROUGH THE MEMORANDUM. THE SUBSCRIBER FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SUBSCRIBER IS NOT RELYING UPON ANY REPRESENTATION MADE BY ANY PERSON EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE MEMORANDUM.

 

1.3. Terms and Conditions.

 

(a) The Fund shall have the right to accept or reject the Subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever, including, but not limited to, (i) the inability of the Subscriber to meet the standards imposed by Regulation D (“Regulation D”) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (ii) the ineligibility of the Subscriber under applicable state or foreign securities laws or (iii) for any other reason.

 

(b) If this Subscription is accepted by the Fund, the Fund will forward an executed copy of this Subscription Agreement to the undersigned and the undersigned will be bound by the terms hereof. If the Subscriber’s subscription is accepted in part and rejected in part, the Subscriber will be so notified and the Subscriber agrees to deliver promptly upon the Fund’s request a new signature page to this Subscription Agreement with respect to which the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment shall be such lesser amount as may be determined by the Fund. If the Subscriber’s subscription is wholly rejected, the executed copies of this Subscription Agreement will be returned to the Subscriber.

 

(c) The closing of the subscription for the Shares by the Subscriber (the “Closing”) shall take place on the date that this Subscription Agreement (having been executed and fully completed by the Subscriber) is accepted in whole or in part by the Fund (such date being the date filled in by the Fund on the signature page hereto). On the date of the receipt of the Subscriber’s first Drawdown Purchase (as defined below), assuming the Closing has taken place, the Subscriber shall be registered as a stockholder of the Fund (a “Stockholder”).

 

2

 

 

(d) The Subscriber agrees to provide any information reasonably requested by the Fund to verify the accuracy of the representations contained herein, including the Suitability Requirements included in Article VI hereto.

 

(e) In the event the Subscriber is permitted by the Fund to make an additional capital commitment to purchase Shares on a date after its initial subscription has been accepted, the Purchaser shall be required to enter into an addendum to this Subscription Agreement covering such additional capital commitment.

 

1.4. Other Investors.

 

(a) The Fund may enter into Other Subscription Agreements with Other Investors after the Closing, with any closing thereunder referred to as a “Subsequent Closing” and any Other Investor whose subscription has been accepted at such Subsequent Closing referred to as a “Subsequent Investor.” Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.5, on one or more dates to be determined by the Fund that occur on or following the Subsequent Closing (each such date, a “Catch-Up Date”), each Subsequent Investor shall be required to purchase from the Fund a number of Shares with an aggregate purchase price necessary to ensure that, upon payment of the aggregate purchase price for such Shares by the Subsequent Investor on such Catch-Up Date(s), such Subsequent Investor’s Invested Percentage (as defined below) shall be equal to the Invested Percentage of all prior Investors (other than any Defaulting Subscribers) (such amount, the “Catch-Up Purchase Price” and such purchase, the “Catch-up Purchase”). Upon payment of all or a portion of the Catch-Up Purchase Price by the Investor on a Catch-Up Date, the Fund shall issue to each such Subsequent Investor a number of Shares determined by dividing (x) the Catch-Up Purchase Price paid minus the Organizational Expense Allocation (as defined below) by (y) the NAV per Share (as defined below) as of a Catch-Up Date (determined prior to such issuance). Investors that make a Capital Commitment prior to any Subsequent Closing will not be required to fund Drawdown Purchases (as defined below) on a Drawdown Date (as defined below) until all Subsequent Investors have made their entire Catch-up Purchase. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Catch-Up Date and a Drawdown Date occur on the same calendar day, such Catch-Up Date (and the application of the provisions of this Section 1.4(b)) shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.

 

Invested Percentage” means, with respect to an Investor, the quotient determined by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of contributions made by such Investor pursuant to Section 1.1 and this Section 1.4(a) and Section 1.5 by (ii) such Investor’s Capital Commitment.

 

Organizational Expense Allocation” means, with respect to an Investor, (a) multiplied by (b), where:

 

“(a)” equals (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total Capital Commitments received by the Fund through such date (including the Investor’s), and the denominator of which is the total Capital Commitments received by the Fund through such date (excluding the Investor’s), minus (ii) 1.00; and

 

3

 

 

“(b)” equals the total amount of organizational and offering expenses spent by the Fund in connection with the Fund’s formation and the offering described in the Memorandum.

 

1.5. Drawdowns.

 

(a) Subject to Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4, the Subscriber agrees to purchase Shares for an aggregate purchase price equal to its Capital Commitment, payable at such times and in such amounts as required by the Fund. The Subscriber shall be required to fund a capital contribution to purchase Shares (a “Drawdown Purchase”) each time the Fund delivers a notice (the “Drawdown Notice”) to the Subscriber. Drawdown Notices shall be delivered at least ten calendar days prior to the date on which payment will be due (each, a “Drawdown Date”) and shall set forth the amount, in U.S. dollars, of the aggregate purchase price (the “Drawdown Purchase Price”) to be paid by the Subscriber to purchase Shares on such Drawdown Date. Each purchase of Shares pursuant to a Drawdown Notice will be made at a per Share price equal to the net asset value per Share, as determined by the board of directors of the Fund (the “Board”) or an appropriately designated committee of the Board at the time of issuance of the Drawdown Notice (the “NAV per Share”). No Subscriber shall be required to invest more than the total amount of its Capital Commitment.

 

(b) Each Drawdown Purchase Price shall be payable, in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds per the wire transfer instructions set forth in such Drawdown Notice. In addition to the wire transfer instructions, each Drawdown Notice shall set forth (i) the Drawdown Date, (ii) the aggregate amount of capital that is being drawn down from all subscribers and (iii) the Subscriber’s share of capital drawn. The delivery of a Drawdown Notice to the Subscriber shall be the sole and exclusive condition to the Subscriber’s irrevocable and unconditional obligation to pay such Drawdown Purchase Price in the amount set forth therein, without any right of offset, reduction, counterclaim or defense.

 

(c) Concurrent with any payment of all or a portion of the Drawdown Purchase Price, the Fund shall issue to the Subscriber a number of Shares equal to the amount of the Drawdown Purchase Price funded by the Subscriber on the applicable Drawdown Date divided by the NAV per Share as set forth in the Drawdown Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Fund shall not issue Shares for any portion of the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment that has not been paid to the Fund and used to purchase Shares pursuant to one or more Drawdown Notices (the “Undrawn Commitment”).

 

4

 

 

(d) Upon the earlier to occur of (i) a Liquidity Event (as defined below) and (ii) the five year anniversary of the first Drawdown Date for the Investors in the Fund (the “Commitment Period”) the Subscriber shall be released from any obligation to fund any portion of its Capital Commitment for which it has not received a Drawdown Notice prior to the termination of the Commitment Period, except to the extent necessary to (A) pay expenses of the Fund, including management fees, amounts due or that may become due under any financing or similar obligations, and indemnity obligations or (B) fund investments or obligations (including guarantees) of the Fund in connection with any transaction for which there is a binding written agreement as of the end of the Commitment Period (including phased investments). A “Liquidity Event” means, at the discretion of the Board: (a) (1) the listing of the Fund’s common stock on a national securities exchange or (2) an initial public offering of the Fund’s common stock that results in an unaffiliated public float of at least the lower of (i) $75 million and (ii) 15% of the aggregate capital commitments received prior to the date of such initial public offering (a “Qualified IPO”), or (b) with the consent of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding common stock and in accordance with Maryland law, a corporate control transaction, which may include a strategic sale of the Fund or all or substantially all of its assets to, or a merger with, another entity, or another type of corporate control event (which may include a transaction with an affiliated entity, including an affiliated business development company (“BDC”)) for consideration in cash or publicly listed securities of such entity or a combination of cash and such publicly listed securities.

 

(e) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Fund intends to request contributions from all subscribers with an Undrawn Commitment pro rata in accordance with the Capital Commitments of all subscribers with Undrawn Commitments; provided that the Fund shall retain the right to require the Subscriber (i) to fund a Drawdown Purchase Price that is more or less than its pro rata share or (ii) to fund a Drawdown Purchase Price (but not require Other Investors to do so), in either case, in order to accelerate the fulfillment of the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment if less than 20% of the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment remains undrawn, to seek to equalize the percentage of the Subscriber’s total Capital Commitment that has been contributed to the Fund relative to the capital contributions of Other Investors, or to avoid any of the Default Remedy Limitations (as defined below) or for other regulatory reasons. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Fund may, if determined by the Fund in its sole discretion, from time to time require capital contributions from Other Investors and not the Subscriber. Accordingly, Drawdown Notices may be issued only to selected subscribers (including or excluding the Subscriber) from time to time and require a purchase of Shares by such investors in amounts determined by the Fund in its sole discretion.

 

1.6. Pledging.

 

(a) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Subscriber specifically agrees and consents that the Fund may, at any time, without further notice to or consent from the Subscriber (except to the extent otherwise provided in this Subscription Agreement), grant security over and, in connection therewith, transfer its right to draw down capital from the Subscriber hereunder, and the Fund’s right to receive the Drawdown Purchase Price (and any related rights of the Fund), to lenders or other creditors of the Fund, in connection with any indebtedness, guarantee or surety of the Fund; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any such grantee’s right to draw down capital shall be subject to the limitations on the Fund’s right to draw down capital set forth herein.

 

5

 

 

1.7. Dividends; Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

(a) As described more fully in the Memorandum, the Fund generally intends to distribute on a quarterly basis, beginning after the first full quarter following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of its available earnings in such amount so the Fund will not have to pay corporate-level income tax, subject to the discretion of the Board. The Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, as may be amended (the “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”), pursuant to which, with respect to stockholders who do not “opt-out” of the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, the Fund shall reinvest all cash distributions declared by the Board on behalf of any such Stockholder in exchange for such Stockholder receiving a number of newly issued Shares equal to the quotient determined by dividing the amount of cash otherwise to be distributed to such Stockholder in connection with such distribution by NAV per Share as of the valuation date fixed by the Board for such distribution. The Subscriber may “opt-out” of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan in the Dividend Reinvestment Plan Election Form attached hereto. An election to “opt-out” of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan may be altered by notifying the Fund in writing. A change in election must be received by the Fund at least ten calendar days prior to any distribution date; otherwise, such election shall be effective only with respect to any subsequent distributions. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that any distributions received by the Subscriber or reinvested by the Fund on the Subscriber’s behalf pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan shall have no effect on the amount of the Subscriber’s Undrawn Commitment.

 

1.8. Remedies Upon Drawdown Purchase Price Default. In the event that the Subscriber fails to pay all or any portion of the Drawdown Purchase Price due from the Subscriber on any Drawdown Date (such amount, together with the amount of the Subscriber’s Undrawn Commitment, a “Defaulted Commitment”) and such default remains uncured for a period of ten days, then the Fund shall be permitted to declare the Subscriber to be in default on its obligations under this Subscription Agreement (in such capacity, a “Defaulting Subscriber” and, collectively with any Other Investors declared to be in default, the “Defaulting Stockholders”) and shall be permitted to pursue one or any combination of the following remedies:

 

(a) Participation in Future Drawdowns. The Fund may prohibit the Defaulting Subscriber from purchasing additional Shares on any future Drawdown Date.

 

(b) Offer of Shares. The Fund may offer up to 100% of the Defaulting Subscriber’s Shares (the “Offered Shares”) first, to the Other Investors (other than any Defaulting Stockholders) and if such Other Investors do not purchase all of such Offered Shares, to third parties for purchase at a price equal to the lesser of the then-current net asset value of such Shares or the highest price reasonably obtainable by the Fund therefor, subject to such other terms as the Fund in its discretion shall determine, which offer(s) shall be binding upon the Defaulting Subscriber if the purchasing Other Investors or third parties agree to assume the related Capital Commitment with respect to such Shares of the Defaulting Subscriber, including any portion then due and unpaid, and the Fund pursuant to its authority under Section 5.1 may execute on behalf of the Defaulting Subscriber any documents necessary to effect the Transfer (as defined herein) of the Defaulting Subscriber’s Shares pursuant to this Section 1.8(b); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Subscription Agreement, no Shares shall be transferred to any Other Investor pursuant to this Section 1.8(b) in the event that such Transfer (as defined herein) would (x) violate the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “Blue Sky” laws applicable to the Fund or such Transfer (as defined herein), (y) constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or (z) cause all or any portion of the assets of the Fund to constitute “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (it being understood that this proviso shall operate only to the extent necessary to avoid the occurrence of the consequences described in this sentence) (such consequences (x), (y) and (z), each a “Transfer Restriction”).

 

6

 

 

(c) Forfeiture of Shares. The Fund may, in its sole discretion and as permitted by applicable law, transfer up to fifty percent (50%) of the Shares then held by the Defaulting Subscriber on the books of the Fund, without any further action being required on the part of the Defaulting Subscriber, to the Other Investors (other than any Defaulting Stockholders), pro rata in accordance with their respective Capital Commitments; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Subscription Agreement, no Shares shall be transferred to any Other Investor pursuant to this Section 1.8(c) in the event that such transfer would result in any Transfer Restriction; provided, further, that any Shares that have not been transferred to one or more Other Investors pursuant to the previous proviso shall be allocated among the participating Other Investors pro rata in accordance with their respective Capital Commitments. The mechanism described in this Section 1.8(c) is intended to operate as a liquidated damage provision, since the damage to the Fund and Other Investors resulting from a default by the Defaulting Subscriber is both significant and not easily quantified. By entry into this Subscription Agreement, the Subscriber agrees to this transfer and acknowledges that it constitutes a reasonable liquidated damage remedy for any default in the Subscriber’s obligation of the type described.

 

(d) Other Remedies. The Fund may pursue any other remedies against the Defaulting Subscriber available to the Fund at law or in equity. No course of dealing between the Fund and any Defaulting Stockholder and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred in this Section 1.8 or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise shall operate as a waiver or otherwise prejudice any such right, power or remedy. In addition to the foregoing, the Fund may in its discretion institute a lawsuit against the Defaulting Subscriber for specific performance of its obligation to pay any Drawdown Purchase Price and any other payments to be made by the Defaulting Subscriber pursuant to this Subscription Agreement and to collect any overdue amounts hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subscription Agreement, the Subscriber agrees (i) to pay on demand all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of the Fund in connection with the enforcement of this Subscription Agreement against the Subscriber sustained as a result of any default by the Subscriber and (ii) that any such payment shall not constitute payment of a Drawdown Purchase Price or reduce the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment. The Subscriber agrees that this Section 1.8 is solely for the benefit of the Fund and shall be interpreted by the Fund against the Defaulting Subscriber in the discretion of the Fund. The Subscriber further agrees that the Subscriber cannot and will not seek to enforce this Section 1.8 against the Fund or any other investor in the Fund.

 

(e) Drawdown Notices. The Fund shall be authorized to issue additional Drawdown Notices to non-Defaulting Subscribers to make up for any short-fall caused by a Defaulting Subscriber’s failure to fund any Drawdown Notice, provided that no Subscriber shall be obligated to fund more than its then Undrawn Commitment.

 

7

 

 

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE SUBSCRIBER; INDEMNIFICATION

 

2.1. Representations and Warranties by the Subscriber. The Subscriber represents and warrants to the Fund that:

 

(a) The Subscriber understands that the offering and sale of the Shares are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, applicable U.S. state securities laws and the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdictions by virtue of the private placement exemption from registration provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, exemptions under applicable U.S. state securities laws and exemptions under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdictions, and the Subscriber agrees that any Shares acquired by the Subscriber may not be Transferred (as defined below) in any manner that would require the Fund to register the Shares under the Securities Act, under any U.S. state securities laws or under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdictions. “Transfer” (or any derivative thereof) shall mean to sell, offer for sale, agree to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, in any case whether directly or indirectly.

 

(b) The Subscriber is acquiring the Shares for the Subscriber’s own account, as principal, for investment purposes only, and not with any intention to resell, distribute or otherwise dispose of the Shares, in whole or in part. No one other than the Subscriber has any interest in or any right to acquire the Shares. The Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the Fund will have no obligation to recognize the ownership, beneficial or otherwise, of such Shares by anyone but the Subscriber.

 

(c) The Subscriber has been furnished with, has carefully read and has relied solely on (except for information obtained pursuant to paragraph (e) below) the information contained in the Memorandum and this Subscription Agreement and the Subscriber has not relied on any other offering literature or prospectus and no representations or warranties have been made to the Subscriber by the Fund or its employees or agents, other than the representations as set forth in the Memorandum and this Subscription Agreement. The Subscriber understands the various risks and conflicts of interests of the Fund, as well as the fees and other compensation to which the Fund is subject. The Subscriber understands that Dechert LLP acts as counsel only to the Fund and does not represent the Subscriber or any other person by reason of such person’s investment in the Fund.

 

(d) The Subscriber acknowledges that the Shares were not offered to the Subscriber by any means of general solicitation or general advertising. In that regard, the Subscriber is not subscribing for the Shares: (i) as a result of, or subsequent to, becoming aware of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium, generally available electronic communication, broadcast over television or radio or generally available to the public on the internet or worldwide web; (ii) as a result of, or subsequent to, attendance at a seminar or meeting called by any of the means set forth in (i) above; or (iii) as a result of, or subsequent to, any solicitations by a person not previously known to the Subscriber in connection with investment in securities generally.

 

8

 

 

(e) The Subscriber has had an unrestricted opportunity to: (i) obtain additional information concerning the offering of Shares (the “Offering”), the Shares, the terms and conditions of the Operative Documents, the Fund and any other matters relating directly or indirectly to the Subscriber’s purchase of the Shares; and (ii) ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Fund concerning the terms and conditions of the Offering and obtain such additional information as may have been necessary to verify the accuracy of the information contained in the Memorandum or otherwise provided. None of the Fund, the Investment Advisor, the Administrator nor anyone on their behalf has made any representations (whether written or oral) to the Subscriber (i) regarding the future performance of the Fund or (ii) that the past performance of the Fund or their affiliates will in any way predict the results of the Fund’s activities.

 

(f) The Subscriber is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act (an “Accredited Investor”). In addition, the Subscriber has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the relative merits and risks of an investment in the Fund. All information that the Subscriber has provided concerning the Subscriber and the Subscriber’s financial position is true, correct and complete.

 

(g) The Subscriber has not been subject to any disqualifying events, as defined under Rule 506(d) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (a “Disqualifying Event”), or any proceeding or event that could result in a Disqualifying Event that would either require disclosure under the provisions of Rule 506(e) of the Securities Act or result in disqualification under Rule 506(d)(1) of the Fund’s reliance on the Rule 506 safe harbor. The Subscriber further represents and warrants that, unless it notifies the Fund otherwise in writing, the Subscriber is not acting as part of a group (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Act) with any other individuals or entities (including any existing or prospective investor in the Fund) for the purpose of acquiring or holding the Shares.

 

(h) The Subscriber is not relying on the Fund or any information in the Memorandum with respect to any legal, investment or tax considerations involved in the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Shares. The Subscriber has relied solely upon the advice of, or has consulted with, in regard to the legal, investment and tax considerations involved in the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Shares, the Subscriber’s legal counsel, business and/or investment adviser, accountant and tax advisor.

 

(i) The Subscriber has full power and authority to make the representations and warranties referred to herein, to purchase the Shares and to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, and if the Subscriber is an entity, the partner, officer or trustee executing this Subscription Agreement represents and warrants that he or she has full power and authority from all of the partners, the board of directors or all of the trustees of such entity, as the case may be, to execute this Subscription Agreement on behalf of such entity and that the purchase of the Shares is not prohibited by the governing documents of the entity or any applicable laws.

 

(j) The Subscriber understands that the Shares cannot be Transferred except in accordance with (1) the registration provisions of the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration provisions, (2) any applicable U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. securities laws and (3) the terms of this Subscription Agreement and the Operative Documents. The Subscriber further acknowledges that its overall Capital Commitment to the Fund and other investments that are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to the Subscriber’s net worth and the Subscriber has no need for immediate liquidity of the Subscriber’s investment in the Fund.

 

9

 

 

(k) The Subscriber understands that the Fund intends to file or has filed an election to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act and intends to elect or has elected to be treated as a “regulated investment company” within the meaning of Section 851 of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Pursuant to these elections, the Subscriber shall be required to furnish certain information to the Fund as required under U.S. Treasury Regulation §1.852-6(a) and other regulations. If the Subscriber is unable or refuses to provide such information directly to the Fund, the Subscriber understands that it shall be required to include additional information on its income tax return as provided in U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.852-7.

 

(l) None of the information concerning the Subscriber nor any statement, certification, representation or warranty made by the Subscriber in this Subscription Agreement or in any document required to be provided under this Subscription Agreement (including any Form W-9 or the relevant Forms W-8 (W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8IMY, W-8ECI or W-8EXP), as applicable, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein or herein not misleading.

 

(m) The Subscriber has read and understands the provisions of the Memorandum. In particular, the Subscriber has carefully reviewed the various risks of an investment in the Fund, including the risks summarized under “RISK FACTORS” in the Memorandum. In addition, the Subscriber understands that various potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise from the overall investment activities of the Investment Advisor and the Fund, and the Subscriber has carefully reviewed the various conflicts summarized under “POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST” in the Memorandum. The Subscriber consents to such potential and actual conflicts of interest and hereby waives any claim with respect to the existence of any such conflict of interest.

 

(n) The Subscriber has obtained, in its judgment, sufficient information from the Fund and any of its authorized representatives, to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Fund, and that after all necessary advice and analysis, has determined that its investment in the Fund is suitable and appropriate and further, that the Subscriber is willing and able to bear the economic and other risks of an investment in the Fund for an indefinite period of time.

 

(o) The Subscriber understands the investment objectives and policies of, and the investment strategies that may be pursued by, the Fund and the Investment Advisor with respect to the Fund. The purchase of Shares by the Subscriber is consistent with the investment purposes and objectives and cash flow requirements of the Subscriber and will not adversely affect the Subscriber’s overall need for diversification and liquidity.

 

(p) The Subscriber maintains the Subscriber’s domicile, and is not merely a transient or temporary resident, at the principal address shown on the signature page of this Subscription Agreement.

 

(q) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that any changes made by the Subscriber to any of the documents delivered to the Subscriber in connection with the Offering shall not be effective unless the Fund consents to such changes.

 

10

 

 

(r) The Subscriber has not reproduced, duplicated, distributed or delivered the Memorandum or the Operative Documents to any other person, except to the Subscriber’s professional advisors or as instructed by the Fund.

 

(s) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that amounts paid to the Subscriber will be paid to the account indicated on the signature page hereto unless written instructions are received from the Subscriber to the effect that payments are to be made to another account. The Fund reserves the right to object to the Subscriber’s choice of another account in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

(t) Prospective Subscribers should check the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac before making the following representations.

 

The Subscriber represents that any amounts it will contribute to the Fund will not be directly or indirectly derived from activities that may contravene U.S. Federal, state and international laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws.

 

OFAC prohibits, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the provisions of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals. The lists of OFAC prohibited countries, territories, persons and entities can be found on the OFAC website.

 

The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that none of:

 

(i) the Subscriber;

 

(ii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, the Subscriber;

 

(iii) if the Subscriber is a privately held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in the Subscriber; or

 

(iv) any person for whom the Subscriber is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment

 

(A) is a country, territory, individual or entity named on an OFAC list, or is an individual or entity that resides or has a place of business in a country or territory named on such lists;

 

11

 

 

(B) is a senior foreign political figure1, or any immediate family member2 or close associate3 of a senior foreign political figure within the meaning of the Department of Treasury’s Guidance on Enhanced Scrutiny for Transactions That May Involve the Proceeds of Foreign Official Corruption4 and as referenced in the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, as amended (the “Patriot Act”);5 or

 

(C) is a “foreign shell bank”6 or transacts business with a “foreign shell bank”.

 

The Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Fund should the Subscriber become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations. The Subscriber is advised that, by law, the Fund may be obligated to “freeze the account” of the Subscriber by prohibiting additional contributions, refusing to process a distribution to Subscriber or suspending other rights the Subscriber may have under this Subscription Agreement or the Operative Documents, and the Fund may also be required to report such action and to disclose the Subscriber’s identity to OFAC.

 

The Subscriber understands that the Fund may not accept any contributed amounts from the Subscriber if it cannot make the representations set forth above and the Fund may return any contributed amounts to the Subscriber if the information provided to the Fund is incomplete or is deemed suspicious.

 

If the Subscriber is an investment entity, then the Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Fund that the Subscriber is aware of the requirements of the Patriot Act, the regulations administered by OFAC and other applicable U.S. Federal, state or non-U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations (collectively, the “anti- money laundering/OFAC laws”). The Subscriber further represents and warrants that it has anti-money laundering policies and procedures in place reasonably designed to verify the identity of its beneficial owners and/or underlying investors (as applicable) and their sources of funds. Such policies and procedures are properly enforced and are consistent with the anti-money laundering/OFAC laws. The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Fund that, to the best of its knowledge, the Subscriber’s beneficial owners and/or underlying investors (as applicable) are not individuals, entities or countries that may subject the Fund to criminal or civil violations of any anti-money laundering/OFAC laws. The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Fund, or any other party on behalf of the Fund, may be required and shall be entitled to reveal any information regarding the Fund and the Subscriber’s investment in the Fund, including details of the Subscriber’s identity, to their regulators and/or any other government agency within their jurisdiction, as they shall, in their sole and absolute discretion, consider appropriate. The Subscriber will promptly provide any additional documentation the Fund may request in the future to the extent the Fund determines necessary in order to comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws or policies or other applicable laws.

 

 

1 A “senior foreign political figure” is defined as a current or former senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a non-U.S. government (whether elected or not); a senior official of a major non-U.S. political party; or a senior executive of a non-U.S. government-owned commercial enterprise. In addition, a “senior foreign political figure” includes any corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, a senior foreign political figure. Senior executives are individuals with substantial authority over policy, operations or the use of government-owned resources.

2 “Immediate family” of a senior foreign political figure typically includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws.
3 A “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure is a person who is widely and publicly known to maintain an unusually close relationship with the senior foreign political figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial domestic and international financial transactions on behalf of the senior foreign political figure.
4 For a more extensive discussion of the preceding terms and definitions, see http://www.federalreserve.gov/boarddocs/srletters/2001/sr0103a1.pdf.
5 The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56 (2001).
6 A “foreign shell bank” is a foreign bank that does not have a physical presence in any country.

 

12

 

 

(u) The Subscriber has indicated in Section 6.5 whether it is a “Benefit Plan Investor”. If it is not a Benefit Plan Investor on the date this Subscription Agreement is signed, the Subscriber agrees to notify the Fund in writing in advance if it anticipates becoming a Benefit Plan Investor at any time while it continues to hold any Shares in the Fund and to provide the information concerning its Benefit Plan Investor status required in Section 6.5. If the Subscriber is an entity that is a Benefit Plan Investor, it has indicated in Section 6.5 the percentage of its equity interests that are held by Benefit Plan Investors and will promptly notify the Fund in writing if that percentage changes.

 

(v) If the Subscriber is an insurance company and is investing the assets of its general account (or the assets of any wholly-owned subsidiary of its general account) in the Fund, it has indicated in Section 6.5 whether its assets include “plan assets” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the percentage of its assets that constitute “plan assets”. The Subscriber will promptly notify the Fund in writing if that percentage changes.

 

(w) If the Subscriber is a Benefit Plan Investor, the Subscriber acknowledges that it is intended that the Fund will not hold “plan assets”, as described in Section 6.5, of any Benefit Plan Investor that acquires Interests in the Fund. Accordingly, the Subscriber agrees that the Fund may at any time require the Subscriber to sell all or any portion of its Shares as, in the opinion of the Fund, is necessary to attempt to ensure that the assets of the Fund do not include “plan assets”.

 

(x) If the Subscriber is or will be, or is or will be acting on behalf of, an ERISA Plan or a Tax-Favored Plan, as those terms are defined in Section 6.5, or an entity that is a “Benefit Plan Investor” by reason of holding plan assets of any ERISA Plan or Tax-Favored Plan as described in Section 6.5 (each of the foregoing, a “Plan”): (i) the person or entity signing this Subscription Agreement is a fiduciary of each the Plan (the “Plan Fiduciary”); (ii) the decision to invest in the Fund was made by the Plan Fiduciary; (iii) the Plan Fiduciary is unrelated to the Fund and the Investment Advisor and any person affiliated therewith and is duly authorized to make such an investment decision on behalf of the Plan; (iv) the acquisition and subsequent holding of the Shares do not and will not constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 the Code; (v) the Plan’s subscription to invest in the Fund and the purchase of Shares contemplated hereby is in accordance with the terms of the Plan’s governing instruments; and (vi) the Plan Fiduciary has not relied on, and is not relying on, the investment advice of the Fund nor any of its directors, officers, employees, or representatives with respect to the Plan’s investment in the Fund, and neither the Fund nor any of its directors, officers, employees, or representatives, has any investment discretion with respect to the assets of the Plan which will be used to purchase the Shares.

 

13

 

 

(y) If the Subscriber is a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, a “church” plan within the meaning of Section 3(33) of ERISA, a non-U.S. plan or other plan subject to any federal, state, local or non-U.S. law similar to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA or to Section 4975 of the Code (collectively, “Other Plans”), or a trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is deemed to hold assets of an Other Plan under applicable law, then the Subscriber represents, warrants and agrees that: (i) the assets of the Fund will not be considered to include the assets of such Other Plan under the provisions of applicable law as a result of the Subscriber’s investment in the Fund; (ii) there is no federal, state, local or non-U.S. law, rule, regulation or constitutional provision applicable to the Other Plan that could in any respect affect the operation of the Fund, or prohibit any action contemplated by the Fund’s governing documents or related disclosures; and (iii) the Subscriber’s investment in the Fund is in accordance with the constituent documents of the Other Plan and will not result in a breach of any law, statute, rule, regulation or order of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Subscriber or any of its assets, including, without limitation, any law substantially similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

(z) In the event that the Subscriber is acting as agent, representative or nominee for another party (a “Beneficial Owner”), the Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the representations, warranties and agreements made herein are made by the Subscriber: (i) with respect to the Subscriber; and (ii) with respect to each Beneficial Owner of the Shares subscribed for hereby. The Subscriber represents and warrants that the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority from said Beneficial Owner(s) to execute and perform the obligations under this Subscription Agreement and has anti-money laundering policies and procedures in place reasonably designed to verify the identity of each Beneficial Owner and the sources of each Beneficial Owner’s funds. Such policies and procedures are properly enforced and are consistent with anti-money laundering/OFAC laws such that the Fund may rely on this representation. The Subscriber agrees, except to the extent specifically prohibited by applicable law, to indemnify the Fund and its officers, agents and affiliates for any and all costs, fees and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) in connection with any damages resulting from the Subscriber’s or any Beneficial Owner’s misrepresentation or misstatement contained herein, or the assertion of the Subscriber’s lack of proper authorization from each Beneficial Owner of the Shares subscribed for hereby to enter into this Subscription Agreement or perform the obligations thereof.

 

(aa) The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Fund may release and disclose to any service provider to the Fund, to regulatory, taxing or law enforcement authorities in any applicable jurisdiction to which any of the Fund and/or the Investment Advisor is or may be subject, copies of this Subscription Agreement and Subscription Documents Booklet and confidential information concerning the Subscriber, and if applicable, person(s) with a direct or indirect beneficial interest in the Shares or in the Subscriber itself, in their respective possession, whether provided by the Subscriber to the Fund or otherwise, including details of the Subscriber’s holdings in the Fund, historical and pending transactions in the Shares and the values thereof, if the Fund in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that it is required or advisable to do so in order to ensure compliance with applicable law. Any such disclosure pursuant to the foregoing shall not be treated as a breach of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed on any of the Fund or any other such person, by law or otherwise.

 

14

 

 

(bb) The Subscriber acknowledges, understands and agrees that it may receive or have access to confidential information relating to the Investment Advisor and the Fund, including, without limitation, underlying investments, portfolio positions, valuations, information regarding potential investments and all financial and performance information (collectively, “Confidential Information”), which is proprietary in nature and nonpublic. Whether or not this Subscription Agreement is accepted by the Fund, the Subscriber covenants and agrees that it shall not directly or indirectly, use, utilize or communicate or otherwise disclose such Confidential Information to any person or entity for any purpose whatsoever except: (i) as required by law; (ii) as permitted in writing by the Fund; or (iii) to the extent that such Confidential Information becomes public, other than from a violation of such Subscriber of this Subscription Agreement. Furthermore, the Subscriber has not reproduced, duplicated or delivered the Memorandum, this Subscription Agreement, the Operative Documents or any other document provided by the Fund to any other person, except professional advisers to the Subscriber or as instructed by the Fund.

 

(cc) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Subscription Agreement, the Subscriber may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as such terms are used in Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of its investment in the Fund, its former investment in the Fund (if the Subscriber has withdrawn from the Fund) and any transactions entered into by the Fund or pursuant to this Subscription Agreement, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Subscriber relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; provided that the Subscriber shall not disclose any information for which nondisclosure is reasonably necessary in order to comply with applicable law.

 

(dd) If the Subscriber is an individual retirement account (“IRA”) or a self-directed pension plan, and this Subscription Agreement is being executed by a custodian or a directed trustee on behalf of such Subscriber, the individual who established the IRA or the person who directed the pension plan’s investment in the Fund, as the case may be: (i) has directed the custodian or trustee of the Subscriber to execute this Subscription Agreement on the line set forth below for Authorized Signatory; (ii) has exclusive authority with respect to the decision to invest in the Fund; and (iii) has signed below to indicate that he or she has reviewed, directed and certifies to the accuracy of the representation and warranties made by the Subscriber herein.

 

(ee) (i) The Subscriber understands, acknowledges and agrees that pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, (or any amended or successor version) and any current or future regulations promulgated under such Sections or any official interpretations thereof (“FATCA”) the Fund is required to obtain from Subscriber certain identifying information, including, without limitation, name and address, and documentation, about Subscriber and Subscriber’s direct and indirect owners, and whether Subscriber or any such owner is a U.S. person or entity, and other tax-related information and documentation (collectively, the “FATCA Information”).

 

15

 

 

(ii) The Subscriber (A) agrees to promptly deliver all FATCA Information upon request by the Fund, the Investment Advisor or the Administrator and to certify such information in such form as may be required, and (B) understands, acknowledges and agrees that the FATCA Information may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other governmental tax authorities by the Fund, the Investment Advisor or the Administrator.

 

(iii) The Subscriber understands, acknowledges and agrees that if the Subscriber does not provide the requested FATCA Information, the Fund may, at its sole option and in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity, immediately redeem the Subscriber’s Shares in accordance with the procedures set forth elsewhere herein or prohibit the Subscriber from purchasing additional Shares or participating in additional investments in the Fund, decline or delay redemption requests, if any, by the Subscriber and/or deduct from such Subscriber’s account and retain amounts sufficient to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund from any and all withholding taxes, interest, penalties and other losses or liabilities suffered by the Fund on account of the Subscriber’s not providing all requested FATCA Information in a timely manner, and to ensure that such withholding taxes, interest, penalties and other losses or liabilities are economically borne by the Subscriber. The Subscriber shall have no claim against the Fund, the Administrator, the Investment Adviser or any of their respective affiliates for any form of damages or liability as a result of any of the aforementioned actions.

 

(iv) The Subscriber further agrees to notify the Fund, the Investment Advisor and the Administrator immediately of any change in any of the FATCA Information previously provided to the Fund, the Investment Advisor or the Administrator. In the event of any change in the applicable status of Subscriber for purposes of FATCA or the FATCA Agreements, the Subscriber hereby agrees to promptly inform the Fund, the Investment Advisor and the Administrator thereof and execute and deliver any applicable new IRS Forms or other tax-related documentation and information as necessary for the Fund to comply with its obligations under FATCA.

 

2.2. Additional Information and Subsequent Changes. The Fund may request from the Subscriber such additional information as it may deem necessary to evaluate the eligibility of the Subscriber to acquire the Shares. The Fund and/or the Investment Advisor from time to time may also request additional information from the Subscriber to enable them to determine their compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, to preserve the Fund’s tax status, and/or for other reasons, including, without limitation, information regarding the Subscriber (and its beneficial owner) that will enable the Fund to comply with its tax reporting and withholding obligations, including its obligations set forth under Code Sections 1471-1474 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The Subscriber agrees to provide such information as may reasonably be requested.

 

The Subscriber also agrees to promptly notify the Fund in writing if there is any change with respect to any of the information or representations made herein.

 

16

 

 

2.3. Exculpation. The Subscriber hereby agrees that none of the Fund or any of its affiliates, officers, directors, principals, members or employees, shall incur any liability (i) in respect of any action taken upon any information provided to the Fund by the Subscriber or for relying on any notice, consent, request, instructions or other instrument believed, in good faith, to be genuine or to be signed by properly authorized persons on behalf of the Subscriber, including any document transmitted by facsimile, or (ii) for adhering to the anti-money laundering obligations set out herein or anti-money laundering laws and regulations of the United States or any similar law whether nor or hereinafter in effect.

 

2.4. Indemnification. The Subscriber understands that the acceptance of its offer to subscribe for the Shares was made in reliance upon the Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in this Article II. The Subscriber hereby agrees, except to the extent specifically prohibited by applicable law, to indemnify the Fund, the Investment Advisor, the Administrator and each of their respective affiliates and to defend and hold each of them harmless from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) due to or arising out of a breach of any representation, warranty or agreement of the Subscriber contained in this Subscription Agreement or in any other document provided by the Subscriber to the Fund in connection with the Subscriber’s purchase of the Shares. The Subscriber hereby agrees, except to the extent specifically prohibited by applicable law, to indemnify the Fund, the Investment Advisor, the Administrator and each of their respective affiliates, and to defend and hold each of them harmless against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) arising as a result of the sale or distribution of the Shares or any part thereof by the Subscriber in violation of the Securities Act or other applicable law or any misrepresentation or breach by the Subscriber with respect to the matters set forth herein. The Subscriber hereby agrees, except to the extent specifically prohibited by applicable law, to indemnify the Fund, the Investment Advisor, the Administrator and each of their respective affiliates, and to defend and hold each of them harmless against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) arising as a result of its or their reliance on facsimile or other instructions, or the assertion of the Subscriber’s lack of proper authorization from the beneficial owner(s) to execute and perform the obligations under this Subscription Agreement. In addition, the Subscriber agrees, except to the extent specifically prohibited by applicable law, to indemnify the Fund, the Investment Advisor, the Administrator and each of their respective affiliates and to defend and hold each of them harmless from and against any and all loss, claim, damage, liability, cost or expense (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements) to which they may be put or which they may incur or sustain by reason of or in connection with any misrepresentation made by the Subscriber with respect to the matters about which representations and warranties are required by the terms of this Subscription Agreement, or any breach of any such warranties or any failure to fulfill any covenants or agreements set forth herein or included in the Memorandum. The Subscriber acknowledges that due to anti-money laundering/OFAC laws operating within their respective jurisdictions, the Fund, and any entity acting on the Fund’s behalf, may require further identification of the Subscriber before applications can be processed. The Subscriber agrees that the Fund, the Investment Advisor, and the Administrator shall be held harmless and indemnified by the Subscriber against any loss arising from the failure to process this application if such information as has been required from the Subscriber has not been provided by the Subscriber. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Subscription Agreement, the Subscriber does not waive any rights granted to it under applicable securities laws.

 

17

 

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE FUND

 

3.1. Representations and Warranties by the Fund. The Fund represents and warrants to the Subscriber that:

 

(a) At the Closing and on the first Drawdown Date, the Fund will be duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Maryland; (ii) the Fund will have all requisite power and authority to sell the Shares as provided herein; (iii) the sale of the Shares will not violate or conflict with any provision document or instrument by which the Fund is bound as of the first Drawdown Date; (iv) the sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the Fund’s behalf; and (v) this Subscription Agreement will have been duly executed and delivered by the Fund and will constitute a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Fund.

 

(b) On the first Drawdown Date, the Fund will have full power to conduct its business as described in the Memorandum.

 

(c) Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Subscription Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions as contemplated herein, nor compliance with the terms, conditions or provisions hereof will result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party.

 

(d) To the actual knowledge of the Fund, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Fund is a party or to which any of the Fund property at the date hereof is subject.

 

ARTICLE IV

TRANSFERABILITY

 

4.1. General Restrictions on Transfer.

 

(a) Prior to any Liquidity Event, the Subscriber may not Transfer all or any portion of its Shares or Capital Commitment unless the Transfer is made in accordance with applicable securities laws and is otherwise in compliance with the transfer restrictions set forth in Appendix E. Each transferee must agree to be bound by these restrictions and all other obligations as an investor in the Fund. Following a Liquidity Event, the Subscriber shall be restricted from selling or disposing of its Shares by applicable securities laws, contractually by a lock-up agreement pursuant to the terms of Section 4.2(a) and with the underwriters of the Qualified IPO, if any.

 

(b) The Subscriber acknowledges that the Subscriber is aware and understands that there are other substantial restrictions on the transferability of its Capital Commitment or Shares under this Subscription Agreement, the Charter and applicable law, including the fact that (A) there is no established market for the Shares and it is possible that no public market for the Shares will develop; (B) the Shares are not currently, and Shareholders have no rights to require that the Shares be, registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of the various states or any non-U.S. jurisdiction, and therefore the Shares cannot be Transferred unless subsequently registered or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and (C) the Subscriber may have to hold the Shares herein subscribed for and bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely, and it may not be possible for the Subscriber to liquidate its investment in the Fund.

 

18

 

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Subscription Agreement, the Subscriber covenants that it shall not Transfer all or any part of the Shares or its Capital Commitment (or purport to do so) if such Transfer would cause (A) the Fund or the Investment Advisor to be in violation of the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the U.S. Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, the Patriot Act, or any similar U.S. federal, state or non-U.S. law or regulation; or (B) the Shares to be held by a country, territory, entity or individual currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or any entity or individual that resides or has a place of business in, or is organized under the laws of, a country or territory that is subject to any sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

4.2. Liquidity Event-Related Restrictions.

 

(a) The Subscriber agrees that for a period beginning on the closing date of any Liquidity Event, and continuing for a minimum of (x) 180 days thereafter for one third of the Shares held by the Subscriber, (y) 270 days thereafter for another one third of the Shares held by the Subscriber and (z) 360 days thereafter for the final one third of the Shares held by the Subscriber, the Subscriber shall not, without the prior written consent of the Fund and unless in accordance with applicable securities and other laws, (i) Transfer any portion of its Capital Commitment, (ii) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file (or participate in the filing of) a registration statement with the SEC in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any Shares of the Fund or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, or warrants or other rights to purchase Shares, (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, or warrants or other rights to purchase Shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iv) publicly announce an intention to effect any transaction specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) (collectively, the “Prohibited Activities”). The Subscriber agrees that the specific terms of the foregoing restrictions on Prohibited Activities, including the exact time periods of such restrictions, and any other limitations on the sale of Shares in connection with or following a Liquidity Event shall be agreed prior to the Liquidity Event between, on the one hand, the Board and/or the Investment Advisor, acting on behalf of the Stockholders, and on the other hand, the underwriters or other similar institutions, acting on the Fund’s behalf, in connection with a Liquidity Event, and that the Subscriber shall be bound by any such terms and limitations.

 

19

 

 

ARTICLE V

SPECIAL POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

5.1. Power of Attorney and Irrevocable Proxy.

 

(a) The Subscriber hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Fund (hereinafter, the “Attorney”), as the Subscriber’s true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and full power and authority in its name, place and stead for its use and benefit, to approve, make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, record and file:

 

(1) all instruments, documents and certificates which, from time to time, may be required by the law of the United States of America, the State of Maryland or any state in which the Fund shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof, to execute, implement and continue the valid and subsisting existence of the Fund, or which the Fund deems to be advisable to file;

 

(2) any and all filings required to be made by the Subscriber under the Exchange Act with respect to any of the Fund’s securities that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Subscriber under the Exchange Act;

 

(3) all certificates and other instruments deemed advisable by the Fund in order for the Fund to enter into any borrowing or other financing arrangement and to grant any pledge or other security interest, including over the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment or Shares, in connection therewith;

 

(4) all certificates and other instruments deemed advisable by the Fund to comply with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement and applicable law or regulation to permit the Fund to become or to continue as a BDC;

 

(5) all conveyances and other instruments necessary or appropriate to effect the dissolution and liquidation of the Fund including, but not limited to, any stockholder vote to effect the same;

 

(6) all other instruments or papers not inconsistent with the terms of this Subscription Agreement that may be required by law to be filed on behalf of the Fund; and

 

(7) any amendment or modification to any of the foregoing and all other certificates, instruments and documents which said attorney-in-fact determines in its sole discretion are necessary or desirable to effect the provisions of this Subscription Agreement or any Other Subscription Agreement and the purposes of the Fund.

 

(b) The Attorneys shall have full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing whatsoever requisite and necessary relating to the foregoing as fully as the Subscriber might or could do if personally present and the Subscriber hereby ratifies and confirms all that said Attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

20

 

 

(c) It is expressly understood and intended by the Subscriber that the power of attorney hereby granted is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable. Said power of attorney may be exercised by the Fund either by signing separately as attorney-in-fact for the Subscriber, voting the Shares consistent with the foregoing power of attorney, or, after listing all of the Investors executing an instrument, by a single signature of the Fund acting as attorney-in-fact for all of them. Said power of attorney shall survive the death, incapacity, dissolution or termination of the Subscriber or the assignment of the Subscriber’s Shares or any part thereof.

 

(d) This power of attorney does not supersede the terms of this Subscription Agreement or any written agreement between the Fund and the Subscriber nor is it to be used to deprive the Subscriber of its rights as a Stockholder (following the closing of any purchase of Shares), and is intended only to provide a simplified system for execution of documents. The Subscriber shall execute and deliver to the Fund, within five days after the receipt of a request therefor, such confirmatory powers of attorney as the Fund may request.

 

ARTICLE VI

SUITABILITY REQUIREMENTS

 

6.1. General. The information contained herein is being furnished to the Fund in order for the Fund to determine whether the Subscription may be accepted pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D. The Subscriber understands that: (i) the Fund will rely upon the following information; (ii) the Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemptions from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D; and no subscription for Shares will be accepted unless the Subscriber is an Accredited Investor. In accordance with the foregoing, the Subscriber makes the representations and warranties to the Fund as set forth in Section 6.2 (if an individual), Sections 6.3 (if any entity), 6.4 (if an entity), 6.5 (all Subscribers), 6.7 (all Subscribers), 6.8 (all Subscribers) and 6.9 (all Subscribers), as applicable. If the Subscriber is an IRA, please complete Section 6.2 with respect to the Subscriber’s beneficial owner.

 

6.2. Individual Qualification as an Accredited Investor. In order to qualify as an Accredited Investor, the Subscriber must meet one of the following criteria:

 

(Please check the box at the end of each applicable Section)

 

1. The Subscriber is a natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, at the time of purchase, exceeds $1,000,000 (excluding the value of the primary residence of such natural person and any indebtedness secured by the residence, but including indebtedness secured by the residence in excess of its estimated fair market value and any indebtedness incurred 60 days before the proposed Closing (unless such indebtedness is used to purchase the residence)): ☐

 

2. The Subscriber is a natural person who has had income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with the Subscriber’s spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same in the current year: ☐

 

21

 

 

3. The Subscriber is a director, executive officer, or general partner of the Fund, or a director, executive officer, or general partner of the Investment Advisor of the Fund: ☐

 

6.3. Entity Qualification as an Accredited Investor. In order to qualify as an Accredited Investor, the Subscriber must meet one of the following criteria:

 

(Please check the box at the end of each applicable Section)

 

1. A bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity: ☐

 

2. A broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act: ☐

 

3. An insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Securities Act: ☐

 

4. An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act: ☐

 

5. A business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act: ☐

 

6. A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended: ☐

 

7. A private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Advisers Act: ☐

 

8. An employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of ERISA: (a) whose investment decisions are made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, insurance company or registered investment adviser; or (b) having total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or (c) if self-directed, the investment decisions are made solely by persons that are Accredited Investors: ☐

 

22

 

 

9. An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or company, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring an Interest, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000: ☐

 

10. A trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000 not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring an Interest, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated investor as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act: ☐

 

11. A plan which has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 and which is established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions for the benefit of its employees: ☐

 

12. A revocable trust which may be amended or revoked at any time by the grantors thereof, and all such grantors are Accredited Investors: ☐

 

13. An entity in which all of the equity owners are Accredited Investors: ☐

 

6.4. Additional Representations for Entities. If the Subscriber is a corporation, company, trust or other entity, the Subscriber must complete each applicable item below:

 

1. Have the beneficial owners of the Subscriber’s securities been provided the opportunity to decide whether or not to participate, or the extent of their participation, in particular investments made by the Subscriber, including the Subscription (i.e., the investors in the Subscriber have been permitted to determine whether their capital will form part of the specific capital invested by the Subscriber in the Fund)?

 

Yes ☐  No  ☐

 

If the Subscriber answered “Yes” to item 1, please complete items 2 and 3 below. Otherwise, please proceed to Section 6.5.

 

2. Each such beneficial owner participating in the Subscription is an Accredited Investor:

 

Yes  ☐  No  ☐

 

3. Please indicate the total number of the Subscriber’s beneficial owners participating in the Subscription: ____________________

 

4. Please indicate the date of formation of the Subscriber:

 

____________________

 

23

 

 

6.5. Benefit Plan Investor.

 

1. Please indicate whether or not the Subscriber is or will be, or is or will be acting on behalf of, a “Benefit Plan Investor.”

 

Yes  ☐  No ☐

 

A “Benefit Plan Investor” is defined in Section 3(42) ERISA, and applicable regulations of the Department of Labor (together, the “Plan Asset Rule”). Under the Plan Asset Rule, a Benefit Plan Investor includes: (i) an employee benefit plan which is subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, such as a U.S. private sector employee pension plan (an “ERISA Plan”); (ii) a plan subject to Section 4975 of the Code, such as a Keogh plan covering only partners or other self-employed individuals or an IRA (a “Tax-Favored Plan”); or (iii) an entity which is deemed to hold the “plan assets” of investing ERISA Plans or Tax-Favored Plans, generally because twenty-five (25%) percent or more of the value of any class of equity interests of such entity is held by other Benefit Plan Investors. For purposes of determining whether the 25% percent threshold has been met or exceeded, the value of any equity interests held by a person (other than a Benefit Plan Investor) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity, or any person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets, or any affiliate of such a person, is disregarded. In addition, certain other entities, such as insurance company general and separate accounts and bank collective investment trust funds, are considered to hold plan assets if any of their interests are held by Benefit Plan Investors.

 

2. If the Subscriber answered “Yes” to (1), please indicate what type of Benefit Plan Investor the Subscriber is by checking the appropriate box:

 

 

A.☐

ERISA Plan.
     
  B.☐ Tax-Favored Plan.
     
  C.☐ Insurance company separate account, common or collective trust of a bank, or group trust which is exempt from taxation pursuant to the principles of Rev.  Rul.  81-100.
     
  D. ☐ Insurance company general account whose assets include “plan assets”.
     
  E. ☐ Entity (other than those described in C and D above) holding “plan assets”.

 

24

 

 

3. If the Subscriber checked box C or E in (2) above, the Subscriber represents that the value of its assets attributable to Benefit Plan Investors as a percentage of the total value of its assets is not and will not be more than (please check the applicable box). Subscribers that are insurance company general accounts should omit this question and proceed to (4) below:

 

10% 20% 30% 40% 50%
                   
60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

 

4. Is the Subscriber, or is the Subscriber acting on behalf of, an insurance company general account, or investing assets of an insurance company general account as described in Department of Labor Advisory Opinion 2005-19A?

 

Yes ☐   No ☐

 

If the Subscriber answered “Yes”, please specify the maximum percentage of the Subscriber’s assets that would constitute “plan assets” under ERISA:

 

0%

10% 20% 30% 40%  
                     
50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100%

 

5. Please indicate whether the Subscriber is an Other Plan Investor that is subject to any laws, rules or regulations similar to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 4975 of the Code (an “Other Law”):

 

Yes ☐   No ☐

 

If the Subscriber answered “Yes”, please specify the Other Law:

 

___________________________________________________________________________

 

6. If the Subscriber is an IRA or other Benefit Plan Investor, please provide the EIN of the applicable trustee or custodian:

 

___________________________________________________________________________

 

25

 

 

6.6. Reserved.

 

6.7. Government Entities.

 

(a) Is the Subscriber a “government entity”?

 

Yes ☐   No ☐

 

A “government entity” is defined in Rule 206(4)-5 promulgated under the Advisers Act (the “Pay to Play Rule”) as any State or political subdivision of a State, including: (i) any agency, authority, or instrumentality of the State or political subdivision; (ii) a pool of assets sponsored or established by the State or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, including, but not limited to, a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in section 414(j) of the Code) or a State general fund; (iii) a plan or program of a government entity; and (iv) officers, agents, or employees of the State or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, acting in their official capacity.

 

(b) If the Subscriber is acting as trustee, custodian or nominee for a beneficial owner that is a government entity, please provide the name of the government entity:

 

___________________________________________________________________________

  

(c) If the Subscriber is an entity substantially owned by a government entity (e.g., a single investor vehicle) and the investment decisions of such entity are made or directed by such government entity, please provide the name of the government entity:

 

___________________________________________________________________________

 

Please note that, if the Subscriber enters the name of a government entity in this Section 6.7, the Fund will treat the Subscriber as if it were the government entity for purposes of the Pay to Play Rule.

 

(d) If the Subscriber is (i) a government entity, (ii) acting as trustee, custodian or nominee for a beneficial owner that is a government entity, or (iii) an entity described in Item C, the Subscriber hereby certifies that other than the Pay to Play Rule, no “pay to play” or other similar compliance obligations would be imposed on the Fund and the Investment Advisor in connection with the Subscription.

 

If the Subscriber cannot make this certification, indicate in the space below all other “pay to play” laws, rules or guidelines, or lobbyist disclosure laws or rules, the Fund, the Investment Advisor, employees or third-party placement agents would be subject to in connection with the Subscription:

 

___________________________________________________________________________

 

___________________________________________________________________________

 

___________________________________________________________________________

 

26

 

  

6.8. Investment Companies. Is the Subscriber (i) a private investment company which is not registered under the Investment Company Act in reliance on Section 3(c)(1) or Section 3(c)(7) thereof; (ii) an “investment company” registered under the Investment Company Act or (iii) a “business development company,” as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act?

 

Yes ☐  No ☐

 

If the box above was checked “Yes,” please contact the Fund for additional information that will be required.

 

6.9. Controlling Person. Is the Subscriber or will the Subscriber be a person (including an entity) that has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the Fund or a person who provides investment advice with respect to the assets of the Fund or an “affiliate” of such a person? For purposes of this representation and agreement, an “affiliate” is any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any such person, including by reason of having the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of such person.

 

Yes  ☐  No ☐

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1. Addresses and Notices. The address of each party for all purposes shall be the address set forth on the first page of this Subscription Agreement, as to the Fund, or on the signature page annexed hereto, as to the Subscriber, or such other address of which the other party has received written notice. Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given or made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent to such party at such address by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested or by any other means approved by the Fund in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

7.2. Titles and Captions. All Article and Section titles or captions in this Subscription Agreement are for convenience only. They shall not be deemed part of this Subscription Agreement and do not in any way define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of any provisions hereof.

 

7.3. Assignability. This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by the Subscriber.

 

7.4. Pronouns and Plurals. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used herein shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms. The singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

27

 

 

7.5. Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or forbear from taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Subscription Agreement. Each party shall bear its own expenses in connection therewith.

 

7.6. Governing Law; Forum/Jurisdiction/Venue. This Subscription Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles. With the exception of any causes of action which must, pursuant to Maryland law, be commenced in Maryland courts, the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the Federal and state courts sitting in Johnson County, Kansas with respect to all legal proceedings arising out of or related to this Subscription Agreement or the subject matter thereof and agree that process, orders, judgments or other documents of any kind relating to court proceedings against such party served either personally or by registered mail shall constitute adequate service of process with respect to any proceedings brought hereunder and hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to such jurisdiction or venue on the basis that such proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum. The parties hereto hereby waive all rights to trial by jury in any action, suit or proceeding brought to enforce or defend any rights or remedies under this Subscription Agreement.

 

7.7. Permitted Transactions and Binding Effect. This Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, successors, legal representatives, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. If the Subscriber is more than one person, the obligation of the Subscriber shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties and acknowledgments herein contained shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such person and the Subscriber’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

 

7.8. Integration. This Subscription Agreement, together with any other document that may be delivered in connection herewith and signed by both parties hereto, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all contemporaneous and prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, pertaining thereto. No covenant, representation or condition not expressed in this Subscription Agreement shall affect or be deemed to interpret, change or restrict the express provisions hereof.

 

7.9. No Oral Agreements or Representations. Any representation, promise or agreement subsequent to the execution of this Subscription Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Fund or its duly authorized agent in order to be reasonably relied upon or enforced.

 

7.10. Amendment. This Subscription Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only with the written approval of all parties.

 

7.11. Reserved.

 

7.12. Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Subscription Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy available upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of such or any other covenant, agreement, term or condition.

 

28

 

 

7.13. Rights and Remedies. The rights and remedies of each of the parties hereunder shall be mutually exclusive, and the implementation of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement shall not preclude the implementation of any other provision.

 

7.14. Counterparts. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one agreement binding on all the parties notwithstanding that all the parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

 

7.15. Construction. The language used in this Subscription Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of construing agreements against the drafter (i.e., contra proferentem) will be applied against any party.

 

7.16. Severability. The provisions of this Subscription Agreement are severable and if any one clause or provision hereof shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction, and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction.

 

7.17. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as expressly provided herein, the parties acknowledge that by the execution of this Subscription Agreement they do not intend to create rights in any person or entity other than themselves and no such third person or entity shall be justified in relying upon any provision of this Subscription Agreement.

 

7.18. Electronic Communication. The Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Fund and/or the Investment Advisor may deliver and make reports, statements and other communications, including, without limitation, the Memorandum, the Operative Documents, this Subscription Agreement, Forms 1099 and other tax related information and documentation (“Account Communications”), available to the Subscriber in electronic form, such as e-mail or by posting on a web site in lieu of or in addition to sending such communications as hard copies via fax or mail. E-mail messages are not secure and may contain computer viruses or other defects, may not be accurately replicated on other systems, or may be intercepted, interfered with or deleted without the knowledge of the sender or the intended recipient. The Fund makes no warranties in relation to these matters. The Fund reserves the right to intercept, monitor and retain e-mail messages to and from its systems as permitted by applicable law. If the Subscriber has any doubts about the authenticity of an e-mail purportedly sent by the Fund, the Subscriber must contact the Fund immediately. It is the Subscriber’s affirmative obligation to notify the Fund in writing if the Subscriber’s e-mail address set forth on the signature page hereto changes. The Subscriber may revoke or restrict its consent to electronic delivery of Account Communications at any time by notifying the Fund, in writing, of the Subscriber’s intention to do so, and will thereafter receive such Account Communications in paper form.

 

*** THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ***

 

29

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Subscriber has executed, and the Fund has accepted, this Subscription Agreement as of the date set forth below.

 

     
Social Security or Employer Identification Number   Print Name of Subscriber
     
Signature for Individual Subscribers:    
     
     
Signature of Subscriber  

Date(s) of Birth of Subscriber(s)

     
     
    Residence (if an individual) or Principal Place of Business (if an entity):
     
     
Signature of Subscriber, if Joint Ownership   Street
     
Signature for Subscriber Other than Individual:    
     
By:                                              
Signature of Authorized Signatory   City                         State                         Zip Code
     
    Mailing Address of Subscriber (if different from principal address):
     
     
Print Name and Title of Authorized Signatory   Street (No P.O. Boxes Please)
     
For Subscribers acting on behalf of Individual Beneficial Owners (including IRAs):    
    City                        State                        Zip Code
     
     
Print Name of Individual Beneficial Owner   Telephone Number of Subscriber
     
     
Signature of Individual Beneficial Owner   Facsimile Number of Subscriber
     
     
Social Security Number of Individual Beneficial Owner   E-Mail Address of Subscriber
     
If Joint Ownership, check one:   If Other than Individual Subscribers, check one:
     
☐ Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship General Partnership ☐ Trust
☐ Tenants-in-Common   Limited Partnership ☐ “Grantor” Trust
☐ Community Property   Corporation ☐ Limited Liability Company
☐ Estate   S Corporation ☐ Other
        (specify): ____________
     

$__________________________________

Capital Commitment

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

PAYMENT INFORMATION. Set forth below is the relevant information regarding the origin of the funds being invested by the Subscriber:   WIRING INSTRUCTIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS. If applicable, set forth below is the relevant information regarding wiring instructions for cash distributions from Fund investments. If left blank, any such distributions will be sent to the account listed under “PAYMENT INFORMATION” herein:
     

(a) Name of the bank from which the check is issued or the payment is being wired (the “Bank”):

 

                                                                                       

 

(b) Location of Bank:                                                      

(c) ABA#:                                                                          

(d) SWIFT Address:                                                       

(e) If the Subscriber is a customer of the Bank,

please provide account number:

 

(a) Name of the bank to which the payment is being wired:

 

 

                                                                                                            

 

(b) Location of such bank:                                                          

(c) ABA#:                                                                              

(d) SWIFT Address:                                                                 

(e) If the Subscriber is a customer of such bank, please provide account number:

                                                                                                                                                                                                             
   

ADVISORY FIRM. If referred by an outside investment advisory or similar firm, please complete the following:

 

(a) Advisory Firm Name:                                                       

(b) Contact Person:                                                     

(c) Work Telephone:                                                         

(d) Facsimile:                                                                       

(e) Email:                                                                              

(f) NSCC DTCC Rep#:

_____________________________________________

(g) NSCC DTCC Branch#:

 

ADVISORY FIRM, cont. Please indicate what you would like us to provide to the Advisory Firm identified herein:

 

☐ All Below

☐ SEC Reports

☐ Drawdown Notices (if applicable)

☐ Signed Subscription Documents

I authorize you to take instructions from representatives of such investment advisory firm with respect to the delivery account related statements and communications, withdrawals, contributions or transfer instructions. _____ (initial)

                                                                                               
     

FOREGOING SUBSCRIPTION ACCEPTED:

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

 

By:                                                                                        

Name:

Title:

 

Date:                                                                                                

   

 

31

 

 

ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT FOR AN IRA

 

If the Subscriber is an individual retirement account (an “IRA”) or a self-directed pension, and this Subscription Agreement is being executed by a custodian or directed trustee on behalf of such subscriber, then the individual who established the IRA or who directed the plan’s investment in the Fund, as the case may be: (i) has directed the custodian or trustee of the Subscriber to execute this Subscription Agreement on the signature page; and (ii) has exclusive authority with respect to the decision to invest in the Fund; and (iii) has signed below to indicate that he or she has reviewed, directed and certifies to the accuracy of the representation and warranties made by the Subscriber herein.

 

____________________________________

Type Name

 

____________________________________

Signature

 

Name and Address of Custodian

and Contact Individual:

 

___________________________

 

___________________________

 

___________________________

 

Account or other Reference Number:

 

___________________________

 

Trustee/Custodian’s Tax I.D. Number:

 

___________________________

 

**** IRA custodian or trustee in every case must sign acknowledgment on next page****

 

32

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT PAGE

 

Acknowledgement of Custodian of Self-Directed Individual Retirement Account

 

Subscriber Name:                                                                                                                                                                                         

 

The undersigned, being the custodian of the above named individual retirement account, hereby acknowledges this subscription.

 

By:     Signature:  
  Name of Authorized Signatory     Name of Custodian (Please Type or Print)
  (Please Type or Print)      

 

33

 

 

APPENDIX A

BYLAWS OF THE FUND

 

[See attached]

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX B

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF THE FUND

 

[See attached]

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX C

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

[See attached]

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX D

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

 

[See attached]

 

 

 

 

APPENDIX E

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

 

This Appendix E is attached to and made a part of the Subscription Agreement with the Subscriber. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Subscription Agreement.

 

Prior to a Liquidity Event, no Transfer of the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment or all or any portion of the Subscriber’s Shares may be made without (a) registration of the Transfer on the Fund’s books and (b) the prior written consent of the Fund. In any event, the consent of the Fund may be withheld (i) if the creditworthiness of the proposed transferee, as determined by the Fund in its sole discretion, is not sufficient to satisfy all obligations under the Subscription Agreement or (ii) unless, in the opinion of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) satisfactory in form and substance to the Fund such Transfer would not violate the Securities Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “blue sky” laws applicable to the Fund or the Shares to be Transferred.

 

In addition, prior to a Liquidity Event that is sufficient to cause us to treat our Shares as a “publicly-offered security” for purposes of ERISA, initial or additional investments by Benefit Plan Investors may be restricted. Specifically, subscriptions for Shares by, or transfers of Shares to, Benefit Plan Investors may be rejected, and existing Benefit Plan Investors may be required to redeem all or a portion of their Shares. Any such restrictions or mandatory redemptions will be effected in such manner as the Company determines, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate under the circumstances if such transfer could (1) result in the Fund’s assets being considered to be “plan assets” for purposes of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (2) constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of any laws similar to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 

Any person that acquires all or any portion of the Capital Commitment of the Subscriber in a Transfer permitted under this Appendix E shall be obligated to pay to the Fund the appropriate portion of any amounts thereafter becoming due in respect of the Capital Commitment committed to be made by its predecessor in interest. The Subscriber agrees that, notwithstanding the Transfer of all or any fraction of its Capital Commitment, as between it and the Fund it shall remain liable for its Capital Commitment prior to the time, if any, when the purchaser, assignee or transferee of such Capital Commitment, or fraction thereof, executes and delivers to the Fund documentation evidencing such person’s obligations to fund such Capital Commitment.

 

The Fund shall not recognize for any purpose any purported Transfer of all or any portion of the Shares and/or Capital Commitment and shall be entitled to treat the transferor of the Shares and/or Capital Commitment, as applicable, as the absolute owner or obligor thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions or dividends made in good faith to it, unless the Fund shall have given its prior written consent thereto and there shall have been filed with the Fund a dated notice of such Transfer, in form satisfactory to the Fund, executed and acknowledged by both the seller, assignor or transferor and the purchaser, assignee or transferee, and such notice (a) contains the acceptance by the purchaser, assignee or transferee of all of the terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement and its agreement to be bound thereby, and (b) represents that such Transfer was made in accordance with this Subscription Agreement, the provisions of the Memorandum and all applicable laws and regulations applicable to the transferee and the transferor.

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE(S)

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE(S)

 

(To Be Signed By All Subscribers)

 

Set forth below are the names of persons authorized by the Subscriber to give and receive instructions between the Fund and the Subscriber, together with their respective signatures. Such persons are the only persons so authorized until further written notice to the Fund signed by one or more of such persons. (Please attach additional pages if needed)

 

Name / Title

Signature
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING SUPPLEMENT

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

Anti-Money Laundering Supplement

 

You (the “Subscriber”) must complete this supplement (the “Anti-Money Laundering Supplement”) in order to become a shareholder of Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. (the “Fund”). Your subscription agreement will not be deemed complete, and you will not be issued shares of common stock of the Fund (the “Shares”), regardless of whether you have already wired funds, until all of the required documentation listed below is received by the Fund. For additional information, please contact the Fund at (816) 994-3201.

 

I: PAYMENT INFORMATION

 

(a) Name of Subscriber:                                                                                                                              

 

(b) Country of Birth of Subscriber:                                                                                                            

 

(c) Citizenship of Subscriber:                                                                                                                     

 

(d) Name of the bank from which your payment to the Fund is being wired
(the “Wiring Bank”):                                                                                                                              

 

(e) Is the Wiring Bank located in a FATF Country*? YES ☐   NO 

 

If yes, please answer question (d) below.

 

If no, please skip to Item II below.  

 

(f) Are you a customer of the Wiring Bank? YES ☐   NO ☐

 

You must wire the payment from an account in your name.

 

II: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

The following materials must be provided to the Fund:

 

For Individuals or Participants in Individual Retirement Accounts, Keogh Plans and Other Self- Directed Defined Contribution Plans

 

A certified copy of a government issued form of picture identification (e.g., passport).

 

 

* As of the date hereof, countries and regional organizations that are members of the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering (each, a “FATF Country”) are: Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Denmark, European Commission, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Gulf Co-operation Council, Hong Kong, Iceland, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, Kingdom of the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom and the United States.

 

 

 

 

A certified copy of proof of current address (e.g., current utility bill).

 

For Fund of Funds or Entities that Invest on Behalf of Third Parties that are Not Located in the U.S. or Other FATF Country

 

☐  A certified copy of a certificate of due formation and organization and continued authorization to conduct business in the jurisdiction of its organization (e.g., certificate of good standing).

 

A certified copy of an incumbency certificate attesting to the title of the individual executing the Anti-Money Laundering Supplement on behalf of the prospective Subscriber (a sample Incumbency Certificate is attached hereto as Exhibit A).

 

A completed copy of Exhibit B certifying that the Subscriber has adequate anti-money laundering policies and procedures in place that are consistent with all applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and OFAC (as defined below).

 

A letter of reference from a local office of a reputable bank or brokerage firm which is incorporated, or has its principal place of business located, in a FATF Country certifying that the prospective Subscriber maintains an account at such bank/brokerage firm and containing a statement affirming the prospective Subscriber’s integrity (a sample Letter of Reference is attached hereto as Exhibit C).

 

For All Other Entity Subscribers

 

A certified copy of a certificate of due formation and organization and continued authorization to conduct business in the jurisdiction of its organization (e.g., certificate of good standing).

 

A certified copy of an incumbency certificate attesting to the title of the individual executing the Anti-Money Laundering Supplement on behalf of the prospective Subscriber (a sample Incumbency Certificate is attached hereto as Exhibit A).

 

A letter of reference from a local office of a reputable bank or brokerage firm which is incorporated, or has its principal place of business located, in a FATF Country certifying that the prospective Subscriber maintains an account at such bank/brokerage firm for a length of time and containing a statement affirming the prospective Subscriber’s integrity (a sample Letter of Reference is attached hereto as Exhibit C).

 

If the prospective Subscriber is a privately-held entity, a completed copy of Exhibit D listing the name of each person who directly, or indirectly through intermediaries, is the beneficial owner of 25% or more of any voting or non-voting class of equity interests of the prospective Subscriber.

 

If the prospective Subscriber is a trust, a completed copy of Exhibit E listing the current beneficiaries of the trust that have, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of any interest in the trust, the settlor of the trust and the trustees.

 

Note: Copies should either be certified as being true and correct or otherwise notarized. A certifier must be a suitable person, generally a lawyer, accountant, director or manager of a regulated financial institution, a notary public, a member of the judiciary or senior civil servant, or a confirmed director or officer of an entity.

 

 

 

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE SUBSCRIBER

 

You should check the website of the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) at http://www.treas.gov/ofac before making the following representations.

 

(A) The Subscriber represents that the amounts contributed by it to the Fund were not and are not directly or indirectly derived from activities that may contravene federal, state or international laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws and regulations.

 

Federal regulations and executive orders administered by OFAC prohibit, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the provision of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals.** The lists of OFAC prohibited countries, territories, persons and entities can be found on the OFAC website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac. In addition, the programs administered by OFAC (“OFAC Programs”) prohibit dealing with individuals or entities in certain countries regardless of whether such individuals or entities appear on the OFAC lists.

 

The Subscriber represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, none of:

 

(1) the Subscriber;

 

(2) any person controlling or controlled by the Subscriber;

 

(3) if the Subscriber is a privately held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in the Subscriber; or

 

(4) any person for whom the Subscriber is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment

 

is a country, territory, individual or entity named on an OFAC list, nor is a person or entity prohibited under the OFAC Programs.

 

Please be advised that the Fund may not accept any amounts from a prospective Subscriber if it cannot make the representation set forth in the preceding paragraph. If an existing Subscriber cannot make these representations, the Fund may require the redemption, withdrawal or other cancellation of the Shares.

 

(B) The Subscriber agrees to notify the Fund promptly in writing should the Subscriber become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations. The Subscriber is advised that, by law, the Fund may be obligated to “freeze the account” of such Subscriber, either by prohibiting additional investments from the Subscriber, refusing to process a distribution and/or segregating the assets in the account in compliance with governmental regulations, and the Fund may also be required to report such action and to disclose the Subscriber’s identity to OFAC or other applicable governmental and regulatory authorities.

  

 

** These individuals include specially designated nationals, specially designated narcotics traffickers and other parties subject to OFAC sanctions and embargo programs.

 

 

 

 

(C) The Subscriber represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, none of:

 

(1) the Subscriber;

 

(2) any person controlling or controlled by the Subscriber;

 

(3) if the Subscriber is a privately held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in the Subscriber; or

 

(4) any person for whom the Subscriber is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment

 

is a senior foreign political figure,*** or any immediate family member**** or close associate***** of a senior foreign political figure as such terms are defined in the footnotes below.

 

(D) If the Subscriber is a non-U.S. banking institution (a “Foreign Bank”) or if the Subscriber receives deposits from, makes payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign. Bank, the Subscriber represents and warrants to the Fund that:

 

(1) the Foreign Bank has a fixed address, other than solely an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities;

 

(2) the Foreign Bank employs one or more individuals on a full-time basis;

 

(3) the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities;

 

(4) the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and

 

(5) the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated affiliate.

 

(E) The Subscriber understands and agrees that any distributions paid to it will be paid to the same account from which the Subscriber’s investment in the Fund was originally remitted, unless the Fund, in its sole and absolute discretion, agrees otherwise.

 

(F) The Subscriber agrees that, upon the request of the Fund, it will provide such information as the Fund requires to satisfy applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the Subscriber’s anti-money laundering policies and procedures, background documentation relating to its directors, trustees, settlors and beneficial owners, and audited financial statements, if any.

 

 

*** A “senior foreign political figure” is defined as a senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a non-U.S. government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major non-U.S. political party, or a senior executive of a non-U.S. government-owned corporation. In addition, a “senior foreign political figure” includes any corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, a senior foreign political figure.

 

**** “Immediate family” of a senior foreign political figure typically includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws.

 

***** A “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure is a person who is widely and publicly known to maintain an unusually close relationship with the senior foreign political figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial U.S. and non-U.S. financial transactions on behalf of the senior foreign political figure.

 

 

 

  

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

ALL SUBSCRIBERS MUST COMPLETE THIS SECTION.

 

The undersigned hereby represents that: (i) the information contained herein is complete and accurate and may be relied upon; and (ii) the anti-money laundering/OFAC representations contained herein are true and correct.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Anti-Money Laundering Supplement this ___ day of __________, 20__.

 

 INDIVIDUALS

ENTITIES
                                                                                              
Signature
                                                                                           
Print Name of Entity
                                                                                           
Print Name
                                                                                          
Authorized Signature
                                                                                           
Additional Subscriber Signature
                                                                                           
Print Name and Title
                                                                                           
Print Name
 

 

Name of Trustees or Other Fiduciaries Exercising Investment
Discretion with Respect to Benefit Plan or Trust

 

Signature   Printed Name   Title
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

Agreement of Custodian of Individual Retirement Account

 

The undersigned, being the custodian of the above named individual retirement account, hereby accepts and agrees to this Anti-Money Laundering Supplement.

 

By:                                                                                
Signature of Authorized Signatory

                                                                                 
Name of Custodian (Please Type or Print)
   
                                                                                          
Name of Authorized Signatory (Please Type or Print)
 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned, being the _________________________of ____________________________
                                                                          Insert Title                              Insert Name of Entity

a ______________________ organized under the laws of ____________________________________
       Insert Type of Entity                                                             Insert Jurisdiction of Organization

 

(the “Subscriber”), does hereby certify on behalf of the Subscriber that the persons named below are directors and/or officers of the Subscriber and that the signature at the right of said name, respectively, is the genuine signature of said person and that the persons listed below are each an authorized signatory for the Subscriber.

 

Name   Title   Signature
                                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand as of the ___ day of ______________, 20__.

 

   
  Name: Print Name of Signatory #1
  Title: Print Title of Signatory #1

 

The undersigned, ____________________________, being the duly authorized __________________________
                                                Insert Name of Signatory #2                                                                  Insert Title

of the Subscriber, does hereby certify that                                                                                          is a duly authorized officer of

               Insert Name of Signatory #1

______________________ and that the signature set forth above is [his][her] true and correct signature.

Insert Name of Subscriber

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this certificate as of the ___ day of_____________, 20__.

 

   
  Name: Print Name of Signatory #2
  Title: Print Title of Signatory #2

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

AML CERTIFICATION FORM FOR FUND OF FUNDS OR ENTITIES THAT INVEST ON
BEHALF OF THIRD PARTIES THAT ARE NOT LOCATED IN A FATF COUNTRY

 

The undersigned, being the _______________________of _________________________________
                                                                       Insert Title                                      Insert Name of Entity

a __________________________ organized under the laws of ____________________________________
            Insert Type of Entity                                                                Insert Jurisdiction of Organization

 

(the “Subscriber”), does hereby certify on behalf of the Subscriber that it is aware of applicable anti- money laundering laws and regulations, including the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the regulations administered by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (collectively, the “anti-money laundering/OFAC laws”). The Subscriber has anti-money laundering policies and procedures in place reasonably designed to verify the identity of its beneficial holders underlying investors and their sources of funds. Such policies and procedures are properly enforced and are consistent with the anti-money laundering/OFAC laws such that Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. (the “Fund”) may rely on this Certification.

 

The Subscriber hereby represents to the Fund that, to the best of its knowledge, the Subscriber’s beneficial holders underlying investors are not individuals, entities or countries that may subject the Fund to criminal or civil violations of any anti-money laundering/OFAC laws. The Subscriber has read the section entitled “Representations and Covenants of the Subscriber” in the Fund’s Anti- Money Laundering Supplement. The Subscriber has taken all reasonable steps to ensure that its beneficial holders underlying investors are able to certify to such representations. The Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Fund in writing should the Subscriber have any questions relating to any of the investors or become aware of any changes in the representations set forth in this Certification.

 

Date:______________, 20__ By:________________________
        Name:
        Title:

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM LETTER OF REFERENCE

 

[LETTERHEAD OF LOCAL OFFICE OF FATF MEMBER BANKING INSTITUTION OR BROKERAGE FIRM]

 

Date:_______________, 20__

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc.

1900 Shawnee Mission Parkway, Suite 315

Mission Woods, KS 66205

Telephone: (816) 994-3200

Email: investorrelations@palmersquarecap.com

 

To whom it may concern:

 

I, _________________, the ___________________ of ____________________________
                             Name                                   Title                              Insert Name of Institution

certify that ________________________ has maintained an account at our institution for ____________ years and, during
                         Name of Subscriber

this period, nothing has occurred that would give our institution cause to be concerned regarding the integrity of ______________________.

Name of Subscriber                       

 

Do not hesitate to contact me at __________________________if you have any further questions.
                                                                           Insert Telephone No.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Name:  
 

Title: 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INFORMATION

 

To Be Completed By Entity Subscriber That Are Privately Held Entities

 

Instructions: Please complete and return this Exhibit D and provide the name of every person who is directly, or indirectly through intermediaries, the beneficial owner of 25% or more of any voting or non- voting class of equity interests of the Subscriber. If the intermediary’s shareholders or partners are not individuals, continue up the chain of ownership listing their 25% or more equity interest holders until individuals are listed. If there are no 25% beneficial owners, please write None.

 

 

Full Name

If Shareholder is an Individual, Insert Name and Address of Principal Employer and Position

Citizenship
(for Individuals) or
Principal Place of

Business (for Entitles)

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

 

 

  

EXHIBIT E

 

TRUST OWNERSHIP INFORMATION

 

To Be Completed By Entity Subscriber That Are Trusts

 

Instructions: Please complete and return this Exhibit E and provide the name of: (i) every current beneficiary that has, directly or indirectly, an interest of 25% or more in the trust; (ii) every person who contributed assets to the trust (settlors or grantors); and (iii) every trustee. If there are intermediaries that are not individuals, continue up the chain of ownership listing their 25% or more equity interest holders until individuals are listed.

 

 

Full Name and Address

Status

(Beneficiary/Settlor/Trustee)

Citizenship

(for Individuals) or
Principal Place of

Business (for Entities)

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN ELECTION FORM

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Election Form

 

As described in the Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”), by and between the undersigned Subscriber and Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc. (the “Fund”), the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, as may be amended (the “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”), pursuant to which, for any stockholders who do not “opt-out” of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, the Fund shall reinvest all cash distributions declared by the Fund’s board of directors on behalf of any stockholder of the Fund in exchange for a number of newly issued Shares.

 

A Subscriber may elect to “opt-out” of such Dividend Reinvestment Plan below. Amounts reinvested in the Fund pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan shall have no effect on the amount of a Subscriber’s Undrawn Commitment (as defined in the Subscription Agreement). If you wish to “opt-out” and receive Fund distributions in cash, please indicate by checking the “opt-out” box below.

  

 

  ☐   Opt-out of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan to receive cash distributions

 

 

If the Subscriber is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or any other entity, the person signing this Form is authorized to represent such entity and has the full power and authority under such entity’s governing instruments to execute and deliver this Form.

 

Date:_____________________

___________________________________________

Subscriber

 

 

___________________________________________

Signature

 

 

___________________________________________

Name and Title of Authorized Signatory (if applicable)

 

 

 

 

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PRIVACY
AND CERTAIN INFORMATION SHARING

 

 

 

  

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PRIVACY
AND CERTAIN INFORMATION SHARING

 

This Privacy Policy explains the manner in which the Fund and the Investment Advisor (collectively, “Company Entities”) collect, utilize and maintain nonpublic personal information about Fund investors, as required under U.S. Federal legislation. There may be additional rights under other laws that apply to you. The Company Entities reserve the right to change or revoke this Privacy Policy at any time.

 

Collection of Investor Information

 

The Company Entities collect personal information about Fund investors through the following sources:

 

Subscription forms, investor questionnaires and other information provided by the investor in writing, in person, by telephone, electronically or by any other means. This information includes name, address, nationality, employment information, and financial and investment qualifications; and

 

Investors’ transactions with the Company Entities, including account balances, investments and redemptions.

 

The Company Entities do not obtain nonpublic personal information from any other source.

 

Disclosure of Nonpublic Personal Information

 

The Company Entities do not disclose nonpublic personal information about Fund investors to nonaffiliated third parties or to affiliated entities, except as permitted by U.S. law. For example, the Company Entities may share nonpublic personal information in the following situations:

 

To respond to a subpoena or court order, judicial process or regulatory authorities;

 

To protect against fraud, unauthorized transactions (such as money laundering), claims or other liabilities;

 

To service providers in connection with the administration and servicing of the Company Entities, which may include attorneys, accountants, auditors, or other professionals;

 

To service or process Fund transactions; and

 

Upon consent of an investor to release such information, including authorization to disclose such information to persons acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity on behalf of the investor.

   

Protection of Investor Information

 

The Company Entities maintain safeguards that comply with U.S. Federal standards to protect investor information. The Company Entities restrict access to the personal and account information of investors to those persons who need to know such information in the course of their job responsibilities. Third parties with which the Company Entities share investor information must agree to follow appropriate standards of security and confidentiality.

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

OF

PALMER SQUARE CAPITAL BDC INC.

 

Palmer Square Capital BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), has adopted the following plan (the “Plan”), to be administered by U.S. Bank, National Association (the “Plan Administrator”), with respect to dividends and other distributions declared by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) on shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”).

Stockholders who do not wish to participate in the Plan must “opt out” of the Plan. A stockholder may elect to “opt out” of the Plan in the stockholder’s subscription agreement relating to the Common Stock or by providing notice to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the terms hereof. A stockholder who participates in the Plan by not “opting out” of the Plan (each a “Participant”) will be subject to the terms below.

1.                   All cash dividends or other distributions hereafter declared by the Board of Directors, net of any applicable withholding tax, shall be automatically reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock. No action shall be required on such Participant’s part to receive a distribution in Common Stock.

2.                   Such distributions shall be payable on such date or dates as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors to stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date established by the Board of Directors for the distribution involved.

3.                   Prior to the listing (a “Listing”) of the Common Stock on a national securities exchange (the “Securities Exchange”), the Board of Directors will use newly-issued shares of Common Stock to implement the Plan. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to a Participant prior to a Listing would be equal to the quotient determined by dividing the cash value of the dividend payable to such Stockholder by the net asset value per share as of the date such dividend was declared.

4.                   After a Listing, the Board of Directors intends to primarily use newly issued shares to implement the Plan, whether the shares are trading at a price per share at, below or above net asset value. However, the Board of Directors reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the Plan. The number of newly issued shares to be issued to Participant is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to such Participant by the market price per share of Common Stock at the close of regular trading on the Securities Exchange on the dividend payment date. Shares purchased in open market transactions by the Plan Administrator will be allocated to a Participant based upon the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of Common Stock purchased with respect to the dividend. The number of shares to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of a distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of the stockholders have been tabulated.

5.                   The Plan Administrator shall establish an account for shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan for each Participant. The Plan Administrator shall hold each Participant’s shares of Common Stock, together with the shares of Common Stock of other Participants, in non-certificated form. The Plan Administrator shall not issue share certificates to any Participant.

 

 

 

6.                   The Plan Administrator shall confirm to each Participant each acquisition made pursuant to the Plan as soon as practicable but not later than 30 business days after the payable date. Each Participant may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to three decimal places) in a share of Common Stock, and distributions on fractional shares shall be credited to each Participant’s account. In the event of termination of a Participant’s account under the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall adjust for any such undivided fractional interest in cash at the time of termination.

7.                   In the event that the Company makes available to its stockholders rights to purchase additional shares of Common Stock or other securities, the Common Stock held by the Plan Administrator for each Participant under the Plan shall be added to any other shares of Common Stock held by the Participant in calculating the number of rights to be issued to the Participant. Transaction processing may be either curtailed or suspended until the completion of any stock dividend, stock split or corporate action.

8.                   The Plan Administrator’s service fee, if any, and expenses for administering the Plan shall be paid for by the Company. There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to Participants. If, subsequent to a Listing, a Participant elects to sell part or all of his, her or its shares held by the Plan Administrator and have the proceeds remitted to the Participant, such request must first be submitted to the Participant’s broker, who will coordinate with the Plan Administrator and is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the sale proceeds.

9.                   Each Participant may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying the Plan Administrator in writing so that such notice is received by the Plan Administrator no later than the record date for such distribution to stockholders. Those Participants who hold shares through a broker or other financial intermediary may receive distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

10.               Each Participant may terminate the Participant’s account under the Plan by so notifying the Plan Administrator by submitting a letter of instruction terminating the Participant’s account under the Plan to the Plan Administrator. Such termination shall be effective immediately if the Participant’s notice is received by the Plan Administrator at least three days prior to any distribution date; otherwise, such termination shall be effective only with respect to any subsequent distribution. The Plan may be terminated or amended by the Company upon notice in writing mailed to each Participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by the Company. Upon any termination, the Plan Administrator shall cause shares of Common Stock held for the Participant under the Plan to be delivered to the Participant.

11.               These terms and conditions may be amended or supplemented by the Company at any time but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other applicable regulatory authority, only by mailing to each Participant appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Plan Administrator receives written notice of the termination of the Participant’s account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by the Plan Administrator in its place and stead of a successor agent under these terms and conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Plan Administrator under these terms and conditions. Upon any such appointment of any agent for the purpose of receiving distributions, the Company shall be authorized to pay to such successor agent, for each Participant’s account, all distributions payable on shares of Common Stock held in the Participant’s name or under the Plan for retention or application by such successor agent as provided in these terms and conditions.

 2

 

 

12.               The Plan Administrator shall at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under this Plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the Plan Administrator’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents.

13.               These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

November 13, 2019

 3